Sunteți pe pagina 1din 435

1 Engine and peripherals

DIESEL INJECTION
13B
EDC17 C11 injection
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04

Fault finding – Introduction 13B - 2


Fault finding – Cleanliness guidelines 13B - 9
Fault finding – List and location of components 13B - 11
Fault finding – Role of components 13B - 14
Fault finding – Operating diagram 13B - 17
Fault finding – Function 13B - 19
Fault finding – Replacement of components 13B - 27
Fault finding – Configurations and programming 13B - 35
Fault finding – Fault summary table 13B - 36
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B - 39
Fault finding – Conformity check 13B - 207
Fault finding – Status summary table 13B - 208
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses 13B - 212
Fault finding – Parameter summary table 13B - 280
Fault finding – Interpretation of parameters 13B - 284
Fault finding – Command summary table 13B - 324
Fault finding – Interpretation of commands 13B - 328
Fault finding – Customer complaints 13B - 338
Fault finding – Fault Finding Chart 13B - 341
Fault finding – Tests 13B - 377

V5 Edition Anglaise
"The repair procedures given by the manufacturer in this document are based on the All rights reserved by Renault s.a.s.
technical specifications current when it was prepared.
Copying or translating, in part or in full, of this document or use of the service part
The procedures may be modified as a result of changes introduced by the reference numbering system is forbidden without the prior written authority of
manufacturer in the production of the various component units and accessories from Renault s.a.s.
which his vehicles are constructed."

© Renault s.a.s. 2010


MR-410-X83-13B200$TOC.mif
V5
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Introduction

1. SCOPE OF THIS DOCUMENT


This document presents the fault finding method applicable to all computers with the following specifications:

Vehicle: Trafic II Phase 2 and 3 Computer name: BOSCH EDC17 C11

Engine: M9R 630 Program No.: 9A

Function concerned: DIESEL INJECTION Vdiag No.: 04

2. PREREQUISITES FOR FAULT FINDING


Documentation type
Fault finding procedures (this document):
– Assisted fault finding (integrated into the diagnostic tool), Dialogys.

Wiring Diagrams:
– Visu - Schéma.

Type of diagnostic tools


– CLIP

Special tooling required

Special tooling required

Diagnostic tool

Elé 1590 128-track computer bornier

Elé. 1681 universal bornier

Mot 1711 Injector flow measuring kit

Multimeter.

3. REMINDERS

Fault finding procedure

To run fault finding on the vehicle computers, switch on the ignition.

Depending on the type of vehicle equipment, proceed as follows:

For vehicles with key-operated/radio frequency remote control, use the key to switch on the ignition.

For vehicles with Renault cards,


– insert the vehicle card in the card reader,
– press and hold the Start button (+ 5 seconds) with start-up conditions not fulfilled,
connect the diagnostic tool and perform the required operations.

EDC17C11_V04_PRELI
MR-410-X83-13B200$010.mif
V5
13B-2
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Introduction

To cut off the + after ignition feed, proceed as follows:

For vehicles with radio frequency remote control/key, use the key to switch off the ignition.

For vehicles with Renault cards,


Press the Start button twice briefly (less than 3 seconds),
Ensure that the forced + after ignition feed has been cut off by checking that the computer warning lights on the
instrument panel have gone out.

Faults

Faults are declared either present or stored (depending on whether they appeared in a certain context and have
disappeared since, or whether they remain present but have not been diagnosed within the current context).

The present or stored status of faults should be taken into consideration when the diagnostic tool is used after the
+ after ignition feed has been activated (without any of the system components being activated).

For a present fault, apply the procedure described in the Interpretation of faults section.

For a stored fault, note the faults displayed and apply the Notes section.

If the fault is confirmed when the instructions are applied, the fault is present. Deal with the fault.

If the fault is not confirmed, check:


– the electrical lines which correspond to the fault,
– the connectors on these lines (corrosion, bent pins, etc.),
– the resistance of the component detected as faulty,
– the condition of the wires (melted or split insulation, wear).

MR-410-X83-13B200$010.mif
V5
13B-3
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Introduction

Conformity check

The aim of the conformity check is to check the data that does not display a fault on the diagnostic tool when the
data is inconsistent. Therefore, this stage is used to:
– carry out fault finding on faults that do not have a fault display, and which may correspond to a customer complaint.
– check that the system is operating correctly and that there is no risk of a fault recurring after repairs.

This section gives the fault finding procedures for statuses and parameters and the conditions for checking them.

If a status is not behaving normally or a parameter is outside the permitted tolerance values, consult the
corresponding fault finding page.

Customer complaints - Fault finding chart

If the test with the diagnostic tool is OK but the customer complaint is still present, the fault should be processed by
customer complaints.

A synopsis of the general procedure to follow is provided on the following page in the form of a flow chart.

MR-410-X83-13B200$010.mif
V5
13B-4
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Introduction

4. FAULT FINDING PROCEDURE

4.1. Fault finding flow chart

Check the battery charge and the


condition of the fuses

Print the system fault finding log


(available on CLIP
and in Repair Manual or
Technical Note)

Connect CLIP

Dialogue with no
computer? See ALP no. 1

yes
Read the faults

Faults no
present Conformity check

yes
The cause is
no
Deal with present faults still present Fault
solved

Use fault finding charts (ALPs)


Dealing with
stored faults

The cause is
no
Fault solved
still present
The cause is no
still present
Fault
solved
Contact the Techline with the
completed fault finding log
yes

MR-410-X83-13B200$010.mif
V5
13B-5
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Introduction

4.2. Wiring check


Fault finding problems
Disconnecting the connectors and/or manipulating the wiring may temporarily remove the cause of a fault.
Electrical measurements of voltage, resistance and insulation are generally correct, especially if the fault is not
present when the analysis is made (stored fault).

Visual inspection
Look for damage under the bonnet and in the passenger compartment.
Carefully check the fuses, insulators and wiring harness routing.
Look for signs of oxidation.

Physical inspection
While manipulating the wiring, use the diagnostic tool to note any change in fault status from stored to present.
Make sure that the connectors are properly locked.
Apply light pressure to the connectors.
Twist the wiring harness.
If there is a change in status, try to locate the source of the fault.

Checking earth insulation


This check is carried out by measuring the voltage (multimeter in voltmeter mode) between the suspect connection
and the 12 V or 5 V. The correct measured value is 0 V.

Checking insulation against + 12 V or + 5 V


This check is carried out by measuring the voltage (multimeter in voltmeter mode) between the suspect
connection and the earth. In the first instance, the earth may be taken on the chassis. The correct measured
value should be 0 V

Continuity check
A continuity check is carried out by measuring the resistance (multimeter in ohmmeter mode), with the connectors
disconnected at both ends. The expected result is: 1 Ω ± 1 Ω for each connection. The line must be fully checked,
and the intermediate connections are only included in the method if this saves time during the fault finding
procedure. The continuity check on the multiplex lines must be carried out on both wires. The measured value
should be 1 Ω ± 1 Ω.

Checking the supply


This check may be carried out using a test light (21 W or 5 W depending on the maximum authorised load)*

MR-410-X83-13B200$010.mif
V5
13B-6
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Introduction

4.3. Connector check

Note:
Carry out each requested check visually. Do not remove a connector if it is not required.

Note:
Repeated connections and disconnections alter the functionality of the connectors and increase the risk of poor
electrical contact. Limit the number of connections/disconnections as much as possible.

Note:
The check is carried out on the 2 parts of the connection. There may be two types of connection:
– Connector/Connector.
– Connector/Device.

1. Visual inspection of the connection:


– Check that the connector is connected correctly and that the male and female parts of the connection are
correctly coupled.

2. Visual inspection of the area around the connection:


– Check the condition of the mounting (pin, strap, adhesive tape, etc.) if the connectors are attached to the
vehicle.
– Check that there is no damage to the wiring trim (sheath, foam, adhesive tape, etc.) near the wiring.
– Check that there is no damage to the electrical wires at the connector outputs, in particular on the insulating
material (wear, cuts, burns, etc.).
Disconnect the connector to continue the checks.

3. Visual inspection of the plastic casing:


– Check that there is no mechanical damage (casing crushed, split, broken, etc.), in particular to the fragile
components (lever, lock, sockets, etc.).
– Check that there is no heat damage (casing melted, darker, deformed, etc.).
– Check that there are no stains (grease, mud, liquid, etc.).

4. Visual inspection of the metal contacts:


(The female contact is called CLIP. The male contact is called TAB).
– Check that there are no bent contacts (the contact is not inserted correctly and can come out of the back of the
connector). The contact comes out of the connector when the wire is gently pulled.
– Check that there is no damage (folded tabs, clips open too wide, blackened or melted contact, etc.).
– Check that there is no oxidation on the metal contacts.

MR-410-X83-13B200$010.mif
V5
13B-7
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Introduction

Visual inspection of the sealing:


(Only for watertight connectors)
Check for the seal on the connection (between the 2 parts of the connection).
– Check the seal at the back of the connectors:
– For unit seals (1 for each wire), check that the unit seals are present on each electrical wire and that they are
correctly positioned in the opening (level with the housing). Check that plugs are present on openings which
are not used.
– For a grommet seal (one seal which covers the entire internal surface of the connector), check that the seal is
present.
– For gel seals, check for gel in all of the sockets without removing the excess or any protruding sections (it does
not matter if there is gel on the contacts).
– For hotmelt sealing (heat-shrink sheath with glue), check that the sheath has contracted correctly on the rear
of the connectors and the electrical wires, and that the hardened glue comes out of the side of the wire.
– Check that there is no damage to any of the seals (cuts, burns, significant deformation, etc.).

If a fault is detected, consult Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical wiring.

5. FAULT FINDING LOG

IMPORTANT
Any fault on a complex system requires thorough fault finding with the appropriate tools. The
FAULT FINDING LOG, which should be completed during the fault finding procedure, ensures a
record is kept of the procedure carried out. It is an essential document when consulting the
IMPORTANT! manufacturer.

IT IS THEREFORE COMPULSORY TO COMPLETE A FAULT FINDING LOG


EACH TIME IT IS REQUESTED BY TECHLINE OR THE WARRANTY RETURNS DEPARTMENT.

You will always be asked for this log:


– when requesting technical assistance from Techline,
– for approval requests when replacing parts for which approval is mandatory,
– to be attached to monitored parts for which reimbursement is requested. The log is needed for warranty
reimbursement, and enables better analysis of the parts removed.

6. SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
Safety rules must be observed during any work on a component to prevent any material damage or personal injury:
– check the battery voltage to avoid incorrect operation of computer functions,
– use the proper tools.

MR-410-X83-13B200$010.mif
V5
13B-8
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Cleanliness guidelines

I– HAZARDS ASSOCIATED WITH CONTAMINATION


The high pressure direct injection system is highly sensitive to contamination. The risks associated with
contamination are:
– damage to or destruction of the high pressure injection system,
– components jamming,
– components losing seal integrity.

All After-Sales operations must be performed under very clean conditions. This means that no impurities
(particles a few microns in size) should have entered the system during dismantling.

The cleanliness principle must be applied from the filter to the injectors.

What are the sources of contamination?

– metal or plastic swarf,


– paint,
– fibres: from cardboard,
from brushes,
from paper,
from clothing,
from cloths.
– foreign bodies such as hair,
– ambient air
– etc.

Important:
Cleaning the engine using a high pressure washer is prohibited because of the risk of damaging connections.
In addition, moisture may collect in the connectors and create electrical connection faults.

II– INSTRUCTIONS TO BE FOLLOWED PRIOR TO ALL OPERATIONS

Important:
Before any work is carried out on the high pressure injection system, protect:
– the accessories and timing belts,
– the electrical accessories, (starter, alternator, electric power-assisted steering pump),
– the flywheel surface, to prevent any fuel from running onto the clutch friction plate.

Check that you have plugs for the unions to be opened (set of plugs available from the Parts Department). The plugs
are single-use only. After use, they must be discarded (once used they are soiled and cleaning is not sufficient to
make them reusable). Unused plugs must also be discarded.

Check that you have hermetically resealable plastic bags for storing removed parts. Parts stored in this way will be
less susceptible to the risk of contamination. The bags are to be used once only, and discarded after use.

MR-410-X83-13B200$020.mif
V5
13B-9
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Cleanliness guidelines

Use lint-free cleaning cloths (cloth part reference 77 11 211 707). Using normal cloth or paper is prohibited. They are
not lint-free and could contaminate the fuel circuit. Each cloth should only be used once.

Use fresh cleaning agent for each operation (used cleaning agent is contaminated). Pour it into an uncontaminated
container.

For each operation, use a clean brush in good condition (the brush must not shed its bristles).

Use a brush and cleaning agent to clean the unions to be opened.

Blast compressed air over the cleaned parts (tools, workbench, the parts, unions and injection system zones). Check
that no bristles remain.

Wash your hands before and during the operation if necessary.

When wearing leather protective gloves cover them with latex gloves to prevent contamination.

III– INSTRUCTIONS TO BE FOLLOWED DURING THE OPERATION

As soon as the circuit is open, all openings must be plugged to prevent impurities from entering the system. The
plugs to be used are available from the Parts Department. The plugs must not be reused under any circumstances.

Seal the pouch shut, even if it has to be opened shortly afterwards. Ambient air carries contamination.

All components removed from the injection system must be stored in a hermetically sealed plastic bag once they
have been plugged.

Using a brush, cleaning agent, air gun, sponge or normal cloth is strictly prohibited once the circuit has been opened.
These items could allow contamination to enter the system.

A new component replacing an old one must not be removed from its packaging until it is to be fitted to the vehicle.

MR-410-X83-13B200$020.mif
V5
13B-10
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – List and location of components

Injection computer:
The computer is located in the engine compartment.

High and low pressure pump:


This pump is located upstream of the injector rail.

Injector rail:
The injector rail is mounted on the cylinder head and located upstream of the injectors.

Solenoid injectors:
The injectors are fitted on the cylinder head after the injector rail.

Particle filter injector:


The particle filter injector is held by a bracket on the exhaust upstream of the oxidation catalytic converter.

Particle filter injector cut-off solenoid valve:


The solenoid valve is located upstream of the particle filter injector.

Rail pressure sensor:


This sensor is fitted to the injector rail.

Fuel flow solenoid valve (VCV):


The fuel flow solenoid valve is mounted on the high pressure pump.

Water in diesel fuel sensor:


This sensor is located in the fuel filter.

Fuel temperature sensor:


This sensor is positioned on the injection pump.

Air flowmeter:
The air flowmeter is located at the air circuit inlet and integrates the air temperature sensor.

Damper valve:
The damper valve is located on the inlet manifold between the turbocharger compressor and the EGR valve.

Damper valve potentiometer:


The damper valve potentiometer is located opposite the damper valve.

Air temperature sensor:


The air temperature sensor is located at the air circuit inlet, integrated into the air flowmeter.

Atmospheric pressure sensor:


This sensor is incorporated in the computer.

Turbocharger:
The turbocharger is located after the exhaust manifold.

Turbocharging pressure sensor solenoid valve:


The solenoid valve is located between the vacuum pump and the wastegate.

Turbocharger pressure sensor:


The turbocharger pressure sensor is located on the air circuit between the turbocharger and the damper valve.

MR-410-X83-13B200$030.mif
V5
13B-11
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – List and location of components

Cooler:
The cooler is located between the compressor and the damper valve.

Wastegate:
The wastegate is located after the turbocharging pressure solenoid valve.

Vacuum pump:
The vacuum pump is fitted at the end of the camshaft.

EGR valve:
The EGR valve is located between the inlet manifold and the exhaust manifold.

EGR position sensor:


The sensor is integrated into the EGR valve.

EGR valve bypass:


The EGR valve bypass is located on both the vacuum pump and on the bypass channel.

Accelerator pedal potentiometer:


The potentiometer is located on the accelerator pedal.

Clutch pedal switch:


The switch is located on the clutch pedal.

Catalytic converter:
The catalytic converter is located downstream of the turbocharger on the exhaust system.

Particle filter:
The filter is located on the exhaust pipe after the catalytic converter.

Turbine upstream temperature sensor:


The turbine upstream temperature sensor is installed at the turbine inlet.

Particle filter upstream temperature sensor:


The particle filter upstream temperature sensor is installed before the particle filter.

Particle filter relative pressure sensor:


The particle filter relative pressure sensor is installed on the particle filter.

Cruise control/speed limiter on/off switch:


This switch is located in the passenger compartment to the left of the steering wheel near the lighting dimmer.

Steering column control:


This control is located on the steering wheel.

Heater plugs:
The heater plugs are located on the cylinder head.

Heater plug relay:


The relay is located in the engine compartment behind the left-hand headlight.

TDC sensor:
This sensor is located on the flywheel.

MR-410-X83-13B200$030.mif
V5
13B-12
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – List and location of components

Camshaft sensor:
This sensor is located at the end of the camshaft.

Refrigerant pressure sensor:


This sensor is located on the coolant circuit.

Engine coolant temperature sensor:


This sensor is located on the cylinder head near the engine water chamber.

Thermoplungers:
The thermoplungers are located in the cooling system before the additional coolant pump, which cools the
turbocharger.

Water heater interface unit:


The water heater interface unit is located in the engine compartment.

Fan unit relay:


These relays are located in the engine compartment relay unit.

Brake light switch:


The switch is located on the brake pedal.

Richness ratio sensor:


The richness ratio sensor is secured to the exhaust upstream of the particle filter and downstream of the
catalytic converter.

MR-410-X83-13B200$030.mif
V5
13B-13
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Role of components

Injection computer:
The injection computer receives information from various sensors and sends control signals to various actuators
according to mappings that it has stored in the memory.

High and low pressure pump:


The pump draws in fuel from the tank through the fuel filter and supplies the fuel injectors and the particle filter
injector.

Injector rail:
The injector rail receives and redistributes fuel under high pressure to the injectors.

Solenoid injectors:
These injectors enable rapid, precise metering of the quantity of fuel injected, with excellent injection process
repetitiveness.

Particle filter injectors:


This injector enables precise metering of the quantity of fuel injected downstream of the turbine, with excellent
injection process repetitiveness.

Particle filter injector cut-off solenoid valve:


The solenoid valve authorises or prevents the fuel supply to the particle filter injector.

Rail pressure sensor:


This sensor indicates the pressure inside the injector rail.

Fuel flow solenoid valve (VCV):


The solenoid valve regulates the flow of fuel entering the high pressure pump and enables an optimum quantity of
fuel to be pressurised according to the operating phase; this improves the efficiency of the high pressure pump
and the engine.

Water in diesel fuel sensor:


This sensor determines if water is present in the fuel.

Fuel temperature sensor:


This sensor measures the fuel return temperature from the pump and injector return.

Air flowmeter:
The flowmeter measures the amount of fresh air which goes back into the engine.

Damper valve:
The damper valve is used:
– During regeneration in order to control the flow of fresh air.
– When the engine is switched off, to dampen the engine which helps stop the engine.
– When inoperative, the damper valve is by default in the fully open position.

Damper valve potentiometer:


The damper valve potentiometer indicates the valve position to the injection computer.

Air temperature sensor:


The air temperature sensor informs the computer about the temperature of air used by the engine. It will calculate
the fresh air flow if the flow sensor is not fitted to the vehicle.

MR-410-X83-13B200$040.mif
V5
13B-14
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Role of components

Atmospheric pressure sensor:


This sensor allows the atmospheric pressure to be supplied to the computer.

Turbocharger:
The turbocharger is used to supply the engine with more air.

Turbocharging pressure sensor solenoid valve:


The solenoid valve connects the vacuum pump and the control diaphragm of the turbocharger blades.

Turbocharger pressure sensor:


This sensor measures the pressure at the turbocharging air cooler output before the damper valve.

Cooler:
The cooler cools the exhaust gas.

Wastegate:
The wastegate, when it is actuated, allows increased exhaust gas flow through the turbine.

Vacuum pump:
The vacuum pump is driven by the camshaft. The pump provides the vacuum required to operate the following
components: control solenoid valve, brake servo.

EGR valve:
The exhaust gas recirculation enables nitrogen oxide (NOx) emissions to be reduced significantly.

EGR position sensor:


The sensor gives the position of the EGR valve.

EGR valve bypass:


The EGR valve bypass authorises or prevents the circulation of exhaust gas towards the cooler.

Accelerator pedal potentiometer:


The accelerator pedal potentiometer informs the computer of the accelerator pedal position (engine load).

Clutch pedal switch:


The clutch pedal position sensor informs the computer of the clutch pedal status.

Catalytic converter:
Its role is to convert pollutant gases into harmless gases.

Particle filter:
The particle filter retains the particles for destruction during regeneration, preventing these particles from being
discharged into the atmosphere.

Turbine upstream temperature sensor:


This sensor gives the temperature of the exhaust gas at the turbine inlet.

Particle filter upstream temperature sensor:


This sensor gives the temperature of the exhaust gas at the particle filter inlet.

Particle filter relative pressure sensor:


The particle filter relative pressure sensor informs the computer of the pressure in the particle filter in relation to the
atmospheric pressure.

MR-410-X83-13B200$040.mif
V5
13B-15
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Role of components

Cruise control - speed limiter on - off switch:


This switch turns the cruise control/speed limiter on or off.

Steering column control:


This control allows adjustment of the cruise control - speed limiter setpoints on the steering wheel

Heater plugs:
The heater plugs create a hot point in the combustion chamber to improve starting in low temperature conditions.
They are also used to improve idle speed stability under some conditions.

Heater plug relay:


This relay controls the heater plugs when they are activated.

TDC sensor:
The angular position is measured using a magneto-inductive sensor triggered by machined teeth on the flywheel.
This sensor gives the engine speed as well as the position of the crankshaft for injection.

Camshaft sensor:
This sensor gives a signal to perform the injection cycle.
When the piston of cylinder 1 is at top dead centre (TDC), it can be either at the end of the compression stroke or at
the end of the exhaust stroke. The camshaft sensor enables a distinction to be made between these two states.

Refrigerant pressure sensor:


Its role is to measure the refrigerant pressure in the air conditioning circuit.

Engine coolant temperature sensor:


The engine coolant temperature sensor informs the computer about the engine coolant temperature.

Thermoplungers:
The coolant can be reheated by an electrical system comprising a relay unit, called the thermoplunger unit, and
electrical resistors, which are called thermoplungers.
This system increases the engine load by adding electrical consumers.
This function is executed by electrical relays contained in the thermoplunger unit, which activate 1 to 4
thermoplungers.
The number of thermoplungers that can be activated is calculated by the engine management computer based on
the following information: the battery voltage, the engine speed, the coolant temperature, the alternator load, etc.

Water heater interface unit:


This unit controls the passenger compartment heating resistors when they are activated.

Fan unit relay:


This relay controls the activation of the engine cooling fan assembly when a temperature threshold has been
exceeded.

Brake light switch:


The brake light switch informs the computer of the pedal status.

Richness ratio sensor:


The richness ratio sensor allows the air flow and the position of the EGR valve to be adjusted by noting the level of
oxygen in the exhaust gas.

MR-410-X83-13B200$040.mif
V5
13B-16
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Operating diagram

EDC17 C11 Injection System Flowchart

18

19 4

17 2
8

8
3
16
21
7
14

1
20
15

6 10

11 12 13
9
5

1. Fuel tank
2. Fuel filter
3. Electromagnetic injectors (cylinder no.1 is located on the timing end).
4. High and low pressure pump
5. EGR valve
6. EGR position sensor
7. Heater plug
8. Injector rail pressure sensor
9. EGR valve bypass
10. Particle filter injectors

MR-410-X83-13B200$050.mif
V5
13B-17
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Operating diagram

11. Particle filter


12. Particle filter relative pressure sensor
13. Particle filter upstream temperature sensor
14. Camshaft sensor (located at the end of the camshaft)
15. Damper valve
16. Intercooler
17. Compressor
18. Air temperature sensor
19. Air flowmeter
20. Turbine upstream temperature sensor
21. Turbine

MR-410-X83-13B200$050.mif
V5
13B-18
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Function

SYSTEM OUTLINE

The EDC17 C11 injection system used on the M9R engine is an electronically-managed high pressure injection
system. The fuel is compressed by a high pressure pump then stored in a rail that feeds the injectors. Injection takes
place when a current pulse is applied to the injector holders. The amount injected is proportional to the rail pressure
and the applied pulse length, and the start of injection is synchronised with the start of the pulse.

The supply circuit comprises two sub-systems, which are distinguished by the fuel pressure level:
– The low pressure system includes the tank, the fuel filter, the particle filter injector cut-off solenoid valve, the particle
filter injector, and the injector holder return ducts,
– The high pressure system includes the high pressure pump, the rail, the fuel flow actuator (VCV), the injectors, the
injector holders and the high pressure pipes.

The air system comprises a turbocharger control solenoid valve, an exchanger, an EGR (exhaust gas recirculation)
valve and a damper valve.
The exhaust pipe includes a particle filter. It is used to burn soot during regeneration phases. A fifth injector is
actuated during the regeneration phases to increase the temperature of the particle filter.

The turbocharger has a coolant pump to regulate its operating temperature.

Finally, there are a certain number of sensors and regulating actuators for controlling and monitoring the entire
system.

FUEL SUPPLY

High and low pressure pump


There is no mechanical or electric pump to deliver the fuel to the pump. This function is provided by the vacuum
created by the low pressure section of the pump, which draws in the fuel from the tank.

Rail pressure check


The quality of combustion is influenced by the size of the atomised droplets in the cylinder.
In the combustion chamber, smaller fuel droplets will have time to burn fully, and will not produce smoke or unburned
particles. To meet emission control requirements, the droplet size must be reduced and therefore the injection holes
must be smaller.

With smaller holes, less fuel will be able to be introduced at a given pressure, which limits the power. To offset this
disadvantage, the quantity of fuel injected must be increased, which means increased pressure (and more holes in
the injector nozzles). In the Bosch Common Rail injection system, the pressure in the rail can reach 1600 bar and
must be constantly controlled.

The High Pressure pump is supplied at low pressure (approximately 5 bar) by an integrated transfer pump. This
pump supplies the rail. The rail filling pressure is controlled by the fuel flow actuator (VCV) and the discharge
pressure is controlled by the injectors. This compensates for pressure drops. The fuel flow actuator enables the high
pressure pump to supply the exact quantity of fuel required to maintain the rail pressure. This mechanism minimises
the heat generated and improves engine output.

In order to discharge the rail using the injectors, the injectors are actuated by short electrical pulses which are:
– short enough not to open the injector (fuel passes through the return circuit from the injectors),
– long enough to open the injectors and discharge the rail.

MR-410-X83-13B200$060.mif
V5
13B-19
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Function

The fuel surplus is sent back to the fuel filter or the tank, according to its flow. If the fuel flow regulator (VCV) is not
actuated, the rail pressure is limited by a discharge valve on the pump.

Quantity of fuel injected and injection timing setting

The injection control parameters are the quantities to be injected and their respective timings.

These are calculated by the computer using signals from the following sensors:
– engine speed sensor (Crankshaft + Cam lobe for synchronisation),
– accelerator pedal sensor,
– coolant temperature sensor,
– rail pressure sensor,
– atmospheric pressure sensor,

The quantities to be injected and their respective timing are converted into:
– a reference tooth,
– the time between this tooth and the start of the pulse,
– the time during which the supply to the injector holder is on.

An electrical current (pulse) is sent to each injector holder according to previously calculated data. The system
carries out one to four injections (one pilot injection, one pre-injection, one main injection, one post-injection). The
general principle is to calculate the total injection flow which is then divided between the injection stages to promote
correct combustion and reduce pollutant emissions.

Individual injector correction.


The EDC17 C11 system injectors must be calibrated with corrective values so that their flow may be adjusted
precisely. Each injector is calibrated for different pressures on a test bench, and its specifications are shown on a
label attached to the body of the injector holders.
These individual correction values are then entered into the computer memory, which can control the injectors,
taking their manufacturing variations into account.

Water in diesel fuel sensor


The water in fuel sensor is optional. It can prevent major damage due to the presence of water in the injection
system. Whether it is installed depends on the legislation and fuel standard of each country.

Particle filter injector


The particle filter injector is a low pressure injector. This injector raises the temperature in the second catalytic
converter to assist particle filter regeneration. An evaporator plate is present at the particle filter injector outlet, at the
level of the bracket between the exhaust pipe and the catalytic converter.

This injector is used to replace post injection in areas of low load and low flow.

Idling speed regulation


The computer handles the calculation of idling speed. This has to take account of the instantaneous power level to
be supplied, according to the following factors:
– engine coolant temperature,
– gear ratio engaged,
– battery charge,
– electrical consumers (Additional heating, Air conditioning, Fan assembly, heated windscreen, etc.) active or
inactive,
– system faults detected.

MR-410-X83-13B200$060.mif
V5
13B-20
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Function

Pre-postheating management

Pre-postheating management involves controlling the heater plugs and the heater plugs indicator light on the
instrument panel (via the multiplex network). The heater plugs are activated by a preheating unit and the power is
provided by the battery.
When the ignition is switched on, the preheating period is activated; the indicator light comes on for a period
dependent on the battery voltage, atmospheric pressure and coolant temperature.
When the coolant temperature is below a certain threshold, a postheating function enables combustion stability, and
thereby engine operation, to be improved (reduction in unburned fuel and pollutant emissions).

Thermoplungers
The thermoplungers heat the engine coolant to enhance user comfort.

Angular position measurement


The angular position is measured using a magneto-inductive sensor; the engine speed sensor. It is triggered by a
pressed sheet metal target fixed to the crankshaft, inside the cylinder block. This target has 60 teeth separated by six
degrees minus 2 missing teeth, that form a long gap.

The phasing is determined by the phase sensor or the camshaft sensor (Hall effect sensor) triggered by a target with
five teeth, machined onto the drive crownwheel of the vacuum pump, at the end of one of the camshafts. This target
rotates at half the engine speed and its reading supplies an injection cycle running signal.

By comparing the signals from these two sensors, the computer can supply the entire system with the
synchronisation factors, which are: the angular position of the flywheel, the engine speed, the number of the active
injector and the injection cycle timing.

If the crankshaft signal is lost, the ECU is able to operate the engine in defect mode. In fact, due to the five
teeth located on the camshaft, it is possible to determine the injection phases for each cylinder.

MR-410-X83-13B200$060.mif
V5
13B-21
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Function

AIR SUPPLY

Air flow management


The flow of fresh air entering the engine is measured by a flow sensor (ratiometric hot-wire sensor).
A fresh air temperature sensor is integrated into the air flowmeter. Air flow measurement allows closed-loop control
via the EGR valve.

EGR valve control


The EGR (exhaust gas recirculation) system consists of a direct current EGR valve fitted with a valve position
sensor. The EGR valve is controlled by a double closed-loop via the position sensor and the air flowmeter. Up to a
certain rate, exhaust gas recirculation enables nitrogen oxide (NOx) emissions to be reduced significantly.

Damper valve control


By default the valve is open when in the rest position and is actuated only when the engine is switched off; this has
a damping effect and helps to stop the engine. The valve also controls the fresh air flow during particle filter
regeneration or in the event of EGR valve saturation.

EGR valve bypass


The EGR valve bypass allows the circulation of exhaust gas towards the cooler. The exhaust gas is cooled there in
order to prevent the EGR valve from clogging and/or seizing. When the exhaust gas does not need cooling, the
bypass is not actuated and the gas does not enter the cooler.

Turbocharger control
The turbocharger system consists of a solenoid valve connected to the vacuum pump circuit; this enables the vanes
to be controlled by means of a diaphragm so as to create either an overpressure or a vacuum in the fresh air inlet
circuit.

EXHAUST GAS TREATMENT

Operating principle
Regeneration consists of burning the particles accumulated in the filter. When oxygen is present, regeneration by
particle combustion occurs naturally when the exhaust gas temperature reaches 570˚C. This temperature is very
different to the temperatures observed in the normal operating range of a common rail engine.

In town, the engine does not produce much heat and the exhaust gas temperature varies between 150˚C and 200˚C.
Whatever the driving conditions may be, a particle filter regeneration program should be developed without an effect
on driving pleasure.

A relative pressure sensor monitors the status of the particle filter load (particle weight) and triggers regeneration.
Regeneration is performed by specific injection regulation, primarily using the particle filter injector and the engine
injectors (by phased injection and post-injection), which brings the temperature of the exhaust gas to between 550˚C
and 650˚C at the particle filter inlet. Regeneration lasts at least 40 minutes and is carried out every 165 miles
(275 km) (minimum interval between 2 successful regenerations).

Certain types of customer driving (mainly urban driving) may cause the particle filter to accumulate a significant
quantity of particles. This amount of soot may impair customer experience: poor vehicle performance due to
excessive pressure in the exhaust system.

MR-410-X83-13B200$060.mif
V5
13B-22
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Function

HOSTED FUNCTIONS

Air conditioning management assistance


For models with air conditioning, the EDC17 C11 system can deactivate the air conditioning under certain conditions
of use:
– when requested by the driver,
– when starting the engine,
– if the engine overheats (in order to reduce the power the engine has to supply),
– when the engine speed is kept at a very high level (to protect the compressor),
– during transition phases (eg. high acceleration demand for overtaking, anti-stalling and moving off). These
conditions are only taken into account if they do not occur repeatedly, so as to prevent system instabilities (erratic
deactivation),
– when certain faults appear.

Cold loop air conditioning management


The air conditioning is the cold loop type and its management shared between several computers. The injection
computer is responsible for:
– managing demand for cold air according to the passenger compartment commands and the pressure value,
– determining the power absorbed by the compressor from the pressure,
– determining the fan unit commands according to vehicle speed and pressure.

The driver requests the instrument panel to switch on the air conditioning. The signal is sent to the injection
computer via the multiplex line network. The cold air request is authorised or denied depending on the pressure
measured. If this pressure is outside the operating limits, the cold loop program is not activated.

Note:
Fan assembly actuation requests can be sent by the injection computer, but these are sent via the multiplex line.
These requests depend on the air conditioning, but also on the engine coolant temperature and vehicle speed.

Thermal regulation of the passenger compartment heating circuit


In a direct injection engine, fuel is injected directly into the combustion chamber. This leads to heat being lost
through the upper part of the engine and consequently, the cylinder head cooling system is smaller in size.

The effect of this is that the temperature of the coolant which flows through this circuit rises more slowly. This coolant
is also used by the passenger compartment heating system. In very cold conditions, it is therefore difficult to achieve
a comfortable passenger compartment temperature quickly.

To reduce the time taken to produce heat, air heating elements, called passenger compartment heating resistors,
are fitted in the passenger compartment heating circuit. The UCH decides whether or not to switch on the passenger
compartment heating resistors, and the UPC or the injection physically controls the passenger compartment heating
resistors. The injection computer determines whether to reduce the power supplied to the passenger compartment
heating resistors according to the alternator load and also whether to inhibit the operation of the passenger
compartment heating resistors according to the engine speed, the load, and the vehicle speed.

MR-410-X83-13B200$060.mif
V5
13B-23
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Function

Cruise control - speed limiter (CC / SL) management


When activated, the cruise control function maintains the vehicle at a preselected speed, regardless of the
driving conditions encountered. Using the control buttons, the driver can increase or reduce the speed of the vehicle.

The cruise control function can be deactivated either using the control buttons, or by switching off the cruise control
function selector switch or when system events are detected such as the brake or clutch pedal being depressed, or
when system errors are detected such as an inconsistent vehicle speed or excessive vehicle deceleration.

The cruise control function can also be temporarily suspended when the driver wants to resume control of the
vehicle and exceed the selected cruising speed by depressing the accelerator pedal which then exceeds the
selected fuel flow. The cruising speed is resumed when the driver releases the accelerator pedal.

It is possible to reactivate cruise control and to return to the last cruising speed after the function has been
deactivated for whatever reason, during the same cycle of use (computer supply voltage not cut off). The vehicle will
then attempt to return to the cruising speed using a controlled vehicle acceleration rate.

When activated (using the selection switch) the vehicle speed limiter function limits the vehicle speed to a
preselected value.
The driver controls the vehicle in the normal way using the accelerator pedal until the limit speed is reached. If an
attempt is made to exceed this speed, the system will ignore the pedal request and will limit the vehicle speed,
provided that the driver continues to depress the accelerator pedal.

As with the cruise control function, the limit speed can be altered using the control buttons by pressing briefly or
keeping the switch pressed.
For safety reasons, the limit speed can be exceeded by depressing the accelerator pedal beyond the pedal position
limit value. The vehicle speed will then be totally controlled by the pedal until the speed falls back below the cruising
speed when the speed limiter function will once again be reactivated.

The driver has the following controls for the cruise control - speed limiter function:
– accelerator pedal,
– brake pedal,
– clutch pedal (not for sequential gearbox),
– function selector switch, used to select cruise control or speed limiter operating mode,
– activation switch on the steering wheel,
– required speed adjustment switch on the steering wheel.

MR-410-X83-13B200$060.mif
V5
13B-24
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Function

Instrument panel display


The computer manages the data display on the instrument panel relating to engine operation. This covers five
functions: the OBD fault warning light for European On Board Diagnostics (EOBD), pre-postheating, coolant
temperature, and Level 1 (non critical fault) and Level 2 (emergency stop) engine faults. These five functions are
represented by five warning lights or messages displayed by the trip computer.

Pre-postheating warning light


This warning light indicates that preheating is active.

Engine coolant temperature warning light


This warning light is used as an engine overheating indicator.
In the event of overheating, it is up to the driver whether to stop the vehicle or continue driving.

OBD warning light


The OBD fault warning light is used to warn the driver of the presence of injection faults producing excessive
pollution or that the EOBD system is deactivated.
The injection computer requests illumination of the OBD fault warning light for a present fault only after three
consecutive driving cycles.
The visual check of the warning light when the power is switched on (automatic test procedure managed by the
instrument panel) is carried out by the injection computer, it lasts 3 seconds or until the engine starts.
If a confirmed OBD fault causes the OBD warning light to come on, there should be no flashing after the warning
light illumination test. The instrument panel will also display the message: Check emission control.
The gearbox computer, if fitted, may also request the illumination of this warning light.

Level 1 warning
If there is a minor fault, the computer may request a level 1 warning to be displayed. Usually, the instrument panel
illuminates the Service warning light and displays a message to request that the injection is checked. Refer to
instrument panel operation.

Note:
The SERVICE warning light will come on if the instrument panel is configured as cruise control - speed
limiter present, but the function has not yet been detected by the injection computer.

Level 2 warning
If there is a major fault, the computer requests a level 2 warning to be displayed. Usually, the instrument panel
illuminates the STOP warning light and displays a message which means that the injection is faulty. Refer to
instrument panel operation.

MR-410-X83-13B200$060.mif
V5
13B-25
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Function

PRECAUTIONS/RISKS
The main recommendation regarding the system is:
Never electrically disconnect the injectors with the engine running.
The injector technology requires that injectors receive a control signal to open and another control signal to close. If
the injector is disconnected between these 2 signals while the engine is running, i.e. during the actual injection
process, the injector will remain open long enough to create very unfavourable thermodynamic conditions in the
cylinder(s) or generate hydraulic pressure which may result in engine damage.

The voltage received by the injectors is very high (much higher than for traditional injectors).
This voltage can reach 150 V.

MR-410-X83-13B200$060.mif
V5
13B-26
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Replacement of components

REPLACING AN INJECTION COMPUTER

IMPORTANT:
– The injection computer retains the immobiliser code for life.
– The system has no security code.
– It is forbidden to perform tests with computers borrowed from the Parts Department or from another vehicle which
must then be returned.
– These computers are hard-coded.
– If the injection computer is faulty, contact the Techline (and refer to the fault finding log).

The system can be reprogrammed via the diagnostic socket using the RENAULT CLIP diagnostic tool (see
Technical Note 3585A, Computer programming and reprogramming procedure).

Programming conditions:
Before programming the injection computer, it is essential that:

– The vehicle ignition is on.


– The engine is stopped.
– The vehicle speed is zero.
– If the vehicle is equipped with an automatic gearbox: the gear lever must be in neutral.
– The coolant temperature is < 70˚C and the air temperature is < 50˚C.

IMPORTANT:
– Switch on the diagnostic tool (mains or cigarette lighter supply).
– Connect a battery charger to keep the battery voltage stable.
– Switch off all the electrical consumers (lights, interior lighting, radio CD, etc.).
– While the computer is being reprogrammed, the fan assemblies are triggered.

MR-410-X83-13B200$070.mif
V5
13B-27
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Replacement of components

OPERATIONS FOR REPLACING AN INJECTION COMPUTER WITHOUT A COMMUNICATION FAULT AND


NOT PRESENTING ANY ABNORMAL INTERNAL ELECTRONIC FAULT.

Before reprogramming the computer:


– Switch on the ignition.
– Save the computer data to the diagnostic tool by running command SC047 Save computer data.
– Save the data regarding the instrument panel computer into the diagnostic tool. In the instrument panel computer,
use command SC011 Save instrument panel data for injection.

After any computer reprogramming operation:


– Run command SC048 Write saved data to restore the engine adaptives.
– Initialise the value of the oil change interval via the instrument panel.
– Write the data regarding the instrument panel computer. In the instrument panel computer, use command SC012
Write instrument panel data for injection.
– Run command VP010 Enter VIN.
– If necessary, program the values of fast idle speed (if equipped) and vehicle speed restriction (if equipped) using
commands SC042 Modification of fast idle speed and SC040 Speed limiter.
– Switch off the ignition and wait for the "dialogue lost" message to appear on the diagnostic tool; if the message does
not appear, wait 12 minutes. Failure to follow this procedure may cause the computer data to be corrupted. When
the "dialogue lost" message appears or after waiting for 12 minutes, put the vehicle under + after ignition feed,
then press "OK".
– Start the engine (warning: the start-up phase may last up to 30 seconds).
– After injection computer reprogramming, stored faults may appear in other computers.
– Clear the fault memory of these computers using command RZ001 Fault memory.
– Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$070.mif
V5
13B-28
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Replacement of components

OPERATIONS FOR REPLACING AN INJECTION COMPUTER WITH A COMMUNICATION FAULT OR AN


ABNORMAL INTERNAL ELECTRONIC FAULT.
If no communication is possible with the injection computer during reprogramming or programming:

– Clear the fault memory using command RZ001 Fault memory.


– Enter the V.I.N. using the command VP010 Enter VIN.
– Switch off the ignition and wait for the "dialogue lost" message to appear on the diagnostic tool; if the message does
not appear, wait 12 minutes. Failure to follow this procedure may cause the computer data to be corrupted. When
the "dialogue lost" message appears or after waiting for 12 minutes, put the vehicle under + after ignition feed,
then press "OK".
– Enter the injector codes using command SC002 Enter injector codes.
– Switch off the ignition and wait for the "dialogue lost" message to appear on the diagnostic tool; if the message does
not appear, wait 12 minutes. Failure to follow this procedure may cause the computer data to be corrupted. When
the "dialogue lost" message appears or after waiting for 12 minutes, put the vehicle under + after ignition feed,
then press "OK".
– Perform a detection of the cruise control/speed limiter and the air conditioning:
Position the main switch in the rest position (the computer then detects the rest position).
Use command RZ047 Cruise control / speed limiter programming,
Position the switch in Cruise control position to activate the Cruise control function.
Position the switch in Speed limiter position to activate the Speed limiter function.
Switch on the air conditioning.
– Program the values of fast idle speed (if equipped) and vehicle speed restriction (if equipped) using commands
SC042 Modification of fast idle speed and SC040 Speed limiter.
– Perform a regeneration of the particle filter using command SC017 Particle filter regeneration.
– Change the engine oil and initialise the value of the oil change interval using the instrument panel.
*CV: Commercial vehicle

MR-410-X83-13B200$070.mif
V5
13B-29
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Replacement of components

REPLACING THE INJECTORS:

Cylinder no.1 is located at the timing end.

Note:
The individual injector correction is a calibration carried out in the factory on each injector to adjust the flow
of each injector precisely.
The correction values are written on a label affixed to each injector, and these injector codes are entered in the
computer, which can then actuate each injector by taking account of their manufacturing variation.

The system can be set up using the diagnostic socket with the RENAULT CLIP diagnostic tool.
To enter the injector codes, it is essential that:

– The vehicle ignition is on.


– The engine is stopped.
– The vehicle speed is zero.

When replacing one or more injectors, it is necessary to enter the injector code of each replaced injector.

– Perform command SC002 Enter injector codes.


– Switch off the ignition and wait for the "dialogue lost" message to appear on the diagnostic tool; if the message
does not appear, wait 12 minutes. Failure to follow this procedure may cause the computer data to be corrupted.
When the "dialogue lost" message appears or after waiting for 12 minutes, put the vehicle under + after ignition
feed, then press "OK".

MR-410-X83-13B200$070.mif
V5
13B-30
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Replacement of components

REPLACING THE DAMPER VALVE


If the damper valve is replaced, initialise the programming of the damper valve offsets by running RZ044 Damper
valve programming.
Switch off the ignition and wait for the "dialogue lost" message to appear on the diagnostic tool; if the message
does not appear, wait 12 minutes.

Put the vehicle under + after ignition feed, wait for 10 seconds and check that ET827 "1 st damper valve opening
programmed" and ET828 "1 st damper valve closing programmed" are COMPLETED.

Switch off the ignition and wait for the "dialogue lost" message to appear on the diagnostic tool; if the message
does not appear, wait 12 minutes. Failure to follow this procedure may cause the computer data to be corrupted.
When the "dialogue lost" message appears or after waiting for 12 minutes, put the vehicle under + after ignition
feed, then press "OK".

REPLACING THE TDC SENSOR

If the TDC sensor is replaced, switch on the ignition and reinitialise the sensor programming by running RZ037
Flywheel target programming.

Switch off the ignition and wait for the "dialogue lost" message to appear on the diagnostic tool; if the message
does not appear, wait 12 minutes. Failure to follow this procedure may cause the computer data to be corrupted.
When the "dialogue lost" message appears or after waiting for 12 minutes, put the vehicle under + after ignition
feed, then press "OK".

REPLACING THE PARTICLE FILTER RELATIVE PRESSURE SENSOR


If the particle filter relative pressure sensor is replaced, switch on the ignition and reinitialise the sensor programming
by running RZ036 Particle filter relative pressure sensor.

Switch off the ignition and wait for the "dialogue lost" message to appear on the diagnostic tool; if the message
does not appear, wait 12 minutes. Failure to follow this procedure may cause the computer data to be corrupted.
When the "dialogue lost" message appears or after waiting for 12 minutes, put the vehicle under + after ignition
feed, then press "OK".

MR-410-X83-13B200$070.mif
V5
13B-31
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Replacement of components

REPLACING THE HIGH PRESSURE PUMP


If the injection pump is replaced, switch on the ignition and run RZ003 Engine adaptives.

Switch off the ignition and wait for the "dialogue lost" message to appear on the diagnostic tool; if the message
does not appear, wait 12 minutes. Failure to follow this procedure may cause the computer data to be corrupted.
When the "dialogue lost" message appears or after waiting for 12 minutes, put the vehicle under + after ignition
feed, then press "OK".

Attempt to start the engine (the duration of the first start is variable to allow for reprogramming).

EGR VALVE REPLACEMENT:


If replacing the EGR valve, it is essential to program the new valve's offset position. To do this, clear the old offset
using the EGR programming deletion procedure and run command RZ012 EGR valve programming.

Switch off the ignition and wait for the "dialogue lost" message to appear on the diagnostic tool; if the message
does not appear, wait 12 minutes. Failure to follow this procedure may cause the computer data to be corrupted.
When the "dialogue lost" message appears or after waiting for 12 minutes, put the vehicle under + after ignition
feed, then press "OK".
Put the vehicle under + after ignition feed (without starting the engine) and wait for 10 seconds, then check the
value of ET336 EGR function programming, which must be COMPLETED.

REPLACING THE PARTICLE FILTER


If replacing the particle filter, switch on the ignition and reinitialise the particle filter programming by running SC051
Adaptives after particle filter replacement.

Switch off the ignition and wait for the "dialogue lost" message to appear on the diagnostic tool; if the message
does not appear, wait 12 minutes. Failure to follow this procedure may cause the computer data to be corrupted.
When the "dialogue lost" message appears or after waiting for 12 minutes, put the vehicle under + after ignition
feed, then press "OK".

MR-410-X83-13B200$070.mif
V5
13B-32
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Replacement of components

REPLACING THE INJECTOR RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR

IMPORTANT:
Replace the entire injector rail (See MR 408, Mechanical, 19B, Fuel supply, Injector rail - Injectors: Removal
- Refitting).

If the injector rail pressure sensor is replaced, switch on the ignition and run RZ045 Rail pressure sensor
adaptives.

Switch off the ignition and wait for the "dialogue lost" message to appear on the diagnostic tool; if the message
does not appear, wait 12 minutes. Failure to follow this procedure may cause the computer data to be corrupted.
When the "dialogue lost" message appears or after waiting for 12 minutes, put the vehicle under + after ignition
feed, then press "OK".

Attempt to start the engine (the duration of the first start is variable to allow for reprogramming).

REPLACING THE PARTICLE FILTER INJECTOR


Before replacing the particle filter injector, it is necessary to let the pressure fall in the exhaust injection circuit by
running commands AC267 Particle filter injector solenoid valve and
AC238 Particle filter injector

After replacing the particle filter injector, restore the pressure in the exhaust injection circuit using command AC271
Particle filter solenoid valve opening and check that there are no leaks where the repair was made.

REPLACING THE PARTICLE FILTER INJECTOR SOLENOID VALVE


Before replacing the particle filter injector solenoid valve, it is necessary to let the pressure fall in the exhaust
injection circuit by running commands AC267 Particle filter injector solenoid valve and
AC238 Particle filter injector

After replacing the particle filter injector solenoid valve, restore the pressure in the exhaust injection circuit using
command AC271 Particle filter inj. solenoid valve opening and check that there are no leaks where the repair
was made.

REPLACING THE AIR FLOWMETER / AIR INLET TEMPERATURE SENSOR


If replacing the air flowmeter / air inlet temperature sensor, switch on the ignition and run RZ035 Average air
temperature.

MR-410-X83-13B200$070.mif
V5
13B-33
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Replacement of components

REPLACING THE FUEL FLOW REGULATOR

The fuel flow regulator is built into the high pressure pump.

Replace the high pressure pump and consult the relevant after repair procedure.

REPLACING ONE OR MORE HEATER PLUGS


If replacing a heater plug, switch on the ignition and run RZ063 Preheating unit.

Switch off the ignition and wait for the "dialogue lost" message to appear on the diagnostic tool; if the message
does not appear, wait 12 minutes. Failure to follow this procedure may cause the computer data to be corrupted.
When the "dialogue lost" message appears or after waiting for 12 minutes, put the vehicle under + after ignition
feed, then press "OK".

REPLACING THE RICHNESS RATIO SENSOR


If replacing the richness ratio sensor, switch on the ignition and run RZ062 Richness ratio sensor programming.

Switch off the ignition and wait for the "dialogue lost" message to appear on the diagnostic tool; if the message
does not appear, wait 12 minutes. Failure to follow this procedure may cause the computer data to be corrupted.
When the "dialogue lost" message appears or after waiting for 12 minutes, put the vehicle under + after ignition
feed, then press "OK".

MR-410-X83-13B200$070.mif
V5
13B-34
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Configurations and programming

CONFIGURATION READING

Index Title Display comment

LC165 Speed limiter function Detected or not detected

LC166 Cruise control function Detected or not detected

LC167 Cruise control/speed limiter buttons Detected or not detected

MR-410-X83-13B200$080.mif
V5
13B-35
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Fault summary table

Tool fault DTC code Diagnostic tool title


DF001 0115 Coolant temperature sensor circuit
DF002 0110 Air temperature sensor circuit
DF007 0190 Rail pressure sensor circuit
DF011 0641 Sensor supply voltage no. 1
DF012 0651 Sensor supply voltage no. 2
DF013 0697 Sensor supply voltage no. 3
DF015 0657 Main relay control circuit
DF025 0380 Pre-postheating unit diagnostic line
DF026 0201 Cylinder 1 injector control circuit
DF027 0202 Cylinder 2 injector control circuit
DF028 0203 Cylinder 3 injector control circuit
DF029 0204 Cylinder 4 injector control circuit
DF032 1641 Thermoplunger 1 relay control circuit
DF033 1642 Thermoplunger 2 relay control circuit
DF034 1643 Thermoplunger 3 relay control circuit
DF047 0560 Computer feed voltage
DF051 0564 Cruise control/speed limiter function
DF052 0200 Injector control circuit
DF054 0045 Turbocharging solenoid valve control circuit
DF056 0100 Air flow sensor circuit
DF089 0105 Inlet manifold pressure sensor circuit
DF098 0180 Fuel temperature sensor circuit
DF101 C121 ESP multiplex connection
DF120 0335 Engine speed sensor signal
DF127 0571 Brake switch no. 1 circuit
DF128 0703 Brake switch 2 circuit
DF195 0016 Camshaft sensor / engine speed consistency
DF200 2226 Atmospheric pressure sensor
DF201 0101 Air flow sensor signal
DF209 0409 EGR valve position sensor circuit
DF272 0487 EGR valve control circuit
DF293 2264 Water in diesel fuel sensor
DF297 2002 Particle filter
DF304 245A EGR by-pass circuit
DF310 1544 Particle filter upstream temp.* sensor

*temp.: temperature

MR-410-X83-13B200$090.mif
V5
13B-36
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Fault summary table

Tool fault DTC code Diagnostic tool title


DF319 0340 Camshaft sensor circuit
DF323 2119 Damper valve
DF532 2502 Alternator charge signal
DF559 0480 Low-speed fan assembly relay control
DF561 0481 High-speed fan assembly relay control
DF567 160C Computer
DF569 2263 Turbocharging circuit
DF619 0402 EGR valve jammed open
DF641 2100 Damper valve circuit
DF644 0001 Fuel flow regulator circuit
DF645 0638 Damper valve position regulation
DF646 0120 Damper valve position sensor
DF647 0488 EGR valve position regulation
DF648 060A Computer
DF652 0544 Turbine upstream temperature sensor circuit
DF721 0217 Engine overheating
DF771 0002 Flow regulation adaptive
DF778 2080 Turbine upstream temperature control
DF887 0226 Brake - accelerator pedal position
DF967 0130 Richness ratio sensor circuit
DF970 1131 Richness ratio sensor heating circuit
DF974 0225 Pedal potentiometer circuit gang 1
DF975 2120 Pedal potentiometer circuit gang 2
DF980 1620 Richness ratio sensor function
DF987 0575 Cruise control/speed limiter buttons
DF991 1205 Particle filter injector control circuit
DF997 1650 Control unit -> thermoplunger connection
DF1001 1545 Particle filter upstream temperature regulation
DF1012 1525 Multiplex signal consistencies for cruise control - speed limiter
DF1015 0504 Brake switch signal consistency
DF1016 0833 Clutch switch signal consistency
DF1017 061A Computer
DF1018 062B Computer
DF1020 253F Engine oil dilution
DF1032 160D Computer
DF1058 0106 Inlet pressure consistency
DF1063 C415 ESP multiplex connection

MR-410-X83-13B200$090.mif
V5
13B-37
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Fault summary table

Tool fault DTC code Diagnostic tool title


DF1068 0530 Refriger.** pressure sensor voltage
DF1167 1130 Richness ratio sensor circuit
DF1168 0135 Richness ratio sensor heating circuit
DF1169 2243 Richness ratio sensor circuit
DF1170 2244 Richness ratio sensor circuit
DF1195 047A Particle filter relative pressure sens.* circuit
DF1196 047B Particle filter relative pressure sensor
DF1237 0403 EGR valve control circuit
DF1252 1632 Particle filter injector solenoid valve circuit
DF1263 2626 Richness ratio sensor circuit
DF1264 2A06 Richness ratio sensor circuit
DF1331 2503 Alternator DF terminal

*sens.: sensor
**refriger.: refrigerant.

MR-410-X83-13B200$090.mif
V5
13B-38
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF001 COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT


PRESENT 1.DEF: Inconsistent signal.
OR 2.DEF: Signal outside lower limit
3.DEF: Signal outside upper limit
STORED

Conditions for application to a stored fault:


The fault is declared present after the ignition has been switched on.
If the fault is present:
– The turbocharger cooling pump is activated.
– The EGR valve is closed.
– The damper valve is open.
– Control of actuators is forbidden.
– The fan assemblies operate with the engine running and only fan assembly 1
operates with the engine switched off.
– The idle speed increases if the vehicle is equipped with an automatic gearbox or if the
temperature is high.
NOTES – Engine speed restricted significantly

Special notes:
After this fault appears:
– The fan assemblies operate.
– The idle speed increases.
– The engine speed is restricted significantly.
– The OBD and Level 1 warning lights illuminate.

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF001
MR-410-X83-13B200$101.mif
V5
13B-39
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF001
CONTINUED

Check the condition and connection of the coolant temperature sensor connector, component code 244.
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120.
If the connector(s) are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical
wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance of the following connections:
– 3JK between components 120 and 244.
– 3C between components 120 and 244.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Measure the resistance of component 244 between connections 3JK and 3C.
If the resistance of the coolant temperature sensor, component code 244 is not between 51 Ω ≤ X ≤ 75 kΩ at
ambient temperature: replace the coolant temperature sensor, component code 244 (see MR 408, Mechanical,
19A, Cooling, Coolant temperature sensor: Removal - Refitting).

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$101.mif
V5
13B-40
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF002 AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT


PRESENT 1.DEF: Signal outside lower limit.
OR 2.DEF: Signal outside upper limit.
STORED

Note: The inlet air temperature sensor is integrated into the air flowmeter.

Conditions for application to a stored fault:


The fault is declared present after the ignition has been switched on.
If the fault is present:
– The turbocharging pressure is limited.
– The EGR valve is closed.
NOTES – The damper valve is open

Special notes:
After this fault appears:
– Reduction in engine performance,
– The OBD and Level 1 warning lights illuminate

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF002
MR-410-X83-13B200$101.mif
V5
13B-41
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF002
CONTINUED

Check the connection and condition of the air flowmeter connector, component code 799.
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120.
If the connectors are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical
wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance of the following connections:
– 3ABQ between components 799 and 120.
– 37X between components 799 and 1834.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Measure the resistance of the air temperature sensor, component code 799 between connections 3ABQ and
37X of the air flowmeter, component code 799
If the resistance measured is not between 50 Ω ≤ X ≤ 30 kΩ: replace the air flowmeter, component code 799
(see MR 408, Mechanical, 12A, Fuel mixture, Air flowmeter: Removal - Refitting).

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$101.mif
V5
13B-42
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF007 RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT


PRESENT 1.DEF: Signal invalid
2.DEF: Signal outside lower limit
OR 3.DEF: Signal outside upper limit
STORED 4DEF: Permanent high signal

IMPORTANT
Do not measure the resistance of the rail pressure sensor directly; this may damage
the sensor.

Conditions for application to a stored fault:


The fault is declared present after the ignition has been switched on.
NOTES
Processing priority in the event of a number of faults:
1.DEF, 2.DEF, 3. DEF: Deal with fault DF013 Sensor supply voltage no.3 first.
4. DEF: Check that there is not a rail pressure fault or that the rail is completely
discharged: first check that there are no external leaks or that the supply circuit is not
deprimed, for example, due to a low fuel level. Perform TEST 26 Rail pressure
sensor check. If the rail pressure sensor is not the cause, perform TEST 12 Injection
pump check.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF007
MR-410-X83-13B200$101.mif
V5
13B-43
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF007
CONTINUED 1

If the fault is present:


– The rail pressure is limited.
– The ESP is deactivated,
– Control of actuators is forbidden.
– The cruise control and speed limiter functions are deactivated.
– Particle filter regeneration is forbidden.
– The EGR valve is closed.
– The damper valve is open.

Special notes:
NOTES
After this fault appears:
– Noisy engine.
– Reduction in engine performance.
– The idle speed is unstable,
– The OBD and Level 2 warning lights illuminate.
– Difficulty starting the engine.
– Engine speed regulation is disrupted.
– The particle filter might be clogged.

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$101.mif
V5
13B-44
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF007
CONTINUED 2

Check the connection and condition of the rail pressure sensor connector, component code 1032.
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120.
If the connector or connectors are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing
electrical wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check for +5 V on connection 3LX of component 1032 and for earth on connection 3LZ.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connections.
– 3LY between components 1032 and 120,
– 3LX between components 1032 and 120,
– 3LZ between components 1032 and 120.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, replace the rail pressure sensor, component code 1032 (see MR 408, Mechanical, 13B,
Diesel injection, Rail pressure sensor: Removal - Refitting) and consult the "Replacement of components"
section.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$101.mif
V5
13B-45
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF011 SENSOR FEED VOLTAGE NO. 1


PRESENT 1.DEF: Signal outside lower limit
OR 2.DEF: Signal outside upper limit.
STORED

Conditions for application to a stored fault:


The fault is declared present after the ignition has been switched on.
If the fault is present:
– Particle filter regeneration is forbidden.
– The EGR valve is closed.
– The damper valve is open.
– The cruise control and speed limiter functions are deactivated.
– The idle speed increases.
– Control of actuators is forbidden.
– Engine torque is limited.
– Air flow regulation is inactive.
NOTES

Special notes:
After this fault appears:
– Reduction in engine performance.
– The idle speed increases.
– The cruise control and speed limiter functions are unavailable.
– The OBD and Level 2 warning lights illuminate.

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120.
If the connector or connectors are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing
electrical wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the condition of every connector that will be disconnected during the following fault finding process.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF011
MR-410-X83-13B200$101.mif
V5
13B-46
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF011
CONTINUED 1

Disconnect the accelerator pedal sensor gang 1, component code 921.


Wait several seconds so that the computer can update the fault status.
If the fault changes from present to stored: Replace the accelerator pedal sensor gang 1, component code 921
(see MR 408, Mechanical, 37A, Mechanical component controls, Accelerator pedal: Removal – Refitting).

Disconnect the inlet manifold pressure sensor, component code 147.


Wait several seconds so that the computer can update the fault status.
If the fault changes from present to stored: Replace the inlet manifold pressure sensor, component code 147
and consult the section: Replacement of components.

Disconnect the damper valve position sensor, component code 1461.


Wait several seconds so that the computer can update the fault status.
If the fault changes from present to stored: Replace the damper valve position sensor, component code 1461
(see MR 408, Mechanical, 12A, Fuel mixture, Damper valve: Removal - Refitting) and consult the
Replacement of components section.

Disconnect the EGR valve position sensor, component code 1460.


Wait several seconds so that the computer can update the fault status.
If the fault changes from present to stored: Replace the EGR valve position sensor, component code 1460 (see
MR 408, Mechanical, 14A, Emission control, Exhaust gas recirculation solenoid valve: Removal - Refitting)
and consult the Replacement of components section.

Disconnect the particle filter relative pressure sensor, component code 1989.
Wait several seconds so that the computer can update the fault status.
If the fault changes from present to stored: Replace the particle filter relative pressure sensor, component
code 1989 and consult the section: Replacement of components.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$101.mif
V5
13B-47
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF011
CONTINUED 2

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connections:
– 3LR between components 921 and 120,
– 3LT between components 921 and 120,
– 3GC between components 1461 and 120,
– 3ADL between components 1461 and 120,
– 3GC between components 1460 and 120,
– 3JM between components 1460 and 120,
– 3AJP between components 147 and 120,
– 3AJR between components 147 and 120,
– 3AAQ between components 1989 and 120,
– 3TM between components 1989 and 120.

If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$101.mif
V5
13B-48
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF012 SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE NO. 2


PRESENT 1.DEF: Signal outside lower limit
OR 2.DEF: Signal outside upper limit
STORED

Conditions for application to a stored fault:


The fault is declared present after the ignition has been switched on.
If the fault is present:
– The cruise control and speed limiter functions are deactivated.
– Control of actuators is forbidden.
– The high speed fan assembly operates.
– Air conditioning is switched off.
– Engine torque is limited.

NOTES
Special notes:
After this fault appears:
– The air conditioning does not work.
– Reduction in engine performance.
– The OBD and Level 1 warning lights illuminate.
– The high speed fan assembly operates.
– The cruise control and speed limiter functions are unavailable.

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120
If the connector or connectors are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing
electrical wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the condition of every connector that will be disconnected during the following fault finding process.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF012
MR-410-X83-13B200$101.mif
V5
13B-49
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF012
CONTINUED

Disconnect the accelerator pedal sensor gang 2, component code 921.


Wait several seconds so that the computer can update the fault status.
If the fault changes from present to stored: Replace the accelerator pedal sensor gang 2, component code 921
(see MR 408, Mechanical, 37A, Mechanical component controls, Accelerator pedal: Removal – Refitting).

Disconnect the refrigerant pressure sensor, component code 1202.


Wait several seconds so that the computer can update the fault status.
If the fault changes from present to stored: Replace the refrigerant pressure sensor, component code 1202 (see
MR 408, Mechanical, 62A, Air conditioning, Precautions for repair and MR 408, Mechanical, Air
conditioning: Parts and consumables for repair).

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connections:
– 3LU between components 921 and 120,
– 3LV between components 921 and 120,
– 38Y between components 1202 and 120,
– 38U between components 1202 and 120.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$101.mif
V5
13B-50
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF013 SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE NO. 3


PRESENT 1.DEF: Signal outside lower limit
OR 2.DEF: Signal outside upper limit
STORED

NOTE: The injector rail must always be replaced when the rail pressure sensor
is replaced.

Conditions for application to a stored fault:


The fault is declared present after the ignition has been switched on.
If the fault is present:
– The rail pressure is limited.
– The ESP is deactivated.
– Control of actuators is forbidden.
– The cruise control and speed limiter functions are deactivated.
– Particle filter regeneration is forbidden.
NOTES – The EGR valve is closed.
– The damper valve is open.
– If automatic gearbox: Change to defect mode.

Special notes:
After this fault appears:
Reduction in engine performance.
The cruise control and speed limiter functions are unavailable.
The OBD and Level 2 warning lights illuminate.

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF013
MR-410-X83-13B200$101.mif
V5
13B-51
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF013
CONTINUED

Check the condition of the rail pressure sensor connector, component code 1032.
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120
If the connector or connectors are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing
electrical wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Disconnect the rail pressure sensor, component code 1032.


Wait several seconds so that the computer can update the fault status.
If the fault changes from present to stored: Replace the rail pressure sensor, component code 1032
(see MR 408, Mechanical, 13B, Diesel injection, Rail pressure sensor: Removal - Refitting) and consult the
Replacement of components section.

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connections:
– 3LX between components 1032 and 120,
– 3LZ between components 1032 and 120.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$101.mif
V5
13B-52
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF015 MAIN RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT


PRESENT CC.0: Short circuit to earth.
OR
STORED

Conditions for application to a stored fault:


The fault is declared present after the ignition is switched off and before loss of
communication with the computer, during the deactivation phase.
NOTES

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

Check the connection and condition of the engine fuse box connectors, component code 1834 (see MR 408,
Mechanical, 81C, Fuses, Fuses: List and location of components).
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120.
If the connector or connectors are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing
electrical wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connections:
– 3FB1 between components 1834 and 120,
– 3FB2 between components 1834 and 120.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF015
MR-410-X83-13B200$101.mif
V5
13B-53
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF025 PRE-POSTHEATING UNIT DIAGNOSTIC LINE


PRESENT 1.DEF: Fault indicated by the control unit
CO: Open circuit
OR CC.0: Short circuit to earth
STORED CC.1: Short circuit to +12 volts

Conditions for application to a stored fault:


The fault is declared present after the ignition has been switched on or after running
command AC037 Preheating relay

Processing priority in the event of a number of faults:


Deal with faults DF047 Computer supply voltage and DF015 Main relay control
circuit first, if they are present or stored.
NOTES

Special notes:
After this fault appears:
– Difficult to start.
– Starting may be impossible when cold.

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

1.DEF
NOTES None.
CC.0

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF025
MR-410-X83-13B200$101.mif
V5
13B-54
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF025
CONTINUED 1

Check the presence and conformity of fuse FBA (70A) on the power supply fuse board, component code 777.

Check the insulation, continuity and absence of interference resistance on the following connection:
– BP17 between components 257 and 777,
If the connection is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
If the connection is correct, replace fuse FBA (70A).

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connections:
– 3FY between components 257 and 120,
– 3FF between components 257 and 120.
– 3PL between components 257 and 120
– 37Z between components 257 and 680,
– 37AA between components 257 and 681,
– 37AB between components 257 and 682,
– 37AC between components 257 and 683.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Without removing the heater plugs, measure the resistance of each heater plug, component code 680, 681,
682, or 683.
If the resistances are between 0 Ω ≤ X ≤ 1 Ω at ambient temperature, replace the pre-postheating unit,
component code 257 (see MR 408, Mechanical, 13C, Preheating, Pre-postheating unit).

Remove the heater plugs (see MR 408, Mechanical, 13C, Preheating, Heater plugs: Removal - Refitting),
measure the resistance of every heater plug, component code 680, 681, 682 or 683.
If the resistances are not between 0 Ω ≤ X ≤ 1 Ω at ambient temperature, replace the faulty plug(s), component
codes 680, 681, 682 and 683 (see MR 408, Mechanical, 13C, Preheating, Heater plugs: Removal - Refitting).

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$101.mif
V5
13B-55
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF025
CONTINUED 2

CO
NOTES None.
CC.1

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connections:
– 3FY between components 257 and 120,
– 3FF between components 257 and 120,
– 3PL between components 257 and 120,
– 37Z between components 257 and 680,
– 37AA between components 257 and 681,
– 37AB between components 257 and 682,
– 37AC between components 257 and 683,
– BP17 between components 257 and 777.

If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the connections are correct, replace the preheating unit, component code 257 (see MR 408, Mechanical, 13C,
Preheating, Pre-postheating unit: Removal - Refitting).

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$101.mif
V5
13B-56
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

CYLINDER 1 INJECTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT


DF026 1.DEF: At maximum limit
PRESENT 2.DEF: Signal not plausible
3.DEF: Comparison of conformity information (checksum)
OR 4DEF: Permanent high signal
STORED 5.DEF: At minimum limit
C0: Open circuit

Conditions for application to a stored fault:


3.DEF: The fault is declared present after the ignition has been switched on.
1.DEF, 2.DEF, 4.DEF, 5.DEF, CO: The faults are declared present with the engine
idling.

If the fault is present:


– The idle speed increases.
– The ESP is deactivated.
– The cruise control and speed limiter functions are deactivated.
– Particle filter regeneration is forbidden.
– Control of actuators is forbidden.
NOTES – The EGR valve is closed.

Special notes:
After this fault appears:
– Reduction in engine performance.
– The idle speed increases.
– The cruise control and speed limiter functions are unavailable.
– The ESP is unavailable.
– The OBD and Level 1 warning lights illuminate.

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF026
MR-410-X83-13B200$101.mif
V5
13B-57
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF026
CONTINUED 1

CO
NOTES Cylinder no.1 is located at the timing end.
2.DEF

Check the connection and condition of the cylinder 1 injector connector, component code 193.
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120.
If the connector or connectors are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing
electrical wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance of the following connections:
3CR or 3L between components 193 and 120,
– 3KW between components 193 and 120.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Measure the resistance of cylinder injector 1, component code 193.


If the resistance is not between 0.215 Ω ≤ X ≤ 0.295 Ω at a temperature between 0˚C ≤ X ≤ 40˚C, replace the
cylinder 1 diesel injector, component code 193 (see MR 408, Mechanical, 13B, Diesel injection, Diesel
injector: Removal - Refitting) and consult the Replacement of components section.

If the fault persists, contact the Techline

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$101.mif
V5
13B-58
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF026
CONTINUED 2

3.DEF NOTES Cylinder no.1 is located at the timing end.

Check the conformity of the injectors fitted to the vehicle in relation to the type of vehicle and engine number
(low, high or very high pressure injector).

Check that the code of the cylinder 1 injector is correctly entered in the injection computer by reading ID009
Cylinder 1 injector code.
If the diesel injector code is not correct, correct the diesel injector code. Run command SC002 Enter injector
codes.

Do not reinitialise the codes of the correctly coded diesel injectors.

If the injector code is correct, contact the Techline

4.DEF NOTES None.

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance of the following connections:
– 3CR or 3L between components 193 and 120,
– 3KW between components 193 and 120.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault persists, contact the Techline

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$101.mif
V5
13B-59
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF026
CONTINUED 3

1.DEF
NOTES Cylinder no.1 is located at the timing end.
5.DEF

If the customer complains about noise or loss of engine performance:


Replace the cylinder 1 diesel injector, component code 193 (see MR 408, Mechanical, 13B, Diesel injection,
Diesel injector: Removal - Refitting) and consult the Replacement of components section.

If the fault persists, contact the Techline

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$101.mif
V5
13B-60
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

INJECTOR CYLINDER 2 CONTROL CIRCUIT


DF027 1.DEF: At maximum limit
PRESENT 2.DEF: Signal not plausible
3.DEF: Comparison of conformity information (checksum)
OR 4DEF: Permanent high signal
STORED 5.DEF: At minimum limit
C0: Open circuit

Conditions for application to a stored fault:


3.DEF: The fault is declared present after the ignition has been switched on.
1.DEF, 2.DEF, 4.DEF, 5.DEF, CO: The faults are declared present with the
engine idling.

If the fault is present:


– The idle speed increases.
– The ESP is deactivated.
– The cruise control and speed limiter functions are deactivated.
– Particle filter regeneration is forbidden.
– Control of actuators is forbidden.
NOTES – The EGR valve is closed.

Special notes:
After this fault appears:
– Reduction in engine performance.
– The idle speed increases.
– The cruise control and speed limiter functions are unavailable.
– The ESP is unavailable.
– The OBD and Level 1 warning lights illuminate.

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF027
MR-410-X83-13B200$101.mif
V5
13B-61
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF027
CONTINUED 1

CO
NOTES Cylinder no.1 is located at the timing end.
2.DEF

Check the connection and condition of the cylinder 2 injector connector, component code 194.
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120.
If the connector or connectors are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing
electrical wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connections:
– 3CS or 3LA between components 194 and 120,
– 3KX between components 194 and 120.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Measure the resistance of cylinder injector 2, component code 194.


If the resistance is not between 0.215 Ω ≤ X ≤ 0.295 Ω at a temperature between 0˚C ≤ X ≤ 40˚C, replace the
cylinder 2 diesel injector, component code 194 (see MR 408, Mechanical, 13B, Diesel injection, Diesel
injector: Removal - Refitting) and consult the Replacement of components section.

If the fault persists, contact the Techline

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$101.mif
V5
13B-62
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF027
CONTINUED 2

3.DEF NOTES Cylinder no.1 is located at the timing end.

Check the conformity of the injectors fitted to the vehicle in relation to the type of vehicle and engine number
(low, high or very high pressure injector).

Check that the code of the cylinder 2 injector is correctly entered in the injection computer by reading ID010
Cylinder 2 injector code.
If the diesel injector code is not correct, correct the diesel injector code. Run command SC002 Enter injector
codes.

Do not reinitialise the codes of the correctly coded diesel injectors.

If the injector code is correct, contact the Techline

4.DEF NOTES None.

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connections:
– 3CS or 3LA between components 194 and 120,
– 3KX between components 194 and 120.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault persists, contact the Techline

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$101.mif
V5
13B-63
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF027
CONTINUED 3

1.DEF
NOTES Cylinder no.1 is located at the timing end.
5.DEF

If the customer complains about noise or loss of engine performance:


Replace the cylinder 2 diesel injector, component code 194 (see MR 408, Mechanical, 13B, Diesel injection,
Diesel injector: Removal - Refitting) and consult the Replacement of components section. Otherwise contact
Techline without replacing the injector.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$101.mif
V5
13B-64
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

CYLINDER 3 INJECTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT


DF028 1.DEF: At maximum limit
PRESENT 2.DEF: Signal not plausible
3.DEF: Comparison of conformity information (checksum)
OR 4DEF: Permanent high signal
STORED 5.DEF: At minimum limit
C0: Open circuit

Conditions for application to a stored fault:


3.DEF: The fault is declared present after the ignition has been switched on.
1.DEF, 2.DEF, 4.DEF, 5.DEF, CO: The faults are declared present with the
engine idling.

If the fault is present:


– The idle speed increases.
– The ESP is deactivated.
– The cruise control and speed limiter functions are deactivated.
– Particle filter regeneration is forbidden.
– Control of actuators is forbidden.
NOTES – The EGR valve is closed.

Special notes:
After this fault appears:
– Reduction in engine performance.
– The idle speed increases.
– The cruise control and speed limiter functions are unavailable.
– The ESP is unavailable.
– The OBD and Level 1 warning lights illuminate.

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF028
MR-410-X83-13B200$101.mif
V5
13B-65
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF028
CONTINUED 1

CO
NOTES Cylinder no.1 is located at the timing end.
2.DEF

Check the connection and condition of the cylinder 3 injector connector, component code 195
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120
If the connector or connectors are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing
electrical wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connections:
– 3CT or 3LB between components 195 and 120,
– 3KY between components 195 and 120.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Measure the resistance of cylinder injector 3, component code 195


If the resistance is not between 0.215 Ω ≤ X ≤ 0.295 Ω at a temperature between 0˚C ≤ X ≤ 40˚C, replace the
cylinder 3 diesel injector, component code 195 (see MR 408, Mechanical, 13B, Diesel injection, Diesel
injector: Removal - Refitting) and consult the Replacement of components section.

If the fault persists, contact the Techline

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$101.mif
V5
13B-66
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF028
CONTINUED 2

3.DEF NOTES Cylinder no.1 is located at the timing end.

Check the conformity of the injectors fitted to the vehicle in relation to the type of vehicle and engine number
(low, high or very high pressure injector).

Check that the code of the cylinder 3 injector is correctly entered in the injection computer by reading ID011
Cylinder 3 injector code.
If the diesel injector code is not correct, correct the diesel injector code. Run command SC002 Enter
injector codes.

Do not reinitialise the codes of the correctly coded diesel injectors.

If the injector code is correct, contact the Techline

4.DEF NOTES None.

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connections:
– 3CT or 3LB between components 195 and 120,
– 3KY between components 195 and 120.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault persists, contact the Techline

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$101.mif
V5
13B-67
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF028
CONTINUED 3

1.DEF
NOTES Cylinder no.1 is located at the timing end.
5.DEF

If the customer complains about noise or loss of engine performance:


Replace the cylinder 3 diesel injector, component code 195 (see MR 408, Mechanical, 13B, Diesel injection,
Diesel injector: Removal - Refitting) and consult the Replacement of components section. Otherwise contact
Techline without replacing the injector.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$101.mif
V5
13B-68
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

CYLINDER 4 INJECTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT


DF029 1.DEF: At maximum limit
PRESENT 2.DEF: Signal not plausible
3.DEF: Comparison of conformity information (checksum)
OR 4DEF: Permanent high signal
STORED 5.DEF: At minimum limit
C0: Open circuit.

Conditions for application to a stored fault:


3.DEF: The fault is declared present after the ignition has been switched on.
1.DEF, 2.DEF, 4.DEF, 5.DEF, CO: The faults are declared present with the
engine idling.

If the fault is present:


– The idle speed increases.
– The ESP is deactivated.
– The cruise control and speed limiter functions are deactivated.
– Particle filter regeneration is forbidden.
– Control of actuators is forbidden.
NOTES – The EGR valve is closed.

Special notes:
After this fault appears:
– Reduction in engine performance.
– The idle speed increases.
– The cruise control and speed limiter functions are unavailable.
– The ESP is unavailable.
– The OBD and Level 1 warning lights illuminate.

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF029
MR-410-X83-13B200$101.mif
V5
13B-69
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF029
CONTINUED 1

CO
NOTES Cylinder no.1 is located at the timing end.
2.DEF

Check the connection and condition of the cylinder 4 injector connector, component code 196
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120
If the connector or connectors are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing
electrical wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connections:
3CU or 3LC between components 196 and 120,
– 3KZ between components 196 and 120.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Measure the resistance of cylinder injector 4, component code 196


If the resistance is not between 0.215 Ω ≤ X ≤ 0.295 Ω at a temperature between 0˚C ≤ X ≤ 40˚C, replace the
cylinder 4 diesel injector, component code 196 (see MR 408, Mechanical, 13B, Diesel injection, Diesel
injector: Removal - Refitting) and consult the Replacement of components section.

If the fault persists, contact the Techline

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$101.mif
V5
13B-70
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF029
CONTINUED 2

3.DEF NOTES Cylinder no.1 is located at the timing end.

Check the conformity of the injectors fitted to the vehicle in relation to the type of vehicle and engine number
(low, high or very high pressure injector).

Check that the code of the cylinder 4 injector is correctly entered in the injection computer by reading ID012
Cylinder 4 injector code.
If the diesel injector code is not correct, correct the diesel injector code. Run command SC002 Enter
injector codes.

Do not reinitialise the codes of the correctly coded diesel injectors.

If the injector code is entered correctly, contact the Techline

4.DEF NOTES None

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connections:
– 3CU or 3LC between components 196 and 120,
– 3KZ between components 196 and 120.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault persists, contact the Techline

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$101.mif
V5
13B-71
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF029
CONTINUED 3

1.DEF
NOTES Cylinder no.1 is located at the timing end.
5.DEF

If the customer complains about noise or loss of engine performance:


Replace the cylinder 4 diesel injector, component code 196 (see MR 408, Mechanical, 13B, Diesel injection,
Diesel injector: Removal - Refitting) and consult the Replacement of components section. Otherwise contact
Techline without replacing the injector.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$101.mif
V5
13B-72
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF032 THERMOPLUNGER 1 RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT


PRESENT CO: Open circuit
OR CC.0: Short circuit to earth.
CC.1: Short circuit to + 12 V
STORED

Conditions for application to a stored fault:


CO and CC.O: The faults are declared present after the ignition has been switched on.
CC.1: The fault is declared present after the ignition has been switched on after running
command AC063 Thermoplunger no.1 relay.
NOTES If the fault is present:
– The thermoplungers do not operate.

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

For Trafic II without a particle filter*:

Check the connection and condition of the thermoplunger 1 relay connector, component code 1773.
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120.
If the connector is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical wiring,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

– Use a test light to check for + 12 V on connection BP91 of the thermoplunger 1 relay, component code 1773
(see MR 408, Mechanical, 19A, Cooling, Thermoplunger unit, Removal - Refitting).
– If there is no + 12 V, check the presence and conformity of fuse F1C (60 A) on the power supply fuse board,
component code 777.
– Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on connection BP91 between
components 777 and 1773.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
If necessary, replace fuse F1C (60 A).

*FAP: Particle filter

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF032
MR-410-X83-13B200$101.mif
V5
13B-73
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF032
CONTINUED 1

– Use a test light to check for + 12 V on connection 37X of the thermoplunger 1 relay, component code 1773
(see MR 408, Mechanical, 19A, Cooling, Thermoplunger unit, Removal - Refitting).
– If there is no + 12 V, check the presence and conformity of fuse F2 (15 A) on the engine fuse board, component
code 1834.
– Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on connection 37X between
components 1834 and 1773.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
If necessary, replace fuse F2 (15 A).

Run command AC063 and check that the test light illuminates on connection 3JA between component 120 and
component 1773.
If the test light illuminates, move on to Part 2, otherwise move on to Part 1.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$101.mif
V5
13B-74
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF032
CONTINUED 2

Part 1:
Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connection:
– 3JA between components 1773 and 120.
If the connection is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault persists, contact the Techline

Part 2:
Run command AC063 Thermoplunger No.1 relay and check that the test light illuminates on connection 3JS
between component 1773 and component 1547.
If the test light illuminates, move on to Part 4, otherwise move on to Part 3.

Part 3:
Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connection:
– 3JS between components 1773 and 1547.
If the connection is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Part 4:
Check the resistance of the additional heater plug, component code 1547 (see MR 408, Mechanical, 61B,
Heating system, Additional heater plug: Removal - Refitting)
If the resistance is not less than 2 Ω, remove the plug and repeat this resistance check.
If the resistance is still not less than 2 Ω, replace the additional heater plug, component code 1547 (see MR 408,
Mechanical, 19A, Cooling, Thermoplunger unit: Removal - Refitting).

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$101.mif
V5
13B-75
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF032
CONTINUED 3

For Trafic II with a particle filter*:

Check the connection and condition of the thermoplunger unit connector, component code 1550.
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120.
If the connector is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical wiring,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

– Using a test light, check for + 12 V on connection BP91 of the thermoplunger unit, component code 1550
(see MR 408, Mechanical, 19A, Cooling, Thermoplunger unit: Removal - Refitting).
– If there is no + 12 V, check the presence and conformity of fuse F1C (60 A) on the power supply fuse board,
component code 777.
– Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on connection BP91 between
components 777 and 1550.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
If necessary, replace fuse F1C (60 A).

– Using a test light, check for + 12 V on connection BP92 of the thermoplunger unit, component code 1550
(see MR 408, Mechanical, 19A, Cooling, Thermoplunger unit: Removal - Refitting).
– If there is no + 12 V, check the presence and conformity of fuse F1D (60 A) on the power supply fuse board,
component code 777.
– Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on connection BP92 between
components 777 and 1550.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
If necessary, replace fuse F1D (60 A).

*FAP: Particle filter

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$101.mif
V5
13B-76
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF032
CONTINUED 4

Run command AC063 and check that the test light illuminates on connection 3JA between component 120 and
component 1550.
If the test light illuminates, move on to Part 2, otherwise move on to Part 1.

Part 1:
Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connection:
3JA between components 1550 and 120.
If the connection is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Part 2:
Run command AC063 Thermoplunger No.1 relay and check that the test light illuminates on connection 3JB
between component 898 and component 1550.
If the test light illuminates, move on to Part 4, otherwise move on to Part 3.

Part 3:
Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connection:
– 3JB between components 1550 and 898.
If the connection is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Part 4:
Check the resistance of the additional heater plug, component code 898 (see MR 408, Mechanical, 19A,
Cooling, Thermoplunger unit: Removal - Refitting)
If the resistance is not less than 2 Ω, remove the plug and repeat this resistance check.
If the resistance is still not less than 2 Ω, replace the additional heater plug, component code 898 (see MR 408,
Mechanical, 19A, Cooling, Thermoplunger unit: Removal - Refitting).

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$101.mif
V5
13B-77
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF033 THERMOPLUNGER 2 RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT


PRESENT CO: Open circuit
OR CC.0: Short circuit to earth
CC.1: Short circuit to + 12 V
STORED

Conditions for application to a stored fault:


CO and CC.O: The faults are declared present after the ignition has been switched on.
CC.1: The fault is declared present after the ignition has been switched on after running
command AC064 Thermoplunger no.2 relay.
NOTES If the fault is present:
– The thermoplungers do not operate.

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

For Trafic II without a particle filter*:

Check the connection and condition of the thermoplunger 2 relay connector, component code 1774.
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120.
If the connector is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical wiring,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

– Use a test light to check for + 12 V on connection BP92 of the thermoplunger 2 relay, component code 1774
(see MR 408, Mechanical, 19A, Cooling, Thermoplunger unit, Removal - Refitting).
– If there is no + 12 V, check the presence and conformity of fuse F1D (60 A) on the power supply fuse board,
component code 777.
– Check the insulation, continuity, and the absence of interference resistance on connection BP92 between
components 777 and 1774.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
If necessary, replace fuse F1D (60 A).

*FAP: Particle filter

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF033
MR-410-X83-13B200$101.mif
V5
13B-78
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF033
CONTINUED 1

– Use a test light to check for + 12 V on connection 37X of the thermoplunger 2 relay, component code 1774
(see MR 408, Mechanical, 19A, Cooling, Thermoplunger unit, Removal - Refitting).
– If there is no + 12 V, check the presence and conformity of fuse F2 (15 A) on the engine fuse box, component
code 1834.
– Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on connection 37X between
components 1834 and 1774.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
If necessary, replace fuse F2 (15 A).

Run command AC064 and check that the test light illuminates on connection 3AFA between component 120 and
component 1774.
If the test light illuminates, move on to Part 2, otherwise move on to Part 1.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$101.mif
V5
13B-79
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF033
CONTINUED 2

Part 1:
Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connection:
– 3AFA between components 1774 and 120.
If the connection is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Part 2:
Run command AC064 Thermoplunger no.2 relay and check that the test light illuminates on connection 3JC
between component 1547 and component 1774.
If the test light illuminates, move on to Part 4, otherwise move on to Part 3.

Part 3:
Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connection:
– 3JC between components 1774 and 1547.
If the connection is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
If the test light does not illuminate and if the connection is correct: replace the thermoplunger relay, component
code 1774 (see MR 408, Mechanical, 19A, Cooling, Thermoplunger unit, Removal - Refitting).

Part 4:
Check the resistance of the additional heater plug, component code 1547 (see MR 408, Mechanical, 19A,
Cooling, Thermoplunger unit: Removal - Refitting)
If the resistance is not less than 2 Ω, remove the plug and repeat this resistance check.
If the resistance is still not less than 2 Ω, replace the additional heater plug, component code 1547 (see MR 408,
Mechanical, 19A, Cooling, Thermoplunger unit: Removal - Refitting).

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$101.mif
V5
13B-80
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF033
CONTINUED 3

For Trafic II with a particle filter*:

Check the connection and condition of the thermoplunger unit connector, component code 1550.
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120
If the connector is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical wiring,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

– Using a test light, check for + 12 V on connection BP91 of the thermoplunger unit, component code 1550
(see MR 408, Mechanical, 19A, Cooling, Thermoplunger unit: Removal - Refitting).
– If there is no + 12 V, check the presence and conformity of fuse F1C (60 A) on the power supply fuse board,
component code 777.
– Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on connection BP91 between
components 777 and 1550.
– If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A,
Electrical wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
If necessary, replace fuse F1C (60 A).

– Using a test light, check for + 12 V on connection BP92 of the thermoplunger unit, component code 1550
(see MR 408, Mechanical, 19A, Cooling, Thermoplunger unit: Removal - Refitting).
– If there is no + 12 V, check the presence and conformity of fuse F1D (60 A) on the power supply fuse board,
component code 777.
– Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on connection BP92 between
components 777 and 1550.
– If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A,
Electrical wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
If necessary, replace fuse F1D (60 A).

*FAP: Particle filter

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$101.mif
V5
13B-81
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF033
CONTINUED 4

Run command AC064 and check that the test light illuminates on connection 3JAA between component 120 and
component 1550.
If the test light illuminates, move on to Part 2, otherwise move on to Part 1.

Part 1:
Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connection:
– 3JAA between components 1550 and 120.
If the connection is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Part 2:
Run command AC064 Thermoplunger No.2 relay and check that the test light illuminates on connection 3JC
between component 898 and component 1550.
If the test light illuminates, move on to Part 4, otherwise move on to Part 3.

Part 3:
Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connection:
– 3JC between components 1550 and 898.
If the connection is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
If the test light does not illuminate and if the connection is correct: replace the thermoplunger unit, component
code 1550 (see MR 408, Mechanical, 19A, Cooling, Thermoplunger unit, Removal - Refitting).

Part 4:
Check the resistance of the additional heater plug, component code 898 (see MR 408, Mechanical, 19A,
Cooling, Thermoplunger unit: Removal - Refitting)
If the resistance is not less than 2 Ω, remove the plug and repeat this resistance check.
If the resistance is still not less than 2 Ω, replace the additional heater plug, component code 898 (see MR 408,
Mechanical, 19A, Cooling, Thermoplunger unit: Removal - Refitting).

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$101.mif
V5
13B-82
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF034 THERMOPLUNGER 3 RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT


PRESENT CO: Open circuit
OR CC.0: Short circuit to earth
CC.1: Short circuit to + 12 V
STORED

Conditions for application to a stored fault:


CO and CC.O: The faults are declared present after the ignition has been switched on.
CC.1: The fault is declared present after the ignition is switched on after running
command AC031 Thermoplunger no.3 relay.
NOTES If the fault is present:
– The thermoplungers do not operate.

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

For Trafic II without a particle filter*:

Check the connection and condition of the thermoplunger 3 relay connector, component code 1775.
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120.
If the connector is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical wiring,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

– Use a test light to check for + 12 V on connection BP91 of thermoplunger relay 3, component code 1775 (see
MR 408, Mechanical, 19A, Cooling, Thermoplunger unit, Removal - Refitting).
– If there is no + 12 V, check the presence and conformity of fuse F1C (60 A) on the power supply fuse board,
component code 777.
– Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on connection BP91 between
components 777 and 1775.
– If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A,
Electrical wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
If necessary, replace fuse F1C (60 A).

*FAP: Particle filter

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF034
MR-410-X83-13B200$102.mif
V5
13B-83
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF034
CONTINUED 1

– Use a test light to check for + 12 V on connection 37X of thermoplunger relay 5, component code 1775 (see
MR 408, Mechanical, 19A, Cooling, Thermoplunger unit, Removal - Refitting).
– If there is no + 12 V, check the presence and conformity of fuse F2 (15 A) on the engine fuse box, component
code 1834.
– Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on connection 37X between
components 1834 and 1775.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
If necessary, replace fuse F2 (15 A).

Run command AC065 and check that the test light illuminates on connection 3AFB between component 120 and
component 1775.
If the test light illuminates, move on to Part 2, otherwise move on to Part 1.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$102.mif
V5
13B-84
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF034
CONTINUED 2

Part 1:
Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connection:
– 3AFB between components 1775 and 120.
If the connection is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Part 2:
Run command AC065 Thermoplunger no. 3 relay and check that the test light illuminates on connection 3JD
between component 1775 and component 1547.
If the test light illuminates, move on to Part 4, otherwise move on to Part 3.

Part 3:
Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connection:
– 3JD between components 1775 and 1547.
If the connection is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
If the test light does not illuminate and if the connection is correct: replace the thermoplunger relay, component
code 1775 (see MR 408, Mechanical, 19A, Cooling, Thermoplunger unit, Removal - Refitting).

Part 4:
Check the resistance of the additional heater plug, component code 1547 (see MR 408, Mechanical, 19A,
Cooling, Thermoplunger unit: Removal - Refitting)
If the resistance is not less than 2 Ω, remove the plug and repeat this resistance check.
If the resistance is still not less than 2 Ω, replace the additional heater plug, component code 1547 (see MR 408,
Mechanical, 19A, Cooling, Thermoplunger unit: Removal - Refitting).

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$102.mif
V5
13B-85
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF034
CONTINUED 3

For Trafic II ph 3 with particle filter*:

Check the connection and condition of the thermoplunger unit connector, component code 1550
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120
If the connector is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical wiring,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

– Using a test light, check for + 12 V on connection BP91 of the thermoplunger unit, component code 1550 (see
MR 408, Mechanical, 19A, Cooling, Thermoplunger unit: Removal - Refitting).
– If there is no + 12 V, check the presence and conformity of fuse F1C (60 A) on the power supply fuse board,
component code 777.
– Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on connection BP91 between
components 777 and 1550.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
If necessary, replace fuse F1C (70 A).

– Using a test light, check for + 12 V on connection BP92 of the thermoplunger unit, component code 1550 (see
MR 408, Mechanical, 19A, Cooling, Thermoplunger unit: Removal - Refitting).
– If there is no + 12 V, check the presence and conformity of fuse F1D (60 A) on the power supply fuse board,
component code 777.
– Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on connection BP92 between
components 777 and 1550.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
If necessary, replace fuse F1D (60 A).

*FAP: Particle filter

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$102.mif
V5
13B-86
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF034
CONTINUED 4

Run command AC031 Thermoplunger no.3 relay and check that the test light illuminates on connection 3JAB
between component 120 and component 1550.
If the test light illuminates, move on to Part 2, otherwise move on to Part 1.

Part 1:
Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connection:
– 3JAB between components 1550 and 120.
If the connection is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Part 2:
Run command AC031 Thermoplunger no. 3 relay and check that the test light illuminates on:
– connection 3JC between component 898 and component 1550.
– connection 3JD between component 1550 and component 898.
– connection 3JAC between component 1550 and component 898.
If the test light illuminates, move on to Part 4, otherwise move on to Part 3.

Part 3:
Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connection:
– 3JD between components 1550 and 898.
– 3JAC between components 1550 and 898.
If the connection is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
If the test light does not illuminate and if the connection is correct: replace the thermoplunger unit, component
code 1550 (see MR 408, Mechanical, 19A, Cooling, Thermoplunger unit, Removal - Refitting).

Part 4:
Check the resistance of the additional heater plug, component code 898 (see MR 408, Mechanical, 19A,
Cooling, Thermoplunger unit: Removal - Refitting)
If the resistance is not approximately 2 Ω, remove the additional heater plug and repeat this resistance check.
If the resistance is still not approximately 2 Ω, replace the additional heater plug, component code 898 (see MR
408, Mechanical, 19A, Cooling, Thermoplunger unit: Removal - Refitting).

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$102.mif
V5
13B-87
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF047 COMPUTER SUPPLY VOLTAGE


PRESENT 1.DEF: Signal outside lower limit
OR 2.DEF: Signal outside upper limit
STORED

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to a stored fault:


The fault is declared present after the ignition has been switched on.
If the fault is present:
– Control of actuators is forbidden.

NOTES
Special notes:
After this fault appears:
– The OBD warning light is lit.

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

Carry out fault finding on the Protection and Switching Unit and deal with any faults

Move the wiring harness between the injection computer, component code 120 and the battery, component code
107 to see if the status changes (Present   to Stored).
Look for any damage to the wiring harness and check the connection and condition of the battery, component code
107 and its connections.
If the connector is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical wiring,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Start the engine and check the battery voltage using PR071 Computer supply voltage.
If the battery voltage is less than 9 V:
Stop the engine and check the vehicle charging circuit

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF047
MR-410-X83-13B200$102.mif
V5
13B-88
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF051 CRUISE CONTROL/SPEED LIMITER FUNCTION


PRESENT 1.DEF: Values outside permitted tolerance.
OR 2.DEF: Inconsistent signal.
STORED

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to a stored fault:


The fault is declared present after the ignition has been switched on.
– The cruise control and speed limiter functions are deactivated.
NOTES

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

Check the operation of the cruise control/speed limiter on - off switch, consult the interpretation of ET042 Cruise
control/speed limiter (see Interpretation of statuses).

Check the connection and condition of the connector of the cruise control - speed limiter on - off button,
component code 1081 and the injection computer connector, component code 120.
If the connectors are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical
wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check for +12 V APC on connection AP3 of the cruise control - speed limiter on - off button, component code
1081.
If the connection is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical wiring,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connections:
– 3PD between components 120 and 1081,
– 3FX between components 120 and 1081.
If the connection(s) are faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical
wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF051
MR-410-X83-13B200$102.mif
V5
13B-89
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF052 INJECTORS CONTROL CIRCUIT


PRESENT 1.DEF: Voltage outside tolerance range
OR 2.DEF: Inconsistency.
STORED

Conditions for application to a stored fault:


The fault is present with the engine idling.
If the fault is present:
– The ESP is deactivated.
– The cruise control and speed limiter functions are deactivated.
– Particle filter regeneration is forbidden.
– The EGR valve is closed.
– The idle speed is increased.

NOTES
Special notes:
After this fault appears:
– Reduction in engine performance.
– The idle speed is increased.
– The cruise control and speed limiter functions are unavailable.
– The ESP is unavailable.
– The level 2 warning light is lit.

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

1.DEF NOTES None.

Check the condition and connection of the injector connectors, component codes 193, 194, 195 and 196.
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120.
If the connector or connectors are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing
electrical wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF052
MR-410-X83-13B200$102.mif
V5
13B-90
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF052
CONTINUED

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connections:
– 3L or 3CR between components 193 and 120,
– 3KW between components 193 and 120,
– 3LA or 3CS between components 194 and 120,
– 3KX between components 194 and 120,
– 3LB or 3CT between components 195 and 120,
– 3KY between components 195 and 120,
– 3LC or 3CU between components 196 and 120,
– 3KZ between components 196 and 120,
If the connectors are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical
wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

2.DEF NOTES None.

Contact the Techline

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$102.mif
V5
13B-91
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF054 TURBOCHARGING SOLENOID VALVE CONTROL CIRCUIT


PRESENT 1.DEF: Signal outside lower limit
OR 2.DEF: Signal outside upper limit
STORED

Conditions for application to a stored fault:


The fault is declared present after the ignition has been switched on for at least 1
second.
If the fault is present:
– Engine torque is limited.
– Particle filter regeneration is forbidden.
– The EGR valve is closed.
– The damper valve is open.
NOTES
Special notes:
– After this fault appears:
– Reduction in engine performance.
– The OBD and level 1 warning lights are illuminated.
– The cruise control and speed limiter functions are unavailable.

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

Check the connection and condition of the turbocharging solenoid valve connector, component code 1475.
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120.
If the connector is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical wiring,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

With the ignition on, run command AC004 Turbocharging solenoid valve and use a test light to check for + 12 V
on connection 37X of the turbocharging solenoid valve, component code 1475.
If the connection is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connections:
– 37X between components 1475 and 1834,
– 3MG or 3AT between components 1475 and 120.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF054
MR-410-X83-13B200$102.mif
V5
13B-92
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF056 AIR FLOWMETER CIRCUIT


PRESENT 1.DEF: Signal outside lower limit
OR 2.DEF: Signal outside upper limit
STORED

Conditions for application to a stored fault:


The fault is declared present after the ignition has been switched on for at least 1
second.
If the fault is present:
– Particle filter regeneration is forbidden.
– The EGR valve is closed.

NOTES
Special notes:
After this fault appears:
– The OBD and level 1 warning lights are illuminated.
– Reduction in engine performance.

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

Check the connection and condition of the air flowmeter connector, component code 799.
If the connector is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical wiring,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check for + 12 V on connection 37X of the air flowmeter of the component.


If the connection is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance of the following connections:
– 3ABQ between components 799 and 120,
– 3DU between components 799 and 120,
– 3DV or 3AAP between components 799 and 120.
– 37X between components 799 and 1834

If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Replace the air flowmeter, component code 799 (see MR 408, Mechanical, 12A, Fuel mixture, Air flowmeter:
Removal - Refitting) and consult the Replacement of components section.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF056
MR-410-X83-13B200$102.mif
V5
13B-93
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF089 INLET MANIFOLD PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT


PRESENT 1.DEF: Signal outside lower limit
OR 2.DEF: Signal outside upper limit
STORED

Conditions for application to a stored fault:


The fault is declared present after the ignition has been switched on for at least 1
second.
If the fault is present:
– Particle filter regeneration is forbidden.
– The EGR valve is closed.

NOTES
Special notes:
After this fault appears:
– The OBD and level 1 warning lights are illuminated.
– Reduction in engine performance.

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

For Trafic II without a particle filter*:

With the engine stopped, check the consistency between PR041 Turbocharging pressure and PR035
Atmospheric pressure of another vehicle. If the difference between these two values is greater than 75 mbar,
move on to part A, otherwise, check the PR035 of the vehicle with the PR035 of another vehicle. If the difference
in PR035 between these two vehicles is greater than 40 mbar: move on to part B.
If these checks are correct, contact the Techline.

Part A:
Check the condition and connection of the turbocharging pressure sensor connector, component code 1071.
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120.
If the connector or connectors are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing
electrical wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

*FAP: Particle filter

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF089
MR-410-X83-13B200$102.mif
V5
13B-94
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF089
CONTINUED 1

Check for + 5V on connection 3LQ and for an earth on connection 3LN of the turbocharging pressure sensor,
component code 1071
If the supply is not correct:
Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance of the following connections:
– 3LQ between components 1071 and 120,
– 3LN between components 1071 and 120.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance of the following connection:
– 3LP between components 1071 and 120.
If the connection is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Replace the turbocharging pressure sensor, component code 1071 (see MR 408, Mechanical, 13B, List and
location of components) and consult the Replacement of components section. Check that the fault has
disappeared; if the fault is present again, move on to Part B.

Part B:
Contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$102.mif
V5
13B-95
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF089
CONTINUED 2

For Trafic II with a particle filter*:

With the engine stopped, check the consistency between PR041 Turbocharging pressure and PR035
Atmospheric pressure of another vehicle. If the difference between these two values is greater than 75 mbar,
move on to part A, otherwise, check the PR035 of the vehicle with the PR035 of another vehicle. If the difference
in PR035 between these two vehicles is greater than 40 mbar: move on to part B.
If these checks are correct, contact the Techline.

Part A:
Check the connection and condition of the connector of the inlet manifold pressure sensor, component code
147 for Trafic II Phase 3 or of the turbocharging pressure sensor, component code 1071 for Trafic II Phase 2.
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120.
If the connector or connectors are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing
electrical wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check for + 5V on connection 3AJP or 3LQ and for an earth on connection 3AJR or 3LN of the pressure sensor,
component code 147.
If the supply is not correct:
Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance of the following connections:
– 3AJP between components 147 and 120,
– 3AJR between components 147 and 120.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance of the following connection:
– 3AJQ between components 147 and 120.
If the connection is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Replace the inlet manifold pressure sensor, component code 147 and consult the Replacement of
components section. Check that the fault has disappeared; if the fault is present again, move on to Part B.

Part B:
Contact the Techline.

*FAP: Particle filter

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$102.mif
V5
13B-96
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF098 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT


PRESENT 1.DEF: Signal outside lower limit
OR 2.DEF: Signal outside upper limit
STORED

Conditions for application to a stored fault:


The fault is declared present after the ignition has been switched on.

Special notes:
NOTES
After this fault appears:
– The level 1 warning light is illuminated.

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

Check the connection and condition of the fuel temperature sensor connector, component code 1066.
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120
If the connector or connectors are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing
electrical wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connections:
– 3FAB between components 1066 and 120,
– 3NAJ or 3LD between components 1066 and 120.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Measure the resistance at the terminals of the fuel temperature sensor, component code 1066 between
connections 3FAB and 3NAJ or 3LD.
If the resistance of the fuel temperature sensor is not between 77 Ω ≤ X ≤ 57 KΩ at a temperature of 0˚C < X
< 40˚C, replace the fuel temperature sensor, component code 1066 (see MR 408, Mechanical, 13B, Diesel
injection, Fuel temperature sensor: Removal - Refitting).

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF098
MR-410-X83-13B200$102.mif
V5
13B-97
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF101 ELECTRONIC STABILITY PROGRAM MULTIPLEX CONNECTION


PRESENT 1.DEF: Invalid multiplex signals generated by computer.
OR
STORED

Conditions for application to a stored fault:


The fault is declared present after the ignition has been switched on.
If the fault is present:
– ESP is deactivated.
NOTES

Special notes:
After this fault appears:
– ESP warning light illuminates.

Run fault finding on the ABS/ESP computer (see 38C, Anti-lock braking system).

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF101
MR-410-X83-13B200$102.mif
V5
13B-98
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF120 ENGINE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL


PRESENT 1.DEF: No signal
OR 2.DEF: Plausibility.
STORED

Conditions for application to a stored fault:


1.DEF: The fault is declared present when the engine is at idle speed.
2.DEF: The fault is declared present after a slow and gradual acceleration of the
engine speed from idle speed up to 4000 rpm.
If the fault is present:
– Engine torque is limited.
– The idle speed is increased (1500 rpm).
– The ESP is deactivated.
– Control of actuators is forbidden.
– The cruise control and speed limiter functions are deactivated.
– Particle filter regeneration is forbidden.
NOTES
Special notes:
After this fault appears:
– Reduction in engine performance.
– The cruise control and speed limiter functions are unavailable.
– The idle speed is increased (1500 rpm).
– The OBD and level 1 warning lights are illuminated.
– The ESP function is unavailable.

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF120
MR-410-X83-13B200$102.mif
V5
13B-99
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF120
CONTINUED

Check the condition and connection of the crankshaft position sensor connector, component code 149
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120
If the connectors are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical
wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Measure the resistance of the crankshaft position sensor component code 149 between connections 3BL and
3BG on the injection computer connector, component code 120.
If the resistance of the crankshaft position sensor is not between 635 Ω ≤ X ≤ 1035 Ω at a temperature of 0˚C
< X < 40˚C, replace the crankshaft position sensor (see MR 408, Mechanical, 13B, Diesel injection,
Crankshaft position sensor: Removal - Refitting).

Check the insulation and continuity of the following connections:


– 3BG between components 149 and 120,
– 3BL between components 149 and 120.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Check that the 58 teeth of the flywheel target are not damaged or broken.

Check that the target is securely mounted on the flywheel (see MR 408, Mechanical, 10A, Engine and cylinder
block assembly, Flywheel: Removal - Refitting): check the tightening torque and that there is no angular play
or movement in relation to the target shaft

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$102.mif
V5
13B-100
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF127 BRAKE SWITCH 1 CIRCUIT


PRESENT 1.DEF: Signal invalid
OR
STORED

Conditions for application to a stored fault:


The fault is declared present when the engine is idling.
If the fault is present:
– The cruise control and speed limiter functions are deactivated.

NOTES Special notes:


After this fault appears:
– The cruise control and speed limiter functions are unavailable.

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

With the brake pedal released, check ET122 Brake switch no.1 signal and ET123 Brake switch no.2 signal.
If ET122 is Inactive and ET123 is Inactive, move on to Part 1 otherwise continue.

Check the fitting and mechanical operation of the brake pedal (the pedal returns properly).
If the check is incorrect, check the braking system.

Remove the brake pedal switch component code 160 (see MR408, Mechanical, 37A, Mechanical components
controls, Brake pedal switch: Removal - Refitting) and, without action on the pedal, press sufficiently on the
brake pedal switch to seat it completely in its position.
Lock it by turning it an eighth of a turn.
If the fault has not changed from present to stored, move on to part 2 otherwise move on to the part: Checking
the brake pedal switch.

Part 1:
While depressing the brake pedal, check ET122 and ET123.
ET122 must be Active and ET123 must be Active.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF127
MR-410-X83-13B200$102.mif
V5
13B-101
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF127
CONTINUED

Part 2:
With the brake pedal depressed, measure the resistance of the brake pedal switch, component code 160
between connections AP26 and 65A, the value must be X > 10 Ω.
If the resistance is not correct, replace the brake pedal switch, component code 160 (see MR 408, Mechanical,
37A, Mechanical components controls, Brake pedal switch: Removal - Refitting) and move on to the part:
Checking the brake pedal switch.

– With the brake pedal released, measure the resistance of the brake pedal switch, component code 160
between connections AP26 and 5A, the value must be between 0 Ω < X ≤ 1 Ω.
If the resistance is not correct, replace the brake pedal switch, component code 160 (see MR 408, Mechanical,
37A, Mechanical component controls, Brake pedal switch: Removal - Refitting) and move on to the part:
Checking the brake pedal switch.

Check the brake pedal switch connector, component code 160 (see MR408, Mechanical, 37A, Mechanical
component controls, Brake pedal switch: Removal - Refitting).
If the connector is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical wiring,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check fuse F19 (10 A) and replace it if necessary.

Part: Checking the brake pedal switch:

After the repair, perform these two checks.


With the brake pedal released, check ET122 Brake switch no.1 signal and ET123 Brake switch no.2 signal.
ET122 must be Inactive and ET123 must be Inactive.
While depressing the brake pedal, check ET122 and ET123.
ET122 must be Active and ET123 must be Active.
The two checks must be correct.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$102.mif
V5
13B-102
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF128 BRAKE SWITCH 2 CIRCUIT


PRESENT 1.DEF: Signal invalid
OR
STORED

Conditions for application to a stored fault:


The fault is declared present when the engine is idling.
If the fault is present:
– The cruise control and speed limiter functions are deactivated.

NOTES Special notes:


After this fault appears:
– The cruise control and speed limiter functions are unavailable.

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

With the brake pedal released, check ET122 Brake switch no.1 signal and ET123 Brake switch no.2 signal.
If ET122 is Inactive and ET123 is Inactive, move on to Part 1 otherwise continue.

Check the fitting and mechanical operation of the brake pedal (the pedal returns properly).
If the check is incorrect, check the braking system.

Remove the brake pedal switch component code 160 (see MR408, Mechanical, 37A, Mechanical component
controls, Brake pedal switch: Removal - Refitting) and, without action on the pedal, press sufficiently on the
brake pedal switch to seat it completely in its position.
Lock it by turning it an eighth of a turn.
If the fault has not changed from present to stored, move on to part 2 otherwise move on to the part: Checking
the brake pedal switch.

Part 1:
While depressing the brake pedal, check ET122 and ET123.
ET122 must be Active and ET123 must be Active.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF128
MR-410-X83-13B200$102.mif
V5
13B-103
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF128
CONTINUED

Part 2:
With the brake pedal depressed, measure the resistance of the brake pedal switch, component code 160
between connections AP26 and 65A, the value must be X > 10 Ω.
If the resistance is not correct, replace the brake pedal switch, component code 160 (see MR 408, Mechanical,
37A, Mechanical component controls, Brake pedal switch: Removal - Refitting) and move on to the part:
Checking the brake pedal switch.
– With the brake pedal released, measure the resistance of the brake pedal switch, component code 160
between connections AP26 and 5A, the value must be between 0 Ω < X ≤ 1 Ω.
If the resistance is not correct, replace the brake pedal switch, component code 160 (see MR 408, Mechanical,
37A, Mechanical component controls, Brake pedal switch: Removal - Refitting) and move on to the part:
Checking the brake pedal switch.

Check the brake pedal switch connector, component code 160 (see MR408, Mechanical, 37A, Mechanical
component controls, Brake pedal switch: Removal - Refitting).
If the connector is faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring

Check fuse F19 (10 A) and replace it if necessary.

Part: Checking the brake pedal switch:

After the repair, perform these two checks.


With the brake pedal released, check ET122 Brake switch no.1 signal and ET123 Brake switch no.2 signal
ET122 must be Inactive and ET123 must be Inactive.
While depressing the brake pedal, check ET122 and ET123.
ET122 must be Active and ET123 must be Active.
The two checks must be correct.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$102.mif
V5
13B-104
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF195 ENGINE SPEED/CAMSHAFT SENSOR CONSISTENCY


PRESENT 1.DEF: Data inconsistency.
OR
STORED

Conditions for application to a stored fault:


The fault is present with the engine idling.

NOTES
Special notes:
After this fault appears:
– Level 1 warning light illuminated.

Check the TDC sensor by running TEST 16 TDC sensor check.

Check the camshaft sensor by running TEST 17 Camshaft sensor check.

Check the timing adjustment and check that the target is not damaged.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF195
MR-410-X83-13B200$102.mif
V5
13B-105
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF200 ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE SENSOR


PRESENT 1.DEF: Signal outside lower limit
OR 2.DEF: Signal outside upper limit
STORED

Conditions for application to a stored fault:


The fault is declared present after the ignition has been switched on.
If the fault is present:
– The EGR valve is closed
– The damper valve is open.
– Particle filter regeneration is forbidden.

NOTES
Special notes:
After this fault appears:
– Level 1 and OBD warning lights illuminate.
– Reduction in engine performance.

The atmospheric pressure sensor is integrated into the injection computer, and
cannot be separated.

Contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF200
MR-410-X83-13B200$102.mif
V5
13B-106
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF201 AIR FLOW SENSOR SIGNAL


PRESENT 1.DEF: Signal outside upper limit.
OR
STORED

Deal with the stored fault.


– Particle filter regeneration is forbidden.
– The EGR valve is closed.
– The cruise control and speed limiter functions are deactivated.

NOTES
Special notes:
After this fault appears:
– The OBD warning light is lit.
– Reduction in engine performance.
– The cruise control and speed limiter functions are unavailable.

Check the turbocharging pressure sensor and run TEST 1 Air line at turbocharger.

If the fault is still present, replace the air flowmeter (see MR 408, Mechanical, 12A, Fuel mixture, Air flowmeter:
Removal - Refitting) and consult the Replacement of components section.
If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF201
MR-410-X83-13B200$102.mif
V5
13B-107
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF209 EGR VALVE POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT


PRESENT 1.DEF: Signal invalid
OR
STORED

Conditions for application to a stored fault:


The fault is declared present after the ignition has been switched on.
If the fault is present:
– The EGR valve is closed.
– The damper valve is open.
– Air flow regulation is inactive.

NOTES
Special notes:
After this fault appears:
– The level 1 and OBD warning lights illuminate,
– Reduction in engine performance.

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

Check the connection and condition of the EGR valve connector, component code 1460 or 169
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120.
If the connector or connectors are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing
electrical wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check that the value of parameter PR064 COOLANT TEMPERATURE is greater than 70˚C.
Run command AC036 EGR valve and use the test light to check for + 5 V on connection 3GC of component 1460
or 169.
Check for earth on connection 3JM of component 1460 or 169.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF209
MR-410-X83-13B200$102.mif
V5
13B-108
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF209
CONTINUED

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connections:
– 3GC between components 1460 or 169 and 120,
– 3EL between components 1460 or 169 and 120,
– 3JM between components 1460 or 169 and 120.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, replace the EGR valve, component code 1460 or 169 (see MR 408, Mechanical, 14A,
Emission control, Exhaust gas recirculation solenoid valve: Removal - Refitting). and consult the
Replacement of components section

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$102.mif
V5
13B-109
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF272 EGR VALVE CONTROL CIRCUIT


PRESENT 1.DEF: Values outside the limits.
OR
STORED

Conditions for application to a stored fault:


The fault is declared present after the ignition has been switched on.
If the fault is present:
– Particle filter regeneration is forbidden.
– The EGR valve is closed.
– The damper valve is open.
– The cruise control and speed limiter functions are deactivated.

NOTES
Special notes:
After this fault appears:
– The OBD and Level 1 warning lights illuminate,
– Reduction in engine performance.
– The cruise control and speed limiter functions are unavailable.

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

Check the connection and condition of the exhaust gas recirculation solenoid valve connector, component code
1460 or 169
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120.
If the connectors are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical
wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check that the value of parameter PR064 COOLANT TEMPERATURE is greater than 70˚C.
Run command AC036 EGR valve and use the test light to check for + 12 V on connection 3VP of component 1460
or 169.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF272
MR-410-X83-13B200$102.mif
V5
13B-110
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF272
CONTINUED

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connections:
– 3VP between components 1460 or 169 and 120,
– 3VQ between components 1460 or 169 and 120.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring. Otherwise replace the wiring.

Reconnect the EGR valve.


Check that the value of parameter PR064 COOLANT TEMPERATURE is greater than 70˚C.
Run command AC036 and wait for 10 seconds.
Read the faults and check that there are no faults.

In the event of a fault, replace the EGR valve, component code 1460 or 169 (see MR 408, Mechanical, 14A,
Emission control, Exhaust gas recirculation solenoid valve: Removal - Refitting) and consult the
Replacement of components section.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$102.mif
V5
13B-111
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF293 WATER IN DIESEL FUEL DETECTOR


PRESENT CO: Open circuit
OR
STORED

Conditions for application to a stored fault:


The fault is declared present after a road test of more than 15 seconds at more than 3
mph (5 km/h) (with the engine running).

Special notes:
NOTES
After this fault appears:
– Water in fuel warning light illuminates.

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

Bleed the water from the fuel filter into a measuring container until fuel appears.
If the water volume is less than 127 ml, move on to part A.
If the water volume is greater than 180 ml, check the fuel conformity by running TEST 20 Fuel conformity check.
Replace the fuel filter (see MR 408, Mechanical, 13A, Fuel supply, Fuel filter: Removal - Refitting)
If the water volume is between 127 ml and 180 ml, switch on the ignition and check that the fault has disappeared.

If the fault has become stored, perform a road test of more than 15 seconds at more than 3 mph (5 km/h) (with
the engine running), leave the engine running and check that the fault is not present.
If the fault remains present, move on to Part A

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF293
MR-410-X83-13B200$102.mif
V5
13B-112
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF293
CONTINUED

Part A
Check the connection and condition of the connector of the water in fuel sensor, component code 414.
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120
If the connectors are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical
wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

With the ignition on, use a test light to check for + 12 V on connection 37X and for earth on connection ML of the
water in fuel sensor, component code 414.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance of the following connections:
– 37X between components 414 and 597,
– ML between component 414 and earth,
– 3WT between components 414 and 120.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$102.mif
V5
13B-113
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF297 PRESSURE SENSOR


PRESENT 1.DEF: Absent
OR 2.DEF: Clogged.
STORED

In the event of 2.DEF, note the faults displayed on the diagnostic tool when the
vehicle enters the workshop.

Processing priority in the event of a number of faults:


Firstly, deal with the following faults:
– DF054 Turbocharging solenoid valve control circuit
– DF089 Inlet manifold pressure sensor circuit
– DF272 EGR valve control circuit
– DF323 Damper valve
– DF619 EGR valve jammed open
– DF641 Damper valve circuit
– DF645 Damper valve position regulation
– DF647 EGR valve position regulation
– DF652 Turbine upstream temperature sensor circuit
– DF991 Particle filter injector control circuit
– DF1001 Particle filter upstream temperature regulation
– DF1020 Engine oil dilution
NOTES – DF1058 Inlet pressure consistency
– DF1252 Particle filter injector solenoid valve circuit

Deal with the stored fault.


– Particle filter regeneration is forbidden.
– The EGR valve is closed.
– The damper valve is open.

Special notes:
After this fault appears:
– The OBD and Level 1 warning lights are illuminated or only the Level 2 warning
light.
– Reduction in engine performance.

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF297
MR-410-X83-13B200$102.mif
V5
13B-114
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF297
CONTINUED 1

1.DEF NOTES None.

Deal first with the faults detected by the computer.

Check that the particle filter is in good condition.


Check that the exhaust is not broken or damaged.
Run the white cloth test, TEST 9: Particle filter check.

Check in order:
– that there are no leaks in the exhaust pipe,
– the operation of the relative pressure sensor, apply TEST 33 Particle filter relative pressure sensor check.
– that there are no air inlet leaks, apply TEST 1 Air line at the turbocharger.
– the operation of the particle filter upstream temperature sensor by running TEST 8 Particle filter upstream
temperature sensor check.

temp.*: temperature
sens.**: sensor.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$102.mif
V5
13B-115
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF297
CONTINUED 2

2.DEF NOTES None.

Step 1:
Check the air inlet circuit, apply TEST 1 Air line at the turbocharger.
If the air inlet circuit is correct, move on to step 2, otherwise move on to step 4.

Step 2:
Check whether one of the faults in the list below was present or stored when the vehicle arrived in the workshop:
– DF001 Coolant temperature sensor circuit
– DF002 Air temperature sensor circuit,
– DF007 Rail pressure sensor circuit
– DF011 Sensor supply voltage no. 1
– DF012 Sensor supply voltage no. 2
– DF013 Sensor supply voltage no. 3
– DF026 Cylinder 1 injector control circuit
– DF027 Cylinder 2 injector control circuit
– DF028 Cylinder 3 injector control circuit
– DF029 Cylinder 4 injector control circuit
– DF052 Injector control circuit
– DF056 "Air flow sensor circuit\rdblquote
– DF200 "Atmospheric pressure sensor"
– DF201 Air flow sensor signal
– DF297 Particle filter in 1.DEF "Clogged"
– DF310 Particle filter upstream temp* sensor
– DF567 Computer
– DF569 Turbocharging circuit
– DF644 Fuel flow regulator circuit
– DF648 Computer
– DF771 Flow regulation adaptive
– DF778 Turbine upstream temperature regulation
– DF1017 Computer
– DF1018 Computer
– DF1032 Computer
– DF1195 Particle filter relative pressure sens.* circuit
– DF1196 Particle filter relative pressure sensor
If one of these faults was present or stored, move on step 4, otherwise move on to step 3.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$102.mif
V5
13B-116
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF297
CONTINUED 3

Step 3:
Carry out an After-Sales regeneration of the particle filter using command SC017 Particle filter regeneration.
Apply the instructions at the end of regeneration given by the diagnostic tool.
End of fault finding.

Step 4:
Replace the particle filter.

temp.*: temperature
sens.**: sensor.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$102.mif
V5
13B-117
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF304 EGR BY-PASS CIRCUIT


PRESENT 1.DEF: Signal outside lower limit
OR 2.DEF: Signal outside upper limit
STORED

Conditions for application to a stored fault:


The fault is declared present after the ignition has been switched on.

Processing priority in the event of a number of faults:


First, deal with the following faults
– DF047 Computer supply voltage
– DF015 Main relay control circuit
if they are present or stored.

NOTES If the fault is present:


– The EGR valve is closed,
– The damper valve is open

Special notes:
After this fault appears:
– The OBD and level 1 warning lights are illuminated.

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF304
MR-410-X83-13B200$102.mif
V5
13B-118
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF304
CONTINUED

Check the connection and condition of the connector of the EGR bypass solenoid valve, component code 1301.
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120.
If the connectors are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical
wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the continuity and the insulation of the following connections:


– 3CX or 3TP between components 1301 and 120,
– 37X between components 1301 and 1834.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Run command AC103 EGR bypass and use a test light to check for + 12 V on the connector of the EGR bypass
solenoid valve on the following connection:
– 37X of component 1301.
If the connection is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Measure the resistance of the EGR bypass solenoid valve, component code 1301 between connections 3CX
or 3TP and 37X.
If the displayed resistance is not between 43 Ω ≤ X ≤ 49 Ω, replace the EGR bypass solenoid valve.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$102.mif
V5
13B-119
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF310 PARTICLE FILT. UPSTREAM TEMP SENSOR


PRESENT 1.DEF: Signal outside lower limit
OR 2.DEF: Signal outside upper limit
STORED

Conditions for application to a stored fault:


1.DEF: The fault is declared present after the ignition has been switched on.
2.DEF: Deal with the stored faults (only 1DEF).

Processing priority in the event of a number of faults:


1.DEF: Deal with fault DF001 Coolant temperature sensor circuit first if it is present
or stored.

If the fault is present:


– Particle filter regeneration is forbidden.
NOTES
– The EGR valve is closed.
– The damper valve is open.

Special notes:
After this fault appears:
– Reduction in engine performance.
– The level 1 and OBD warning lights illuminate.

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF310
MR-410-X83-13B200$102.mif
V5
13B-120
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF310
CONTINUED

Check the connection and condition of the particle filter upstream temperature sensor connector, component
code 1287.
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120
If the connectors are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical
wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance of the following connections:
– 3TD between components 1287 and 120,
– 3XT between components 1287 and 120.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Let the engine run at a minimum of 2500 rpm for 2 minutes and check that PR382 Particle filter upstream
temperature varies correctly.
If PR382 does not vary, replace the particle filter upstream temperature sensor.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$102.mif
V5
13B-121
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF319 CAMSHAFT SENSOR CIRCUIT


PRESENT 1.DEF: Plausibility
OR 2.DEF: No signal
STORED

Conditions for application to a stored fault:


The fault is present with the engine idling.

Special notes:
After this fault appears:
NOTES – The level 1 warning light is illuminated,
– Noisy engine,
– Engine vibration.

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF319
MR-410-X83-13B200$102.mif
V5
13B-122
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF319
CONTINUED 1

For Trafic II without a particle filter*:

Check the connection and condition of the camshaft sensor connector, component code 1265.
If the connector is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical wiring,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Measure the resistance at the terminals of the camshaft sensor, component code 1265.
If the resistance of the camshaft sensor is not between 9000 Ω ≤ X ≤ 11000 Ω at a temperature of -40˚C < X <
130˚C, replace the camshaft sensor, component code 746 (see MR 408, Mechanical, 13B, Diesel injection,
Camshaft position sensor: Removal - Refitting).

Check for + 12 V after ignition feed on connection 37X of component 1265.


If the connection is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connections:
– 3SX between components 1265 and 120,
– 3SV between components 1265 and 120,
– 37X between components 1265 and 1834.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

*FAP: Particle filter

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$102.mif
V5
13B-123
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF319
CONTINUED 2

For Trafic II with a particle filter*:

Check the connection and condition of the camshaft sensor connector, component code 746.
If the connector is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical wiring,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Measure the resistance at the terminals of the camshaft sensor, component code 746.
If the resistance of the camshaft sensor is not between 9000 Ω ≤ X ≤ 11000 Ω at a temperature of -40˚C < X <
130˚C, replace the camshaft sensor, component code 746.

Check for + 12 V after ignition feed on connection 37X of component 746.


If the connection is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connections:
– 3DRB between components 746 and 120,
– 3PL between components 746 and 120,
– 37X between components 746 and 1834.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

*FAP: Particle filter

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$102.mif
V5
13B-124
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF323 DAMPER VALVE


PRESENT 1.DEF: Values outside the limits.
OR
STORED

Conditions for application to a stored fault:


Without replacing the damper valve, perform the after repair procedure (see
Replacement of components) and check whether the fault is still present.
If the fault is present:
– The EGR valve is closed.
– The damper valve is open.
– Activation of the compression test is forbidden.
– Particle filter regeneration is forbidden.
NOTES
Special notes:
After this fault appears:
– The level 1 warning light is illuminated.
– Reduction in engine performance.

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

Check the connection and condition of the damper valve connector, component code 1461.
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120.
If the connectors are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical
wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connections:
– 3AAX between components 1461 and 120,
– 3AAY between components 1461 and 120,
– 3VM or 38KS between components 1461 and 120,
– 3ADL or 38KQ between components 1461 and 120,
– 3GC or 38KP between components 1461 and 120.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF323
MR-410-X83-13B200$102.mif
V5
13B-125
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF532 ALTERNATOR CHARGE SIGNAL


PRESENT 1.DEF: Signal outside lower limit
OR 2.DEF: Signal outside upper limit
STORED

Conditions for application to a stored fault:


The fault is declared present after the ignition has been switched on.
NOTES

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

Check the connection and condition of the alternator regulator connector, component code 103.
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120.
Check the connection and condition of the instrument panel connector, component code 247
If the connectors are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical
wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connection:
– 2K between components 103 and 120,
– 2A between components 103 and 247.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
If the connections are correct, replace the injection computer, component code 120 (see MR 408, Mechanical,
13B, Diesel Injection, Diesel injection computer: Removal - Refitting) and consult the Replacement of
components section.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF532
MR-410-X83-13B200$102.mif
V5
13B-126
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF559 LOW-SPEED FAN ASSEMBLY RELAY CONTROL


PRESENT CO: Open circuit
OR CC.0: Short circuit to earth.
CC.1: Short circuit to + 12 V
STORED

Conditions for application to a stored fault:


The faults are declared present after the ignition has been switched on after running
command AC038 Low speed fan assembly relay.
NOTES

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

For Trafic II without air conditioning and without


a particle filter*:

Run command AC038 Low speed fan assembly relay and use the test light to check for the control signal of
component 120 on connection 49J of component 335.
If the test light illuminates: move on to Part 2 otherwise move on to Part 1.

Part 1:
Check the connection and condition of the low speed fan assembly relay, component code 335.
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120.
If the connectors are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical
wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connections:
– 49J between components 335 and 120,
– 49A between components 335 and 905,
– MW between the earth and component 905.
If the connection is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Part 2:
Run command AC038 Low speed fan assembly relay and use the test light to check for the presence of supply
at the relay output.
If the supply is absent, replace the low speed fan assembly relay.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

*FAP: Particle filter

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF559
MR-410-X83-13B200$103.mif
V5
13B-127
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF559
CONTINUED 1

For Trafic II with air conditioning and without a


particle filter*:

Run command AC038 Low speed fan assembly relay and use the test light to check for the control signal
of component 120 on connection 49J of component 335.
If the test light illuminates: move on to Part 2 otherwise move on to Part 1.

Part 1:
Check the connection and condition of the low speed fan assembly relay, component code 335.
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120
If the connectors are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical
wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connection:
– 49L between components 335 and 321,
– 49R between components 905 and 321,
– MW between the earth and component 905.
If the connection is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Check the continuity between connections 49R and 49L of component 321.
If the check is not correct, replace component 321.

Part 2:
Run command AC038 Low speed fan assembly relay and use the test light to check for the presence of supply
at the relay output.
If the supply is absent, replace the low speed fan assembly relay.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

*FAP: Particle filter

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$103.mif
V5
13B-128
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF559
CONTINUED 2

For Trafic II with air conditioning and without


a particle filter*:

Run command AC038 Low speed fan assembly relay and use the test light to check for the control signal
of component 120 on connection 49J of component 335.
If the test light illuminates: move on to Part 2 otherwise move on to Part 1.

Part 1:
Check the connection and condition of the low speed fan assembly relay, component code 335.
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120.
If the connectors are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical
wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connection:
– 49L between components 335 and 321,
– 49R between components 905 and 321,
– MW between the earth and component 905.
If the connection is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Check the continuity between connections 49R and 49L of component 321.
If the check is not correct, replace component 321.

Part 2:
Run command AC038 Low speed fan assembly relay and use the test light to check for the presence of supply
at the relay output.
If the test light does not illuminate, replace the low speed fan assembly relay.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

*FAP: Particle filter

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$103.mif
V5
13B-129
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF559
CONTINUED 3

For Trafic II with air conditioning and with a particle


filter*:

Run command AC038 Low speed fan assembly relay and use the test light to check for the control signal of
component 120 on connection 49J of component 1829 and 49K of component 1831.
If the test light illuminates: move on to Part 2 otherwise move on to Part 1.

Part 1:
Check the connection and condition of the low speed fan assembly relay, component code 1829 and 1831.
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120.
If the connectors are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical
wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connection:
– 49J between components 120 and 1829,
– 49K between components 120 and 1831,
– 49R between components 1829 and 905,
– 49A between components 1831 and 905,
– MW between the earth and component 1831.
If the connection is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Part 2:
Run command AC038 Low speed fan assembly relay and use the test light to check for the presence of supply
at the relay output, component code 1829.
If the test light does not illuminate, replace the low speed fan assembly relay.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

*FAP: Particle filter

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$103.mif
V5
13B-130
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF561 HIGH-SPEED FAN ASSEMBLY RELAY CONTROL


PRESENT CO: Open circuit
OR CC.0: Short circuit to earth.
CC.1: Short circuit to + 12 V
STORED

Conditions for application to a stored fault:


The faults are declared present after the ignition has been switched on after running
command AC039 High speed fan assembly relay.
NOTES

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

For Trafic II with air conditioning and without


a particle filter*:

Run command AC039 High speed fan assembly relay and use the test light to check for the control signal of
component 120 on connection 49K of component 336.
If the test light illuminates: move on to Part 2 otherwise move on to Part 1.

Part 1:
Check the connection and condition of the high speed fan assembly relay, component code 336.
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120.
If the connector is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical wiring,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connections:
– 49K between components 336 and 120,
– 49R between components 336 and 905,
– MW between the earth and component 905.
If the connection is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Part 2:
Run command AC038 High speed fan assembly relay and use the test light to check for the presence of supply
at the relay output.
If the test light does not illuminate, replace the high speed fan assembly relay.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

*FAP: Particle filter

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF561
MR-410-X83-13B200$103.mif
V5
13B-131
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF561
CONTINUED 1

For Trafic II without air conditioning and with


a particle filter*:

Run command AC039 High speed fan assembly relay and use the test light to check for the control signal of
component 120 on connection 49K of component 336.
If the test light illuminates: move on to Part 2 otherwise move on to Part 1.

Part 1:
Check the connection and condition of the high speed fan assembly relay, component code 336.
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120.
If the connector is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical wiring,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connection:
– 49K between components 336 and 120,
– 49R between components 905 and 336,
– MW between the earth and component 905.
If the connection is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Part 2:
Run command AC039 High speed fan assembly relay and use the test light to check for the presence of supply
at the relay output.
If the test light does not illuminate, replace the high speed fan assembly relay.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

*FAP: Particle filter

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$103.mif
V5
13B-132
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF561
CONTINUED 2

For Trafic II with air conditioning and with a particle


filter*:

Run command AC039 High speed fan assembly relay and use the test light to check for the control signal of
component 120 on connection 49J of component 1829 and on connection 49K of component 1831 and 1828.
If the test light illuminates: move on to Part 2 otherwise move on to Part 1.

Part 1:
Check the connection and condition of the high speed fan assembly relay, component code 1829, 1831 and
1828.
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120.
If the connectors are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical
wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connection:
– 49J between components 1829 and 120,
– 49K between components 1831 and 120,
– 49K between components 1828 and 120,
– 49L between components 1828 and 905,
– 49R between components 1829 and 905,
– 49A between components 1831 and 905,
– MW between the earth and component 1831.
If the connection is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Part 2:
Run command AC039 High speed fan assembly relay and use the test light to check for the presence of supply
at the relay output, component code 1829 and 1828.
If the test light does not illuminate, replace the low speed fan assembly relay.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

*FAP: Particle filter

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$103.mif
V5
13B-133
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF567 COMPUTER
PRESENT 1.DEF: Internal electronic fault
OR
STORED

Conditions for application to a stored fault:


The fault is declared present after the ignition has been switched on.

NOTES
Special notes:
After this fault appears:
The OBD and level 1 warning lights are illuminated.

Check that the battery terminals are correctly connected without play or oxidation.
Correct the abnormality if necessary.
Check that there are no other faults in the following list for which the application conditions are to deal with them
as stored:
– DF201: Air flow sensor signal.
– DF297: Particle filter.
– 1.DEF for DF310: Particle filter upstream temp.* sensor.
– DF569: Turbocharging circuit.
– 1.DEF for DF652: Turbine upstream temperature sensor circuit.
– DF721: Engine overheating.
– DF778: Turbine upstream temperature regulation.
– 1.DEF and 2.DEF for DF887: Brake / accelerator pedals position.
– DF970: Richness ratio sensor heating circuit.
– DF980: Richness ratio sensor function.
– DF997: Control unit > Thermoplunger connection.
– DF1001: Particle filter upstream temperature regulation.
– DF1063: ESP multiplex connection.
– DF1167: Richness ratio sensor circuit.
– DF1168: Richness ratio sensor heating circuit.
– DF1169: Richness ratio sensor circuit.
– DF1170: Richness ratio sensor circuit.
– 2.DEF for DF1196: Particle filter relative pressure sensor.
– DF1263: Richness ratio sensor circuit.
– DF1264: Richness ratio sensor circuit.

temp.*: temperature

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF567
MR-410-X83-13B200$103.mif
V5
13B-134
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF567
CONTINUED

If one or more of these faults is present: make a note of these faults in order to compare them at the end of the
road test if the faults have reappeared.
Clear the faults, switch off the ignition and wait for the "dialogue lost" message to appear on the diagnostic tool;
if the message does not appear, wait 12 minutes.
Switch on the ignition, if DF567 is still present, replace the injection computer, component code 120 (see MR 408,
Mechanical, 13B, Diesel injection, Diesel injection computer: Removal - Refitting) and consult the
Replacement of components section.

Start the engine and wait for 1 minute. If present faults arise: deal with them and perform a road test.

Perform a road test for at least 15 minutes at different vehicle speeds then check for faults.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$103.mif
V5
13B-135
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF569 TURBOCHARGING CIRCUIT


PRESENT 1.DEF: Turbocharging pressure too high.
OR 2.DEF: Turbocharging pressure too low.
STORED

Processing priority in the event of a number of faults:


Firstly, deal with the following faults:
– DF001 Coolant temperature sensor circuit,
– DF007 Rail pressure sensor circuit,
– DF011 Sensor supply voltage no. 1,
– DF012 Sensor supply voltage no. 2,
– DF026 Cylinder 1 injector control circuit,
– DF027 Cylinder 2 injector control circuit,
– DF028 Cylinder 3 injector control circuit,
– DF029 Cylinder 4 injector control circuit,
– DF052 Injector control circuit,
NOTES
– DF054 Turbocharging solenoid valve control circuit,
– DF089 Inlet manifold pressure sensor circuit,
– DF098 Fuel temperature sensor circuit,
– DF209 EGR valve position sensor circuit,
– DF272 EGR valve control circuit,
– DF619 EGR valve jammed open,
– DF644 Fuel flow regulator circuit,
– DF647 EGR valve position regulation,
– DF721 Engine overheating,
– DF771 Flow regulation adaptive,
– DF1058 Inlet pressure consistency.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF569
MR-410-X83-13B200$103.mif
V5
13B-136
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF569
CONTINUED 1

Deal with the stored fault.


– Particle filter regeneration is forbidden.
– The EGR valve is closed.
– The damper valve is open.
– The cruise control and speed limiter functions are deactivated.
– Engine torque is limited.
NOTES

Special notes:
After this fault appears:
– The OBD and Level 1 or OBD and Level 2 warning lights are illuminated,
– Reduction in engine performance,
– The cruise control and speed limiter functions are unavailable.

1.DEF NOTES None.

Run TEST 4 Turbocharging pressure sensor check.

Run TEST 5 Turbocharger control solenoid valve check.

Run TEST 21 Turbocharger check.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$103.mif
V5
13B-137
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF569
CONTINUED 2

2.DEF NOTES None.

Check that the air filter should not be replaced.

Run TEST 1 Air line at the turbocharger.

Check that there are no leaks from the exhaust.

Run TEST 4 Turbocharging pressure sensor check.

Run TEST 7 EGR valve check.

Run TEST 5 Turbocharger control solenoid valve check.

Run TEST 21 Turbocharger check.

Run TEST 12 Injection pump check.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$103.mif
V5
13B-138
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF619 EGR VALVE JAMMED OPEN


PRESENT 1.DEF: Inconsistency
OR
STORED

Conditions for application to a stored fault:


The fault is declared present after an engine speed greater than 3500 rpm for at least
10 seconds.
If the fault is present:
– Particle filter regeneration is forbidden.
– The damper valve is open.
– The cruise control and speed limiter functions are deactivated.

NOTES
Special notes:
After this fault appears:
– The OBD and level 1 warning lights are illuminated.
– Reduction in engine performance,
– The cruise control and speed limiter functions are unavailable.

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF619
MR-410-X83-13B200$103.mif
V5
13B-139
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF619
CONTINUED

Check the connection and condition of the exhaust gas recirculation solenoid valve connector, component
code 1460 or 169.
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120.
If the connectors are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical
wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check that the value of parameter PR064 COOLANT TEMPERATURE is greater than 70˚C.
Run command AC036 EGR valve and use the test light to check for + 5 V on connection 3GC and for earth on
connection 3JM of the exhaust gas recirculation solenoid valve, component code 1460 or 169.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connections:
– 3JM between components 1460 or 169 and 120,
– 3VQ between components 1460 or 169 and 120,
– 3VP between components 1460 or 169 and 120,
– 3GC between components 1460 or 169 and 120,
– 3EL between components 1460 or 169 and 120.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$103.mif
V5
13B-140
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF641 DAMPER VALVE CIRCUIT


PRESENT 1.DEF: Fault detected by the injection computer
OR 2.DEF: Operating temperature too high
STORED

Conditions for application to a stored fault:


1.DEF: The fault is declared present after the ignition has been switched on.
2.DEF: The fault is declared present after an engine start, or with the engine running.
– If the fault is present:
– The EGR valve is closed.
– Air flow regulation is inactive.
– The damper valve is open.
– Activation of the compression test is forbidden.
– Particle filter regeneration is forbidden.
NOTES

Special notes:
After this fault appears:
– The OBD warning light is lit.
– Reduction in engine performance.

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

Check the connection and condition of the damper valve connector, component code 1461.
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120.
If the connectors are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical
wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connections:
– 3AAX between components 1461 and 120,
– 3AAY between components 1461 and 120,
– 3VM or 38KS between components 1461 and 120,
– 3ADL or 38KP between components 1461 and 120,
– 3GC or 38KQ between components 1461 and 120.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF641
MR-410-X83-13B200$103.mif
V5
13B-141
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF644 FUEL FLOW REGULATOR CIRCUIT


PRESENT 1. DEF: Parameter at maximum limit
OR 2. DEF: Parameter at minimum limit
3. DEF: Operating temperature too high
STORED

NOTE: The fuel flow regulator is integrated into the injection pump; it must not be
removed from the pump.

Conditions for application to a stored fault:


The fault is declared present after the ignition has been switched on.
If the fault is present:
– The rail pressure is limited.
– Particle filter regeneration is forbidden.
– The EGR valve is closed.
– The damper valve is open.
– The cruise control and speed limiter functions are deactivated.
NOTES
– The ESP is deactivated.

Special notes:
After this fault appears:
– The ESP is unavailable.
– The cruise control and speed limiter functions are unavailable.
– The OBD and Level 2 warning lights are illuminated.
– Reduction in engine performance.

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

1.DEF
NOTES Do not remove the fuel flow regulator from the injection pump.
2.DEF

Measure the resistance at the terminals of the fuel flow regulation solenoid valve, component code 1105
between connections 3HI and 37X (be careful of the main injection relay connector).
If the resistance is not between 2.1 Ω ≤ X ≤ 3.9 Ω, replace the fuel flow regulation solenoid valve, component
code 1105 (see MR 408, Mechanical, 13B, Diesel injection, High pressure pump: Removal - Refitting) and
consult the Replacement of components section.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF644
MR-410-X83-13B200$103.mif
V5
13B-142
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF644
CONTINUED

3.DEF NOTES Do not remove the fuel flow regulator from the injection pump.

Clear the faults, and leave the engine to run at idle speed for 10 minutes, if the fault does not reappear, the fuel
flow regulation solenoid valve is not faulty.

If the fault reappears:


Check the connection and condition of the fuel flow regulation solenoid valve connector, component code 1105.
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120.
If the connectors are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical
wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connections:
– 37X between components 1105 and 120,
– 3HI between components 1105 and 120.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Measure the resistance at the terminals of the fuel flow regulation solenoid valve between connections 3HI and
37X (be careful of the main injection relay connector).
If the resistance is not between 2.1 Ω ≤ X ≤ 3.9 Ω, replace the fuel flow regulation solenoid valve, component code
1105 (see MR 408, Mechanical, 13B, Diesel injection, High pressure pump: Removal - Refitting) and consult
the Replacement of components section.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$103.mif
V5
13B-143
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF645 DAMPER VALVE POSITION REGULATION


PRESENT 1.DEF: No response of the valve motor.
2.DEF: Damper valve jammed closed.
OR 3.DEF: Damper valve jammed open.
STORED 4.DEF: Closing of the damper valve

Processing priority in the event of a number of faults:


Deal first with faults DF641 Damper valve circuit and DF646 Damper valve position
sensor if they are present or stored.

Conditions for application to a stored fault:


With the ignition on, the fault is declared present after running command AC012
Damper valve.
If the fault is present:
– The EGR valve is closed.
– Air flow regulation is inactive.
NOTES – Activation of the compression test is forbidden.
– The damper valve is open.
– Particle filter regeneration is forbidden.

Special notes:
After this fault appears:
– The level 1 and OBD warning lights are illuminated,
– Reduction in engine performance.

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF645
MR-410-X83-13B200$103.mif
V5
13B-144
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF645
CONTINUED

Check the connection and condition of the damper valve connector, component code 1461.
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120.
If the connectors are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical
wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connections:
– 3AAX between components 1461 and 120,
– 3AAY between components 1461 and 120,
– 3VM or 38KS between components 1461 and 120,
– 3ADL or 38KP between components 1461 and 120,
– 3GC or 38KQ between components 1461 and 120.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Switch on the ignition and run command AC012 Damper valve.


Start the engine and wait until the engine is warm. Switch off the ignition and restart the engine before the loss of
communication message appears on the diagnostic tool.
Check that the fault is no longer present.

If the fault is still present, replace the damper valve, component code 1461 (see MR 408, Mechanical, 12A, Fuel
mixture, Damper valve: Removal - Refitting) and consult the Replacement of components section.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$103.mif
V5
13B-145
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF646 DAMPER VALVE POSITION SENSOR


PRESENT 1.DEF: Signal invalid.
OR
STORED

Conditions for application to a stored fault:


The fault is declared present after the ignition has been switched on.
If the fault is present:
– The EGR valve is closed.
– Air flow regulation is inactive.
– Activation of the compression test is forbidden.
– The damper valve is open.
– Particle filter regeneration is forbidden.
NOTES

Special notes:
After this fault appears:
– The level 1 and OBD warning lights are illuminated,
– Reduction in engine performance.

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

Check the connection and condition of the damper valve connector, component code 1461.
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120.
If the connectors are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical
wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF646
MR-410-X83-13B200$103.mif
V5
13B-146
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF646
CONTINUED

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connections:
– 3AAX between components 1461 and 120,
– 3AAY between components 1461 and 120,
– 3VM or 38KS between components 1461 and 120,
– 3ADL or 38KP between components 1461 and 120,
– 3GC or 38KQ between components 1461 and 120.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Check that the value of PR774 Damper valve sensor voltage is 0.2 V < PR774 < 4.7 V.

If the voltage is not between 0.2 V ≤ PR774 ≤ 4.7 V, replace the damper valve, component code 1461 (see
MR 408, Mechanical, 12A, Fuel mixture, Damper valve: Removal - Refitting) and consult the Replacement of
components section.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$103.mif
V5
13B-147
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF647 EGR VALVE POSITION REGULATION


PRESENT 1.DEF: Valve jammed.
OR 2.DEF: Valve jammed.
STORED

Conditions for application to a stored fault:


2.DEF: The fault is declared present with the engine running at idle speed.
1.DEF: The fault is declared present after an engine speed greater than 3500 rpm.
– If the fault is present:
– The EGR valve is closed.
– The damper valve is open.
– Particle filter regeneration is forbidden.
– The cruise control and speed limiter functions are deactivated.
NOTES
Special notes:
After this fault appears:
– The cruise control and speed limiter functions are unavailable.
– The OBD and level 1 warning lights are illuminated,
– Reduction in engine performance.

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

Check the connection and condition of the exhaust gas recirculation solenoid valve connector, component
code 1460 or 169.
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120.
If the connector is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical wiring,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF647
MR-410-X83-13B200$103.mif
V5
13B-148
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF647
CONTINUED

Check that the value of parameter PR064 COOLANT TEMPERATURE is greater than 70˚C.
Run command AC036 EGR valve and use the test light to check for + 5 V on connection 3GC and for earth on
connection 3JM of the exhaust gas recirculation solenoid valve, component code 1460 or 169.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connections:
– 3JM between components 1460 or 169 and 120,
– 3VQ between components 1460 or 169 and 120,
– 3VP between components 1460 or 169 and 120,
– 3GC between components 1460 or 169 and 120,
– 3EL between components 1460 or 169 and 120.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$103.mif
V5
13B-149
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF648 COMPUTER
PRESENT 1.DEF: Internal electronic fault
OR 2.DEF: Internal electronic fault
STORED

Conditions for application to a stored fault:


The fault is declared present after the ignition has been switched on.

NOTES
Special notes:
After this fault appears:
– The OBD warning light is lit.

Contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF648
MR-410-X83-13B200$103.mif
V5
13B-150
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF652 TURBINE UPSTREAM TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT


PRESENT 1.DEF: Signal outside lower limit
OR 2.DEF: Signal outside upper limit
STORED

Application conditions for stored fault (2.DEF only):


The fault is declared present after the ignition has been switched on.
Deal with the stored fault (1.DEF only).
– If the fault is present:
– Particle filter regeneration is forbidden.
– The EGR valve is closed.
– The damper valve is open.
– Control of actuators is forbidden.
NOTES

Special notes:
After this fault appears:
– The level 1 warning light is illuminated.
– Reduction in engine performance.

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

Check the connection and condition of the connector of the turbine upstream temperature sensor, component
code 1589.
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120.
If the connectors are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical
wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF652
MR-410-X83-13B200$103.mif
V5
13B-151
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF652
CONTINUED

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connections:
– 3ABS between components 1589 and 120,
– 3ABT between components 1589 and 120.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

In order to raise the engine temperature, let the engine run for 2 minutes at more than 2500 rpm.
With the engine warm, check that the value of PR667 Turbine upstream temperature varies correctly.

If the temperature does not vary correctly, replace the turbine upstream temperature sensor, component
code 1589.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$103.mif
V5
13B-152
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF721 ENGINE OVERHEATING


PRESENT 1.DEF: Operating temperature too high
OR
STORED

Conditions for application to a stored fault:


Deal with the stored fault.

Special notes:
After this fault appears:
NOTES
– The fan assemblies operate.
– The air conditioning compressor is deactivated.
– Reduction in engine performance.
– Steam released from the expansion bottle.
– Engine failure.
– The overheating warning light is illuminated.

Check the engine cooling system (see MR 408, Mechanical, 19A, Cooling, Engine cooling system: Check).

Check the coolant temperature sensor by running TEST 2 Coolant temperature sensor check.

Check that the fan assemblies are in good working order.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF721
MR-410-X83-13B200$103.mif
V5
13B-153
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

FLOW REGULATION ADAPTIVE


DF771 1.DEF: Positive loop deviation
PRESENT 2.DEF: Negative loop deviation
OR 3.DEF: Permanent high level
STORED 4.DEF: Plausibility
5.DEF: Permanent low level

Processing priority in the event of a number of faults:


Deal with fault DF007 Rail pressure sensor circuit if it is present or stored first.

Conditions for application to a stored fault:


Deal with the stored fault.
When the fault is stored:
– The rail pressure is limited,
– The ESP is deactivated,
– The cruise control and speed limiter functions are deactivated,
– Particle filter regeneration is forbidden,
NOTES
– The EGR valve is closed,
– The damper valve is open.

Special notes:
After this fault appears:
– The OBD and level 2 warning lights are illuminated for 1.DEF, 3.DEF, 5.DEF.
– The OBD and level 1 warning lights are illuminated for 2.DEF.
– The OBD warning light is illuminated for 4.DEF
– The cruise control and speed limiter functions are unavailable,
– Reduction in engine performance.

Check for fuel in the tank.


Check the fuel filter.
Check the conformity of the low pressure circuit unions.
Check that there are no leaks on the pump unions.
Check that there are no air bubbles in the fuel circuit.
If there are air bubbles, bleed the low pressure circuit.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


Clear the computer fault memory.
AFTER REPAIR
Clear RZ004 Pressure regulation adaptives.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF771
MR-410-X83-13B200$103.mif
V5
13B-154
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF771
CONTINUED

Run TEST 13 Pump fuel flow regulator (VCV) check.

Run TEST 14 Injector check.

Run TEST 12 Injection pump check.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


Clear the computer fault memory.
AFTER REPAIR
Clear RZ004 Pressure regulation adaptives.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$103.mif
V5
13B-155
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF778 TURBINE UPSTREAM TEMPERATURE REGULATION


PRESENT 1.DEF: above maximum threshold
OR
STORED

Processing priority in the event of a number of faults:


First deal with faults DF652 Turbine upstream temperature sensor circuit and 2.DEF
for DF297 Particle filter if they are present or stored.
NOTES

Conditions for application to a stored fault:


Deal with the stored fault.

Run TEST 1 Air line at the turbocharger.

Run TEST 6 Damper valve check.

Run TEST 14 Injector check.

Check the exhaust pipe (assembly, leaks).

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


Clear the computer fault memory.
AFTER REPAIR
Clear RZ004 Pressure regulation adaptives.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF778
MR-410-X83-13B200$103.mif
V5
13B-156
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF887 BRAKE - ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION


PRESENT 1.DEF.: Jammed accelerator pedal detected.
2.DEF : Jammed accelerator pedal detected.
OR 3.DEF : Inconsistency between pedal gang 1 and gang 2.
STORED 4.DEF : Fault on pedal potentiometer gangs 1 and 2.

Application conditions for stored fault (3.DEF, 4.DEF only):


The fault is declared present after the ignition is switched on or with the engine running.
Deal with the stored faults (1.DEF, 2.DEF only)
If the fault is present:
– Engine torque is limited.
– The cruise control and speed limiter functions are deactivated.
– Control of actuators is forbidden.
– Accelerator pedal in defect mode.
NOTES

Special notes:
After this fault appears:
Reduction in engine performance,
– The cruise control and speed limiter functions are unavailable,
– The level 1 warning light is illuminated for 3.DEF and the level 2 warning light is
illuminated for 2.DEF and 4.DEF.

1.DEF
NOTES None
2.DEF

Check that the accelerator pedal is not jammed and that there is nothing impeding its operation (floor carpet, etc.).

Run TEST 19 Brake pedal switch check.

Run TEST 18 Accelerator pedal potentiometer check.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF887
MR-410-X83-13B200$103.mif
V5
13B-157
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF887
CONTINUED

3.DEF NOTES None

If 3.DEF is the only fault and is present, replace the accelerator pedal.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

4.DEF NOTES None

Run TEST 18 Accelerator pedal potentiometer check.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$103.mif
V5
13B-158
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF967 RICHNESS RATIO SENSOR CIRCUIT


PRESENT 1.DEF: Voltage outside permitted range of values
OR
STORED

Conditions for application to a stored fault:


The fault is declared present after the ignition has been switched on.
NOTES

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

Check the connection and condition of the richness ratio sensor connector, component code 1587.
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120
If the connectors are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical
wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the continuity and the insulation of the following connections:


– 3AAU between component 1587 and 120.
– 37X between components 1587 and 1834.
– 3AAV between components 1587 and 120.
– 3AAW between components 1587 and 120.
– 3AAT between components 1587 and 120.
– 3AAS between components 1587 and 120.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Measure the resistance of the richness ratio sensor, component code 1587 between connections 3AAU and
3AAW.
If the displayed resistance is not between 10 Ω ≤ X ≤ 1000 Ω, replace the richness ratio sensor.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF967
MR-410-X83-13B200$103.mif
V5
13B-159
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF970 RICHNESS RATIO SENSOR HEATING CIRCUIT


PRESENT 1.DEF: Voltage outside permitted range of values
OR
STORED

Conditions for application to a stored fault:


Deal with the stored fault.
NOTES

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

Check the connection and condition of the richness ratio sensor connector, component code 1587.
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120.
If the connectors are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical
wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the continuity and the insulation of the following connections:


– 3AAU between component 1587 and 120.
– 37X between components 1587 and 1834.
– 3AAV between components 1587 and 120.
– 3AAW between components 1587 and 120.
– 3AAT between components 1587 and 120.
– 3AAS between components 1587 and 120.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Measure the resistance of the richness ratio sensor, component code 1587 between connections 3AAU and
3AAW.
If the resistance displayed is not between 10 Ω ≤ X ≤ 20 Ω, replace the richness ratio sensor (see MR 408,
Mechanical, 13B, Diesel injection, Diesel injection computer: Removal - Refitting).

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF970
MR-410-X83-13B200$103.mif
V5
13B-160
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF974 PEDAL POTENTIOMETER CIRCUIT GANG 1


PRESENT 1.DEF : Signal outside lower limit
OR 2.DEF : Signal outside upper limit
STORED

Processing priority in the event of a number of faults:


Deal first with fault DF011 Sensor feed voltage no. 1 if it is present or stored.

Conditions for application to a stored fault:


The fault is declared present after the ignition has been switched on.
If the fault is present:
– Engine torque is limited,
NOTES – The cruise control and speed limiter functions are deactivated,
– Control of actuators is forbidden.

Special notes:
After this fault appears:
Reduction in engine performance,
– The cruise control and speed limiter functions are unavailable,
– The level 1 warning light is illuminated.

Check the connection and condition of the connector of the accelerator pedal sensor gang 1, component
code 921.
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120.
If the connectors are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical
wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Run TEST 18 Accelerator pedal potentiometer check.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF974
MR-410-X83-13B200$103.mif
V5
13B-161
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF975 PEDAL POTENTIOMETER CIRCUIT GANG 2


PRESENT 1.DEF: Signal outside lower limit
OR 2.DEF: Signal outside upper limit
STORED

Processing priority in the event of a number of faults:


Deal first with fault DF011 Sensor feed voltage no. 1 if it is present or stored.

Conditions for application to a stored fault:


The fault is declared present after the ignition has been switched on.
If the fault is present:
– Engine torque is limited,
NOTES – The cruise control and speed limiter functions are deactivated,
– Control of actuators is forbidden.

Special notes:
After this fault appears:
– Reduction in engine performance,
– The cruise control and speed limiter functions are unavailable,
– The level 1 warning light is illuminated.

Check the connection and condition of the connector of the accelerator pedal sensor gang 2.
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120.
If the connectors are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical
wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Run TEST 18 Accelerator pedal potentiometer check.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF975
MR-410-X83-13B200$103.mif
V5
13B-162
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF980 RICHNESS RATIO SENSOR FUNCTION


PRESENT 1.DEF: Error
OR 2.DEF: Plausibility
3.DEF: Voltage outside tolerances
STORED

Conditions for application to a stored fault:


The fault is declared present after the ignition has been switched on.
NOTES

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

Check the connection and condition of the richness ratio sensor connector, component code 1587.
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120.
If the connectors are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical
wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the continuity and the insulation of the following connections:


– 3AAU between component 1587 and 120.
– 37X between components 1587 and 1834.
– 3AAV between components 1587 and 120.
– 3AAW between components 1587 and 120.
– 3AAT between components 1587 and 120.
– 3AAS between components 1587 and 120.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Measure the resistance of the richness ratio sensor, component code 1587 between connections 3AAU and
3AAW.
If the resistance displayed is not between 10 Ω ≤ X ≤ 1000 Ω, replace the richness ratio sensor (see MR 408,
Mechanical, 13B, Diesel injection, Diesel injection computer: Removal - Refitting).

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF980
MR-410-X83-13B200$103.mif
V5
13B-163
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF987 CRUISE CONTROL/SPEED LIMITER BUTTONS


PRESENT 1.DEF: Inconsistent signal.
OR
STORED

Conditions for application to a stored fault:


The fault is declared present after the ignition has been switched on.
If the fault is present:
– Impossible to operate the cruise control.
NOTES

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

With the ignition on, put the cruise control - speed limiter switch in the OFF position and check that status ET042
Cruise control - speed limiter is Inactive.
If ET042 is not inactive, check the continuity of the following connections:
– 3FX between components 1081 and 120,
– 3PD between components 1081 and 120.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
With the ignition on, put the cruise control - speed limiter switch in the cruise control position and check that status
ET042 Cruise control - speed limiter is Cruise control; then put the cruise control - speed limiter switch in the
speed limiter position and check that status ET042 Cruise control - speed limiter is Speed limiter.

If ET042 is not consistent, consult the interpretation of this the status.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF987
MR-410-X83-13B200$103.mif
V5
13B-164
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF991 PARTICLE FILTER INJECTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT


PRESENT CO: Open circuit
OR CC.0: Short circuit to earth
CC.1: Short circuit to + 12 V
STORED

Conditions for application to a stored fault:


The fault is declared present after the ignition has been switched on.
If the fault is present:
– Particle filter regeneration is forbidden,
– Injector activation commands inhibited.

NOTES Special notes:


After this fault appears:
– The OBD and Level 1 warning lights are illuminated.
– Reduction in engine performance.

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

Run command AC238 Particle filter injector and use the test light to check for + 12 V on connection 37X of the
particle filter injector, component code 197.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
If the supply is correct, move on to the Part: Resistance check.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF991
MR-410-X83-13B200$103.mif
V5
13B-165
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF991
CONTINUED

Check the connection and condition of the connector of the particle filter injector, component code 197.
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120.
If the connectors are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical
wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance of the following connections:
– 37X between components 197 and 120,
– 3AGR between components 197 and 120.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Part: Resistance check:


Measure the resistance of the particle filter injector, component code 197 between connections 37X and 3AGR.
If the resistance is not between 6.8 Ω ≤ X ≤ 11 Ω at a temperature of 0ºC < X < 150ºC, replace the exhaust fuel
injector (see MR 408, Mechanical, 19B, Exhaust, Exhaust fuel injector: Removal - Refitting) and consult the
Replacement of components section.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$103.mif
V5
13B-166
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF997 CONTROL UNIT -> THERMOPLUNGERS CONNECTION


PRESENT 1.DEF: Plausibility.
OR
STORED

Conditions for application to a stored fault:


Deal with the stored fault.
NOTES

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

Check the connection and condition of the thermoplunger unit connector, component code 1550.
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120.
If the connectors are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical
wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Use a test light to check for + 12 V on connection BP91 of the thermoplunger unit, component code 1550.
If + 12 V is absent, check the presence and conformity of fuse F1C (60A) on the power supply fuse board,
component code 777.
Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on connection BP91 between
components 777 and 1550.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
If necessary, replace fuse F1C (60 A).

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF997
MR-410-X83-13B200$103.mif
V5
13B-167
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF997
CONTINUED 1

Use a test light to check for + 12 V on connection BP92 of the thermoplunger unit, component code 1550.
If + 12 V is absent, check the presence and conformity of fuse F1D (60A) on the power supply fuse board,
component code 777.
Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on connection BP92 between
components 777 and 1550.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
If necessary, replace fuse F1D (60 A).

Run command AC063 Thermoplunger no. 1 relay and use the test light to check for the control signal of
component 120 on connection 3JA of component 1550.
If + 12 V is present: move on to Part 2 otherwise move on to Part 1.

Part 1:
Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connection:
– 3JA between components 1550 and 120.
If the connection is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Part 2:
Run command AC063 Thermoplunger no. 1 relay and use the test light to check for the control signal of
component 1550 on connection 3JB of the additional heater plug, component code 898 (see MR 408,
Mechanical, 19A, Cooling, Thermoplunger unit: Removal - Refitting).
If + 12 V is present: move on to Part 4 otherwise move on to Part 3.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$103.mif
V5
13B-168
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF997
CONTINUED 2

Part 3:
Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connection:
– 3JB between components 1550 and 898.
If the connection is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
If + 12 V is absent and the connection is correct: replace the thermoplunger unit, component code 1550
(see MR 408, Mechanical, 19A, Cooling, Thermoplunger unit, Removal - Refitting).

Part 4:
Check the resistance of the additional heater plug, component code 898 (see MR 408, Mechanical, 19A,
Cooling, Thermoplunger unit: Removal - Refitting)
If the resistance is not X ≤ 2 Ω, remove this plug and repeat this resistance check.
If the resistance is still not X ≤ 2 Ω, replace the additional heater plug no.1, component code 898 (see MR 408,
Mechanical, 61B, Self-contained heater, Additional heater plug: Removal - Refitting).

Run command AC064 Thermoplunger no. 2 relay and use the test light to check for the control signal of
component 120 on connection 3JAA of component 1550.
If + 12 V is present: move on to step 6 otherwise move on to Part 5.

Part 5:
Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connection:
– 3JAA between components 1550 and 120.
If the connection is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
If + 12 V is absent and the connection is correct, replace the injection computer, component code 120
(see MR 408, Mechanical, 13B, Diesel Injection, Diesel injection computer: Removal - Refitting) and consult
the Replacement of components section.

Part 6:
Run command AC064 Thermoplunger no. 2 relay and use the test light to check for the control signal of
component 1550 on connection 3JC of additional heater plug no.1, component code 898 (see MR 408,
Mechanical, 19A, Cooling, Thermoplunger unit: Removal - Refitting).
If + 12 V is present: move on to Part 8 otherwise move on to Part 7.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$103.mif
V5
13B-169
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF997
CONTINUED 3

Part 7:
Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connection:
– 3JC between components 1550 and 898.
If the connection is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
If + 12 V is absent and the connection is correct: replace the thermoplunger unit, component code 1550
(see MR 408, Mechanical, 19A, Cooling, Thermoplunger unit, Removal - Refitting).

Part 8:
Check the resistance of the additional heater plug, component code 898 (see MR 408, Mechanical, 61B,
Additional heater unit, Additional heater plug, Removal - Refitting).
If the resistance is not X ≤ 2 Ω, remove this plug and repeat this resistance check.
If the resistance is still not X ≤ 2 Ω, replace the additional heater plug, component code 898 (see MR 408,
Mechanical, 61B, Additional heater unit, Additional heater plug, Removal - Refitting).

Run command AC031 Thermoplunger no. 3 relay and use the test light to check for the control signal of
component 120 on connection 3JAB of component 1550.
If + 12 V is present: move on to Part 10 otherwise move on to Part 9.

Part 9:
Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connection:
– 3JAB between components 1550 and 120.
If the connection is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
If + 12 V is absent and the connection is correct, replace the injection computer, component code 120 (see
MR 408, Mechanical, 13B, Diesel Injection, Diesel injection computer: Removal - Refitting) and consult the
Replacement of components section.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$103.mif
V5
13B-170
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF997
CONTINUED 4

Part 10:
Run command AC031 Thermoplunger no. 3 relay and use the test light to check for the control signal of
component 1550:
– on connection 3JD of the additional heater plug component code 898.
– on connection 3JAC of the additional heater plug component code 898.
If + 12 V is present: move on to Part 12 otherwise move on to Part 11.

Part 11:
Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connection:
– 3JD between components 1550 and 898.
– 3JAC between components 1550 and 898.
If the connection is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
If + 12 V is absent and the connection is correct: replace the thermoplunger unit, component code 1550
(see MR 408, Mechanical, 19A, Cooling, Thermoplunger unit, Removal - Refitting).

Part 12:
Check the resistance of the additional heater plug, component code 898 (see MR 408, Mechanical, 61B,
Additional heater unit, Additional heater plug, Removal - Refitting).
If the resistance is not X ≤ 2 Ω, remove additional heater plug no.3 and repeat this resistance check.
If the resistance is still not X ≤ 2 Ω, replace the additional heater plug, component code 898 (see MR 408,
Mechanical, 61B, Additional heater unit, Additional heater plug, Removal - Refitting).

If the fault is still present contact Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$103.mif
V5
13B-171
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF1001 PARTICLE FILTER UPSTREAM TEMPERATURE REGULATION


PRESENT 1.DEF: Temperature measured too high
OR
STORED

Processing priority in the event of a number of faults:


First deal with fault DF310 Particle filter upstream temp* sensor if it is present or
stored.

Conditions for application to a stored fault:


Deal with the stored fault.
– Particle filter regeneration is forbidden.
NOTES
– Control of actuators is forbidden.
– The EGR valve is closed.
– The damper valve is open.
– Injector activation commands inhibited.

Special notes:
– Reduction in engine performance.

Run TEST 8 Particle filter upstream temperature sensor check.

Run TEST 10 Exhaust injection circuit check.

Check the exhaust system.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

*temp: temperature

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF1001
MR-410-X83-13B200$104.mif
V5
13B-172
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF1012 MULTIPLEX SIGNAL CONSISTENCIES FOR CRUISE CONTROL -


PRESENT SPEED LIMITER
OR 1.DEF: The signals used by the cruise control or speed limiter are incorrect.
STORED

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to a stored fault:


The fault becomes present with the engine running.
NOTES
If the fault is present:
– Impossible to operate the cruise control.

Run a multiplex network test (see 88B, Multiplexing).


Step 1. Interpret status ET785 CLUTCH SIGNAL UNAVAILABLE.
Does ET785 display NOT DETECTED or DETECTED?

– NOT DETECTED
Move on to Step 2.
– DETECTED
This means that the signal from the UCH concerning the clutch pedal start of travel switch was unavailable.
Run fault finding on the UCH (see 87B, UCH).
Then move on to step 2

Step 2. Interpret status ET786 NO CLUTCH SIGNAL


Does ET786 display NOT DETECTED or DETECTED?

– NOT DETECTED
Move on to Step 3.
– DETECTED
This means that the injection computer did not receive the signal from the UCH concerning the clutch pedal start
of travel switch.
Run fault finding on the UCH (see 87B, UCH).
Then move on to step 3.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF1012
MR-410-X83-13B200$104.mif
V5
13B-173
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF1012
CONTINUED 1

Step 3. Interpret status ET787 BRAKE SIGNAL UNAVAILABLE


Does ET787 display NOT DETECTED or DETECTED?

– NOT DETECTED
Move on to Step 4.
– DETECTED
This means that the signal from the UCH concerning the brake pedal switch was unavailable.
Run fault finding on the UCH (see 87B, UCH).
Then move on to Step 4.

Step 4. Interpret status ET788 NO BRAKE SIGNAL (see Interpretation of statuses).


Does ET788 display NOT DETECTED or DETECTED?

– NOT DETECTED
Move on to Step 5.
– DETECTED
This means that the injection computer did not receive the signal from the UCH concerning the brake pedal switch.
Run fault finding on the UCH (see 87B, UCH).
Then move on to Step 5.

Step 5. Interpret status ET789 DECELERATION WITHOUT DEPRESSING BRAKE PEDAL (see Interpretation
of statuses).
Does ET789 display NOT DETECTED or DETECTED?

– NOT DETECTED
Move on to Step 6.
– DETECTED
This means that the vehicle has undergone deceleration without the brake pedal switch being pressed.
Run fault finding on the UCH (see 87B, UCH).
If there is no fault displayed on the tool concerning the brake pedal switch, move on to TEST 19 Brake pedal
switch check.
Then move on to Step 6.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$104.mif
V5
13B-174
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF1012
CONTINUED 2

Step 6. Interpret status ET790 SUDDEN DECELERATION WITHOUT DEPRESSING BRAKE PEDAL
(see Interpretation of statuses).
Does ET790 display NOT DETECTED or DETECTED?

– NOT DETECTED
Move on to Step 7.
– DETECTED
This means that the vehicle underwent marked deceleration without the brake pedal switch being pressed.
Run fault finding on the UCH (see 87B, UCH).
If there is no fault displayed on the tool concerning the brake pedal switch, move on to TEST 19 Brake pedal
switch check.
Then move on to Step 7.

Step 7. Interpret status ET791 CRUISE CONTROL INHIBITION BY INJECTION (see Interpretation of
statuses).
Does ET791 display NOT DETECTED or DETECTED?

– NOT DETECTED
Move on to Step 8.
– DETECTED
Run fault finding on the injection computer (see 13B, Injection).
Then move on to Step 8.

Step 8. Interpret status ET795 NO REAL VEHICLE SPEED SIG. (see Interpretation of statuses).
Does ET795 display NOT DETECTED or DETECTED?

– NOT DETECTED
Move on to Step 9.
– DETECTED
This means that the real vehicle speed coming from the ABS was unavailable.
Carry out fault finding on the ABS/ESP (see 38C, Anti-lock braking system).
Then move on to Step 9.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$104.mif
V5
13B-175
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF1012
CONTINUED 3

Step 9. Interpret status ET796 NO VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL DISPLAYED (see Interpretation of statuses).
Does ET796 display NOT DETECTED or DETECTED?

– NOT DETECTED
Move on to Step 10.
– DETECTED
This means that the injection computer has not received the vehicle speed displayed on the instrument panel.
Carry out a fault finding procedure on the instrument panel (see 83A, Instrument panel).
Then move on to Step 10.

Step 10. Interpret the status ET797 VEHICLE SPEED UNIT CHANGE (see Interpretation of statuses).
Does ET797 display NOT DETECTED or DETECTED?

– NOT DETECTED
Move on to Step 11.
– DETECTED
Contact the Techline.
Then move on to Step 11.

– Step 11. Interpret status ET792 SPEED LIMITER INHIBITION BY INJECTION (see Interpretation of
statuses).
Does ET792 display NOT DETECTED or DETECTED?

– NOT DETECTED
Contact the Techline.
– DETECTED
Run fault finding on the injection computer (see 13B, Injection).
If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$104.mif
V5
13B-176
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF1015 BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL CONSISTENCY


PRESENT 1.DEF: Values outside the limits.
OR 2.DEF: Plausibility.
STORED

Processing priority in the event of a number of faults:


First deal with faults DF127 Brake switch 1 circuit and DF128 Brake switch 2 circuit
if they are present or stored and linked to a multiplex network fault.

Conditions for application to a stored fault:


The fault is declared present after the ignition has been switched on.
If the fault is present:
– The cruise control and speed limiter functions are deactivated.
NOTES

Special notes:
After this fault appears:
– The cruise control and speed limiter functions are unavailable.

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

With the brake pedal released, check ET122 Brake switch no.1 signal and ET123 Brake switch no.2 signal.
If ET122 is Inactive and ET123 is Inactive, move on to Part 1 otherwise continue.

Check the fitting and mechanical operation of the brake pedal (the pedal returns properly).
If the check is incorrect, check the braking system.

Remove the brake pedal switch component code 160 (see MR408, Mechanical, 37A, Mechanical component
controls, Brake pedal switch: Removal - Refitting) and, without action on the pedal, press sufficiently on the
brake pedal switch to seat it completely in its position.
Lock it by turning it an eighth of a turn.
If the fault does not change from present to stored, move on to part 2, otherwise continue.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF1015
MR-410-X83-13B200$104.mif
V5
13B-177
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF1015
CONTINUED

Part 1:
– With the brake pedal depressed, measure the resistance of the brake pedal switch, component code 160
between connections AP26 and 65A, the value must be X > 10 Ω.
If the resistance is not correct, replace the brake pedal switch, component code 160 (see MR 408, Mechanical,
37A, Mechanical components controls, Brake pedal switch: Removal - Refitting) and move on to the part:
Checking the brake pedal switch.
– With the brake pedal released, measure the resistance of the brake pedal switch, component code 160
between connections AP26 and 5A, the value must be between 0 Ω < X ≤ 1 Ω.
If the resistance is not correct, replace the brake pedal switch, component code 160 (see MR 408, Mechanical,
37A, Mechanical component controls, Brake pedal switch: Removal - Refitting) and move on to the part:
Checking the brake pedal switch.

Part 2:
Check the brake pedal switch connector, component code 160 (see MR408, Mechanical, 37A, Mechanical
component controls, Brake pedal switch: Removal - Refitting).
If the connector is faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring

Check fuse F19 (10 A) and replace it if necessary.

Part: Checking the brake pedal switch:

After the repair, perform these two checks.


With the brake pedal released, check ET122 Brake switch no.1 signal and ET123 Brake switch no.2 signal.
ET122 must be Inactive and ET123 must be Inactive.
While depressing the brake pedal, check ET122 and ET123.
ET122 must be Active and ET123 must be Active.
The two checks must be correct.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$104.mif
V5
13B-178
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF1016 CLUTCH SWITCH SIGNAL CONSISTENCY


PRESENT 2.DEF: Signal not plausible.
OR
STORED

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to a stored fault:


– The fault is declared present after the ignition has been switched on.
NOTES

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

Without action on the pedal, check that status ET764 Clutch start of travel wire contact is INACTIVE.
If status ET764 is correct, move on to the Part 1 check.

If status ET764 is not correct: remove the clutch pedal position sensor, component code 675 (see MR 408,
Mechanical, 37A, Mechanical component controls, Clutch pedal position sensor: Removal - Refitting) and,
without action on the pedal, press sufficiently on the clutch pedal switch to seat it completely in its position.
Lock it by turning it an eighth of a turn.
Check that the fault has become stored
If the fault does not change from present to stored, replace the clutch pedal position sensor, component code
675 (see MR 408, Mechanical, 37A, Mechanical component controls, Clutch pedal position sensor:
Removal - Refitting), otherwise move on to part 1.

Part 1:
With the pedal fully depressed, check that status ET764 Clutch start of travel wire contact is ACTIVE.
If status ET764 is correct, move on to Part 2.

If status ET 405 is not correct: with the clutch pedal depressed, measure the resistance of the switch, component
code 675 between connections 145X and MJ or MK, the value must be between 0 Ω < X ≤ 1 Ω.
If the resistance is not correct, replace the clutch pedal position sensor, component code 675 (see MR 408,
Mechanical, 37A, Mechanical component controls, Clutch pedal position sensor: Removal - Refitting).
With the clutch pedal released, measure the resistance of the clutch pedal position sensor, component code
675 between connections 145X and MJ or MK, the value must be X > 10 Ω.
If the resistance is not correct, replace the clutch pedal position sensor, component code 675 (see MR 408,
Mechanical, 37A, Mechanical component controls, Clutch pedal position sensor: Removal - Refitting).
If the resistances are correct, move on to Part 2.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF1016
MR-410-X83-13B200$104.mif
V5
13B-179
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF1016
CONTINUED

Part 2:
Check the connector of the clutch pedal position sensor, component code 675 (see MR 408, Mechanical, 37A,
Mechanical component controls, Clutch pedal position sensor: Removal - Refitting).
If the connector is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical wiring,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connection:
– 145X between components 675 and 120,
– MJ or MK between the earth and component 675.
If the connection is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$104.mif
V5
13B-180
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF1017 COMPUTER
PRESENT 1.DEF: Plausibility
OR 2.DEF: Internal electronic fault
3.DEF: Internal electronic fault
STORED

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored fault:


Deal with the stored faults:
– Engine speed is restricted.
– The cruise control and speed limiter functions are deactivated.

NOTES
Special notes:
After this fault appears:
– The OBD and Level 1 warning lights are illuminated (2.DEF) or only the level 2
warning light (3. DEF).
– The engine speed is limited (2. DEF).
– The cruise control and speed limiter functions are unavailable (2.DEF).

1.DEF NOTES Do not replace the injection computer if the fault is stored.

Contact the Techline.

2.DEF
NOTES None
3.DEF

Contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF1017
MR-410-X83-13B200$104.mif
V5
13B-181
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF1018 COMPUTER
PRESENT 1.DEF: Internal electronic fault
OR
STORED

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored fault:


1.DEF: The fault is declared present after an engine start, or with the engine running.
– If the fault is present:
– The idle speed increases.
– The ESP is deactivated.
– The cruise control and speed limiter functions are deactivated.
– Particle filter regeneration is forbidden.
– The EGR valve is closed.
NOTES
– The damper valve is open.

Special notes:
After this fault appears:
– Reduction in engine performance.
– The cruise control and speed limiter functions are unavailable.
– The idle speed increases.

Contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF1018
MR-410-X83-13B200$104.mif
V5
13B-182
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF1020 ENGINE OIL DILUTION


PRESENT 1.DEF: Signal invalid
OR
STORED

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to a stored fault:


The fault is declared present after the ignition has been switched on.

Special notes:
NOTES After this fault appears:
– The level 1 warning light is illuminated.

Note:
– The oil is diluted due to a significant number of particle filter regenerations.

Carry out the following:


– change the oil,
– reset the trip computer display by the standard method
– clear the faults.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF1020
MR-410-X83-13B200$104.mif
V5
13B-183
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF1032 COMPUTER
PRESENT 1.DEF: Internal electronic fault
OR
STORED

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to a stored fault:


NOTES
The fault is declared present after the ignition has been switched on.

Contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF1032
MR-410-X83-13B200$104.mif
V5
13B-184
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF1058 INLET PRESSURE CONSISTENCY


PRESENT 1.DEF: Consistency between turbocharging pressure and atmospheric pressure.
OR
STORED

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to a stored fault:


The fault is declared present after the ignition has been switched on.
If the fault is present:
– Particle filter regeneration is forbidden.
– The EGR valve is closed.
– The damper valve is open.
– The cruise control and speed limiter functions are deactivated.
– The engine idle speed is increased.

NOTES
Special notes:
After this fault appears:
– The OBD warning light is lit.
– Reduction in engine performance.
– The cruise control and speed limiter functions are unavailable.
– The engine idle speed is increased.

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

For Trafic II without a particle filter*:

Check the fitting of the sensor and run TEST 1 Air path at turbocharger.

With the engine stopped, check the consistency between PR041 Turbocharging pressure and PR035
Atmospheric pressure of another vehicle. If the difference between these two values is greater than 75 mbar,
move on to part A, otherwise, check the PR035 of the vehicle with the PR035 of another vehicle. If the difference
in PR035 between these two vehicles is greater than 40 mbar: move on to part B.
If these checks are correct, contact the Techline.

* FAP: Particle filter

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF1058
MR-410-X83-13B200$104.mif
V5
13B-185
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF1058
CONTINUED 1

Part A:
Check the condition and connection of the turbocharging pressure sensor connector, component code 1071.
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120.
If the connector or connectors are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing
electrical wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check for + 5V on connection 3LQ and for an earth on connection 3LN of the turbocharger pressure sensor,
component code 1071.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance of the following connection:
– 3LP between components 1071 and 120.
– 3LQ between components 1071 and 120,
– 3LN between components 1071 and 120.
If the connection is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Replace the turbocharger pressure sensor, component code 1071 and consult the Replacement of
components section.Check that the fault has disappeared. If the fault is present again, move on to Part B.

Part B:
Contact the Techline

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$104.mif
V5
13B-186
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF1058
CONTINUED 2

For Trafic II with a particle filter*:

Check the fitting of the sensor and run TEST 1 Air path at turbocharger.

With the engine stopped, check the consistency between PR041 Turbocharging pressure and PR035
Atmospheric pressure of another vehicle. If the difference between these two values is greater than 75 mbar,
move on to part A, otherwise, check the PR035 of the vehicle with the PR035 of another vehicle. If the difference
in PR035 between these two vehicles is greater than 40 mbar: move on to part B.
If these checks are correct, contact the Techline.

Part A:
Check the connection and condition of the connector of the inlet manifold pressure sensor, component code
147 for Trafic II Phase 3 or of the turbocharger pressure sensor, component code 1071 for Trafic II Phase 2.
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120.
If the connector or connectors are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing
electrical wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

*FAP: Particle filter

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$104.mif
V5
13B-187
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF1058
CONTINUED 3

Check for + 5V on connection 3AJP or 3LQ and for an earth on connection 3AJR or 3LN of the pressure sensor,
component code 147.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance of the following connection:
– 3AJQ between components 147 and 120.
– 3AJP between components 147 and 120,
– 3AJR between components 147 and 120.
If the connection is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Replace the inlet manifold pressure sensor, component code 147 and consult the Replacement of
components section.Check that the fault has disappeared. If the fault is present again, move on to Part B.

Part B:
Contact the Techline

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$104.mif
V5
13B-188
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF1063 ELECTRONIC STABILITY PROGRAM MULTIPLEX CONNECTION


PRESENT 1.DEF: Invalid multiplex signals generated by computer.
OR 2.DEF: Invalid multiplex signals generated by computer.
STORED

Deal with the stored faults.


– The ESP is deactivated.

NOTES
Special notes:
After this fault appears:
– The ESP warning light is illuminated.

Carry out fault finding on the ABS/ESP (see 38C, Anti-lock braking system).
If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF1063
MR-410-X83-13B200$104.mif
V5
13B-189
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF1068 REFRIGER.* PRESSURE SENSOR VOLTAGE


PRESENT 1.DEF: Signal outside lower limit
OR 2.DEF: Signal outside upper limit
STORED

Processing priority in the event of a number of faults:


First deal with fault DF012 Sensor supply voltage no. 2 if the fault is present
or stored.

NOTES Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to a stored fault:
Apply the fault finding procedure below, whether the fault is present or stored.

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

Check the connection and condition of the refrigerant pressure sensor connector, component code 1202.
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120.
If the connectors are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical
wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

With the ignition on, check for + 5 V on connection 38Y and an earth on connection 38U of the refrigerant
pressure sensor, component code 1202.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

REFRIGER.*: REFRIGERANT.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF1068
MR-410-X83-13B200$104.mif
V5
13B-190
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF1068
CONTINUED

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connections:
– 38Y between components 1202 and 120,
– 38X between components 1202 and 120,
– 38U between components 1202 and 120.

If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, replace the refrigerant sensor, component code 1202 (see MR 408, Mechanical, 62A,
Air conditioning, Air conditioning: List and location of components), (see MR 408, Mechanical, 62A, Air
conditioning, Precautions for repair), and (see MR 408, Mechanical, Air conditioning, Parts and
consumables for repair)

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$104.mif
V5
13B-191
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF1167 RICHNESS RATIO SENSOR CIRCUIT


PRESENT 1.DEF: Voltage outside permitted range of values
OR
STORED

Conditions for application to a stored fault:


Deal with the stored fault.
NOTES

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

Check the connection and condition of the richness ratio sensor connector, component code 1587.
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120.
If the connectors are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical
wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the continuity and the insulation of the following connections:


– 3AAU between component 1587 and 120.
– 37X between components 1587 and 1834.
– 3AAV between components 1587 and 120.
– 3AAW between components 1587 and 120.
– 3AAT between components 1587 and 120.
– 3AAS between components 1587 and 120.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Measure the resistance of the richness ratio sensor, component code 1587 between connections 3AAU and
3AAW.
If the resistance displayed is not between 10 Ω ≤ X ≤ 1000 Ω, replace the richness ratio sensor (see MR 408,
Mechanical, 13B, Diesel injection, Oxygen sensor: Removal - Refitting).

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF1167
MR-410-X83-13B200$104.mif
V5
13B-192
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF1168 RICHNESS RATIO SENSOR HEATING CIRCUIT


PRESENT CO: Open circuit
OR CC.0: Short circuit to earth.
CC.1: Short circuit to + 12 V
STORED

Conditions for application to a stored fault:


Deal with the stored fault.
NOTES

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

Check fuse F2 (15A), if it is not correct: replace the fuse, and perform the checks below.

Check the connection and condition of the richness ratio sensor connector, component code 1587.
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120.
If the connectors are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical
wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the continuity and the insulation of the following connections:


– 3AAU between component 1587 and 120.
– 37X between components 1587 and 1834.
– 3AAV between components 1587 and 120.
– 3AAW between components 1587 and 120.
– 3AAT between components 1587 and 120.
– 3AAS between components 1587 and 120.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Measure the resistance of the richness ratio sensor, component code 1587 between connections 3AAU
and 37X.
If the resistance displayed is not between 1 Ω ≤ X ≤ 20 Ω, replace the richness ratio sensor (see MR 408,
Mechanical, 13B, Diesel injection, Oxygen sensor: Removal - Refitting).

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF1168
MR-410-X83-13B200$104.mif
V5
13B-193
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF1169 RICHNESS RATIO SENSOR CIRCUIT


PRESENT CO: Open circuit
OR
STORED

Conditions for application to a stored fault:


Deal with the stored fault.
NOTES

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

Check the connection and condition of the richness ratio sensor connector, component code 1587.
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120.
If the connectors are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical
wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the continuity and the insulation of the following connections:


– 3AAU between component 1587 and 120.
– 37X between components 1587 and 1834.
– 3AAV between components 1587 and 120.
– 3AAW between components 1587 and 120.
– 3AAT between components 1587 and 120.
– 3AAS between components 1587 and 120.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Measure the resistance of the richness ratio sensor, component code 1587 between connections 3AAU and
3AAW.
If the resistance displayed is not between 10 Ω ≤ X ≤ 1000 Ω, replace the richness ratio sensor (see MR 408,
Mechanical, 13B, Diesel injection, Oxygen sensor: Removal - Refitting).

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF1169
MR-410-X83-13B200$104.mif
V5
13B-194
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF1170 RICHNESS RATIO SENSOR CIRCUIT


PRESENT CC.0: Short circuit to earth.
OR CC.1: Short circuit to + 12 V
STORED

Conditions for application to a stored fault:


Deal with the stored fault.
NOTES

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

Check the connection and condition of the richness ratio sensor connector, component code 1587.
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120.
If the connectors are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical
wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the continuity and the insulation of the following connections:


– 3AAU between component 1587 and 120.
– 37X between components 1587 and 1834.
– 3AAV between components 1587 and 120.
– 3AAW between components 1587 and 120.
– 3AAT between components 1587 and 120.
– 3AAS between components 1587 and 120.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Measure the resistance of the richness ratio sensor, component code 1587 between connections 3AAU and
3AAW.
If the resistance displayed is not between 10 Ω ≤ X ≤ 1000 Ω, replace the richness ratio sensor (see MR 408,
Mechanical, 13B, Diesel injection, Oxygen sensor: Removal - Refitting).

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF1170
MR-410-X83-13B200$104.mif
V5
13B-195
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF1195 PARTICLE FILTER RELATIVE PRESSURE SENS.* CIRCUIT


PRESENT 1.DEF: Signal outside lower limit.
OR 2.DEF: Signal outside upper limit.
STORED

Processing priority in the event of a number of faults:


First deal with the fault DF012 Sensor supply voltage no. 2 if the fault is present
or stored.

Conditions for application to a stored fault:


The fault is declared present after the ignition has been switched on.
If the fault is present:
– Particle filter regeneration is forbidden.
– The EGR valve is closed.
NOTES – The damper valve is open.

Special notes:
After this fault appears:
– The OBD and Level 1 warning lights are illuminated.
– Reduction in engine performance.

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

Check the connection and condition of the connector of the particle filter relative pressure sensor,
component code 1989.
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120.
If the connectors are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical
wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check for the supply (+ 5 V) on connection 3AAQ of component 1989, and for earth on connection 3TM of
component 1989. If the supply and the earth are present, move on to Part 2, otherwise move on to Part 1.

sens*: sensor

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF1195
MR-410-X83-13B200$104.mif
V5
13B-196
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF1195
CONTINUED

Part 1:
Check the continuity, insulation and the absence of interference resistance on the following connections:
– 3AAQ between components 1989 and 120,
– 3TM between components 1989 and 120.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Part 2:
Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance of the following connections:
3TL between components 1989 and 120,
If the connection is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Replace the particle filter relative pressure sensor, component code 1989 (see MR 408, Mechanical, 19B,
Exhaust, Particle filter pressure sensor: Removal - Refitting) and consult the Replacement of components
section.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$104.mif
V5
13B-197
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF1196 PARTICLE FILTER RELATIVE PRESSURE SENSOR


PRESENT 1.DEF: Signal invalid
OR 2.DEF: Data inconsistency
STORED

Conditions for application to a stored fault:


Deal with stored fault 2.DEF.
Deal with fault 1.DEF if, after switching on the ignition, 1.DEF is declared present.
If the fault is present:
– Particle filter regeneration is forbidden.
– The EGR valve is closed
– The damper valve is open.

NOTES
Special notes:
After this fault appears:
– The OBD and Level 1 warning lights are illuminated.
– Reduction in engine performance.

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

Visually inspect the condition of the pressure pipes of the relative pressure sensor, component code 1989.
Check that they are sealed and in the correct position.

Check the connection and condition of the connector of the particle filter pressure sensor, component
code 1989.
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120.
If the connectors are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical
wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF1196
MR-410-X83-13B200$104.mif
V5
13B-198
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF1196
CONTINUED

Check the continuity, insulation and the absence of interference resistance on the following connections:
– 3AAQ between components 1989 and 120,
– 3TL between components 1989 and 120,
– 3TM between components 1989 and 120.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Check that the pressure take-off pipe is not clogged.


Connect a pressure gauge (fitted with a manual pump) to the sensor.
Vary the pressure between 0 and 1000 mbar and check that the value of parameter PR414 Particle filter diff*
pressure is nearly identical.

If the pressure is different: replace the relative pressure sensor, component code 1989 (see MR 408,
Mechanical, 19B, Exhaust, Particle filter pressure sensor: Removal - Refitting) and consult the Replacement
of components section.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline

diff*: differential

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$104.mif
V5
13B-199
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF1237 EGR VALVE CONTROL CIRCUIT


PRESENT 1.DEF: Fault detected.
OR 2.DEF: Operating temperature too high.
STORED

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to a stored fault:


The fault is declared present after the ignition has been switched on.
If the fault is present:
– The EGR valve is closed.
– The damper valve is open.

NOTES Special notes:


After this fault appears:
– The OBD warning light is lit.
– Reduction in engine performance.

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

Check the connection and condition of the exhaust gas recirculation solenoid valve connector, component
code 1460 or 169.
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120.
If the connectors are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical
wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check that the value of parameter PR064 COOLANT TEMPERATURE is greater than 70˚C.
Run command AC036 EGR valve and use the test light to check for + 12 V on connection 3VP and for earth on
connection 3VQ.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF1237
MR-410-X83-13B200$104.mif
V5
13B-200
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF1237
CONTINUED

Check the insulation, continuity and absence of interference resistance for the following connections:
– 3VP between components 1460 or 169 and 120,
– 3VQ between components 1460 or 169 and 120.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

In the fault is still present, replace the exhaust gas recirculation solenoid valve, component code 1460 (see MR
408, Mechanical, 14A, Emission control, Exhaust gas recirculation solenoid valve: Removal - Refitting) and
consult the Replacement of components section.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$104.mif
V5
13B-201
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF1252 PARTICLE FILTER INJECTOR SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT


PRESENT CO: Open circuit
OR CC.0: Short circuit to earth.
CC.1: Short circuit to + 12 V
STORED

Conditions for application to a stored fault:


The fault is declared present after the ignition has been switched on after running
command AC267 Particle filter injector solenoid valve.
If the fault is present:
– Particle filter regeneration is forbidden.
– Control of actuators is forbidden.
– The EGR valve is closed.
– The damper valve is open.
– Injector activation commands inhibited.
NOTES

Special notes:
After this fault appears:
– The OBD and Level 1 warning lights are illuminated.
– Reduction in engine performance.

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

Run command AC267 Particle filter injector solenoid valve and use the test light to check for + 12 V on
connection 37X and for earth on connection 3KZA of the particle filter injector solenoid valve, component
code 1890.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
If the supply is correct, move on to the Part: Resistance check.

Check the connection and condition of the particle filter injector solenoid valve connector, component
code 1890.
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120.
If the connectors are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical
wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF1252
MR-410-X83-13B200$104.mif
V5
13B-202
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF1252
CONTINUED

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance of the following connections:
– 37X between components 1890 and 1834,
– 3KZA between components 1890 and 120.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Part: Resistance check:


Measure the resistance of the particle filter injector solenoid valve, component code 1890 between
connections 37X and 3KZA.
If the resistance is not between 19 Ω < X < 29 Ω, replace the particle filter injector solenoid valve, component
code 1890 and consult the Replacement of components section.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$104.mif
V5
13B-203
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF1263 RICHNESS RATIO SENSOR CIRCUIT


PRESENT CO: Open circuit
OR
STORED

Conditions for application to a stored fault:


Deal with the stored fault.
NOTES

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

Check the connection and condition of the richness ratio sensor connector, component code 1587.
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120.
If the connectors are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical
wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the continuity and the insulation of the following connections:


– 3AAU between component 1587 and 120,
– 37X between components 1587 and 1834,
– 3AAV between components 1587 and 120,
– 3AAW between components 1587 and 120,
– 3AAT between components 1587 and 120,
– 3AAS between components 1587 and 120.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Measure the resistance of the richness ratio sensor, component code 1587 between connections 3AAU and
3AAW.
If the displayed resistance is not between 10 Ω ≤ X ≤ 1000 Ω, replace the richness ratio sensor.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF1263
MR-410-X83-13B200$104.mif
V5
13B-204
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF1264 RICHNESS RATIO SENSOR CIRCUIT


PRESENT CO: Open circuit
OR
STORED

Conditions for application to a stored fault:


Deal with the stored fault.
NOTES

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

Check the connection and condition of the richness ratio sensor connector, component code 1587.
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120.
If the connectors are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical
wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the continuity and the insulation of the following connections:


– 3AAU between component 1587 and 120,
– 37X between components 1587 and 1834,
– 3AAV between components 1587 and 120,
– 3AAW between components 1587 and 120,
– 3AAT between components 1587 and 120,
– 3AAS between components 1587 and 120.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Measure the resistance of the richness ratio sensor, component code 1587 between connections 3AAU and
3AAW.
If the displayed resistance is not between 10 Ω ≤ X ≤ 1000 Ω, replace the richness ratio sensor.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF1264
MR-410-X83-13B200$104.mif
V5
13B-205
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults

DF1331 ALTERNATOR DF TERMINAL


PRESENT 1.DEF: Signal outside lower limit
OR
STORED

Conditions for application to a stored fault:


The fault is declared present after an engine start, or with the engine running.
NOTES

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

Check the connection and condition of the alternator connector, component code 103.
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120.
If the connector is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical wiring,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connection:
– 2K between components 103 and 120.
If the connection is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Replace the alternator, component code 103 (see MR 408, Mechanical, 16A, Starting - Charging, Alternator:
Removal - Refitting)

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.


AFTER REPAIR Clear the computer fault memory.
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_DF1331
MR-410-X83-13B200$104.mif
V5
13B-206
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Conformity check

The global conformity check for the functions and sub-functions of this system is no longer interpreted in the
conformity check. Instead, all information available in the functions and sub-functions can be found in the following
sections:

For the STATUSES, consult INTERPRETATION OF STATUSES.

For the PARAMETERS, consult INTERPRETATION OF PARAMETERS.

For the COMMANDS, consult INTERPRETATION OF COMMANDS.

EDC17C11_V04_CCONF
MR-410-X83-13B200$110.mif
V5
13B-207
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Status summary table

Tool status Diagnostic tool title

ET001 Computer + After ignition

ET018 Air conditioning request

ET023 Fast idle speed request

ET038 Engine
ET041 Gear

ET042 Cruise control/Speed limiter

ET043 Cruise control

ET062 Flywheel signal

ET077 Impact detected

ET079 Air conditioning present


ET115 Preheating warning light

ET116 Climate control authorisation

ET122 Brake switch no. 1 signal

ET123 Brake switch no. 2 signal

ET160 Preheating relay control


ET205 Thermoplunger No. 1 relay control

ET206 Thermoplunger No. 2 relay control

ET207 Thermoplunger No. 3 relay control

ET282 Camshaft signal

ET336 EGR function programming

ET413 Cruise control/speed limiter function


ET521 Low fuel level signal

ET556 Driver's deactivation of the cruise control - speed limiter

ET587 Cooling of recirculated exhaust gas

MR-410-X83-13B200$120.mif
V5
13B-208
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Status summary table

Tool status Diagnostic tool title

ET649 Water in diesel fuel detector

ET673 Jammed accelerator pedal detected

ET703 Cruise control/speed limiter buttons

ET726 Engage reverse gear


ET727 Cruise control - speed limiter connection after cruise control button pressed

ET728 Cruise control - speed limiter connection after speed limiter button pressed

ET732 Electronic or manual parking brake

ET753 Cruise control signal monitoring

ET754 Cruise control/speed limiter signal monitoring

ET755 Manual gearbox gear lever neutral


ET756 Automatic transmission in defect mode

ET759 Braking multiplex signal detected

ET760 First starting

ET763 Cruise control operational safety

ET764 Clutch start of travel wire contact


ET767 Vehicle speed unit

ET774 Turbocharger regulation

ET775 Camshaft TDC* synchronisation

TDC*: Top Dead Centre

MR-410-X83-13B200$120.mif
V5
13B-209
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Status summary table

Tool status Diagnostic tool title

ET785 Clutch signal unavailable

ET786 No clutch signal

ET787 Brake signal unavailable

ET788 No brake signal


ET789 Deceleration without depressing brake pedal

ET790 Sudden deceleration without depressing brake pedal

ET791 Cruise control inhibition by injection

ET792 Speed limiter inhibition by injection

ET793 Real veh.** speed sig.* unavailable

ET794 Displayed veh.** speed sig.* unavailable


ET795 Real vehicle speed sig.*** absent

ET796 Displayed vehicle speed sig.*** absent

ET797 Vehicle speed unit change

ET800 Fast idle function

ET807 Traction control - anti-yaw in regulation


ET808 Parking brake

ET813 Low speed fan assembly request by injection

ET814 High speed fan assembly request by injection

ET815 Low speed fan assembly request by air conditioning

ET816 High speed fan assembly request by air conditioning

ET817 Low speed fan assembly request by automatic gearbox


ET818 High speed fan assembly request by automatic gearbox

ET819 Low speed fan assembly final request

TDC*: Top Dead Centre


veh.**: vehicle
Sig.***: signal

MR-410-X83-13B200$120.mif
V5
13B-210
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Status summary table

Tool status Diagnostic tool title

ET820 High speed fan assembly final request

ET826 Exhaust injector solenoid valve control

ET827 Damper valve 1st opening programmed

ET828 Damper valve 1st closing programmed


ET831 Injection protection

ET832 Cruise control/speed limiter connection authorisation

ET834 Cruise control system inhibition by injection

ET835 Speed limiter system inhibition by injection

ET838 Combustion mode setpoint

ET839 Combustion mode

MR-410-X83-13B200$120.mif
V5
13B-211
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses

AIR CONDITIONING REQUEST


ET018

NOT DETECTED: This status indicates that the air conditioning is not requested.
STATUS DEFINITION
DETECTED: This status indicates that the air conditioning is requested.

NOT DETECTED Status ET018 is NOT DETECTED when the air conditioning is not requested.

DETECTED Status ET018 is DETECTED when the air conditioning is requested.

Deal with any faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ET018
MR-410-X83-13B200$130.mif
V5
13B-212
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses

FAST IDLE SPEED REQUEST


ET023

ACTIVE: The status indicates that the fast idle speed request is activated.
STATUS DEFINITION
INACTIVE: The status indicates that the fast idle speed request is not activated.

Special notes:
The idle speed setpoint is dependent on:
– the coolant temperature,
– the emission control programs,
NOTES
– air conditioning requirements,
– the electrical consumers,
– battery voltage.
– the gear engaged.

Conformity check: Engine stopped and the ignition on, or the engine running and the engine coolant
temperature > 80˚C

ACTIVE NOTES With the ignition on.

Status is ACTIVE when there is an engine load:


● inconsistency between the positions of the brake and accelerator pedals,
● coolant temperature < 80˚C or > 89˚C,
● air conditioning is activated,
● with electrical consumers,
● the battery voltage is incorrect.

Deal with any faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ET023
MR-410-X83-13B200$130.mif
V5
13B-213
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses

ET023
CONTINUED

INACTIVE NOTES With the ignition on.

Status is INACTIVE when there is no engine load:


● coolant temperature = 80˚C,
● heating and air conditioning system deactivated,
● without electrical consumers,
● the battery voltage is correct.

Deal with any faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$130.mif
V5
13B-214
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses

ENGINE
ET038

STOPPED: This status indicates that the engine ignition is on without the starter
engaged.
STATUS DEFINITION STALLED: This status indicates that the engine has stalled.
RUNNING: This status indicates that the engine has started.
STARTING: This status indicates that the engine is in starting phase.

STOPPED Status ET038 is Stopped if the engine ignition is on without the starter engaged.

Status ET038 is Stalled if the engine has stalled. The vehicle is still under + after ignition
STALLED
feed.

RUNNING Status ET038 is Running if the engine has started.

STARTING Status ET038 is Starting when the engine is in starting phase.

Deal with any faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ET038
MR-410-X83-13B200$130.mif
V5
13B-215
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses

GEAR
ET041

REVERSE: This status indicates the gear engaged.


DECLUTCHED: This status indicates the gear engaged.
1: This status indicates the gear engaged.
2: This status indicates the gear engaged.
STATUS DEFINITION
3: This status indicates the gear engaged.
4: This status indicates the gear engaged.
5: This status indicates the gear engaged.
6: This status indicates the gear engaged.

REVERSE Status ET041 is Reverse when the gear engaged is reverse gear.

DECLUTCHED status ET041 is Declutched when the clutch is disengaged.

1 Status ET041 is 1 when the gear engaged is first gear.

2 Status ET041 is 2 when the gear engaged is second gear.

3 Status ET041 is 3 when the gear engaged is third gear.

4 Status ET041 is 4 when the gear engaged is fourth gear.

5 Status ET041 is 5 when the gear engaged is fifth gear.

6 Status ET041 is 6 when the gear engaged is sixth gear.

Deal with any faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ET041
MR-410-X83-13B200$130.mif
V5
13B-216
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses

CRUISE CONTROL/SPEED LIMITER


ET042

INCONSISTENT: This status indicates that the cruise control or speed limiter function
is not present on the vehicle.
INACTIVE: This status indicates that the cruise control/speed limiter main On/Off switch
is in the rest (or neutral) position.
STATUS DEFINITION
LIMITER: This status indicates that the driver has used the main switch to select the
speed limiter.
CRUISE CONTROL: This status indicates that the driver has used the main switch to
select the cruise control.

NOTES See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

If the vehicle is not fitted with cruise control/speed limiter function buttons, status ET042
is permanently INCONSISTENT. This confirms that the cruise control/speed limiter
function is not present on the vehicle.

If the vehicle is fitted with cruise control/speed limiter function buttons and the main
switch is in the rest position (or neutral), and following programming/reprogramming of
the injection computer, then status ET042 is INCONSISTENT.
To activate the cruise control or speed limiter function, press the main switch in the cruise
control position and then in the speed limiter position.
INCONSISTENCY Return to rest position.
The tool displays status ET042: INACTIVE.
If not, several steps must be checked:
1. Return to the multiplex network test page on the Clip application. Repeat the
multiplex network test. Re-establish dialogue with the injection computer. Check
status ET042. If ET042 is INACTIVE, the injection computer has detected the
various positions of the main switch. The cruise control/speed limiter is active.
2. If status ET042 is still INCONSISTENT, check that the vehicle's owner has not had
the cruise control/speed limiter function disabled in the past.
If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ET042
MR-410-X83-13B200$130.mif
V5
13B-217
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses

ET042
CONTINUED 1

When the main button is in the rest position (or neutral), status ET042 Cruise control/
speed limiter is INACTIVE.

If CRUISE CONTROL or SPEED LIMITER appears despite the main switch being in the
rest (or neutral) position, carry out the following operations:

Check the connections of the cruise control speed limiter on - off control, component
code 1081.
If the connector is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A,
Repairing electrical wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector,
otherwise replace the wiring.

Check for + 12 V after ignition feed on connection AP3 of component 1081.

INACTIVE Disconnect the connector of the cruise control speed limiter on - off control,
component code 1081 and with the switch in the rest position, check the insulation
between the following connections:
– AP3 and 3FX of component 1081,
– AP3 and 3PD of component 1081.

Check on the connector of the cruise control speed limiter on - off control the
continuity between connections AP3 and 3PD of component 1081, in the speed limiter
position.

Check on the connector of the cruise control speed limiter on - off control the
continuity between connections AP3 and 3FX of component 1081, in the cruise control
position.

If the checks are incorrect, replace the switch, component code 1081.

Deal with any faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$130.mif
V5
13B-218
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses

ET042
CONTINUED 2

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the
following connections:
– 3FX between components 1081 and 120,
– 3PD between components 1081 and 120.

If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see
INACTIVE Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair),
CONTINUED repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Also check the engine management computer connections, component code 120.

If the connector or connectors are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical
Note 6015A, Repairing electrical wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the
connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Deal with any faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$130.mif
V5
13B-219
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses

ET042
CONTINUED 3

When the driver presses the speed limiter switch, status ET042 Cruise control - speed
limiter becomes SPEED LIMITER.
If CRUISE CONTROL or INACTIVE appears although the switch was pressed in the
speed limiter position, carry out the following operations:

Check the connections of the cruise control speed limiter on - off control, component
code 1081.
If the connector is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A,
Repairing electrical wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector,
otherwise replace the wiring.

Check for + 12 V after ignition feed on connection AP3 of component 1081.

SPEED LIMITER Disconnect the connector of the cruise control - speed limiter on-off control,
component code 1081 and with it in the rest position, check the insulation between
connections AP3 and 3FX of component 1081 and between connections AP3 and 3PD
of component 1081.

Check on the cruise control / speed limiter on-off control connector, component
code 1081, the continuity between connections AP3 and 3FX of component 1081 and
between connections 3PD of component 1081, in the limiter position.

Check on the cruise control / speed limiter on-off control connector, component
code 1081, the continuity between connections AP3 and 3FX of component 1081 and
between connections AP3 and 3PD of component 1081, in the cruise control position.

If the checks are incorrect, replace the switch, component code 1081.

Deal with any faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$130.mif
V5
13B-220
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses

ET042
CONTINUED 4

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the
following connections:
– 3FX between components 1081 and 120,
– 3PD between components 1081 and 120.

If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see
SPEED LIMITER Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair),
CONTINUED repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Also check the engine management computer connections, component code 120.

If the connector or connectors are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical
Note 6015A, Repairing electrical wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the
connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Deal with any faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$130.mif
V5
13B-221
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses

ET042
CONTINUED 5

When the driver presses the cruise control switch, status ET042 Cruise control/speed
limiter becomes CRUISE CONTROL.

If CRUISE CONTROL or INACTIVE appears although the switch was pressed in the
speed limiter position, carry out the following operations:

Check the connections of the cruise control speed limiter on - off control, component
code 1081.

If the connector is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A,
Repairing electrical wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector,
otherwise replace the wiring.

Check for + 12 V after ignition feed on connection AP3 of component 1081.


CRUISE CONTROL
Disconnect the cruise control - speed limiter on/off control connector, component
code 1081 and with it in the rest position, check the insulation between the connections:
– AP3 and 3FX of component 1081,
– AP3 and 3PD of component 1081.

Check on the cruise control - speed limiter on/off control connector component code
1081, the continuity between connections AP3 and 3PD of component 1081, in the
speed limiter position.

Check on the cruise control - speed limiter on/off control connector, component
code 1081, the continuity between connections AP3 and 3FX of component 1081, in the
cruise control position.

If the checks are incorrect, replace the switch, component code 1081

Deal with any faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$130.mif
V5
13B-222
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses

ET042
CONTINUED 6

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the
following connections:
– 3FX between components 1081 and 120,
– 3PD between components 1081 and 120.

If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see
CRUISE CONTROL Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair),
CONTINUED repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Also check the engine management computer connections, component code 120.

If the connector or connectors are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical
Note 6015A, Repairing electrical wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the
connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Deal with any faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$130.mif
V5
13B-223
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses

CRUISE CONTROL
ET043

INCONSISTENCY: This status indicates that the vehicle speed / setpoint speed ratio is
STATUS DEFINITION too low.
CORRECT: This status indicates that the vehicle speed / setpoint speed ratio is correct.

Conformity check: Engine stopped and the ignition on, or the engine running and the engine coolant
temperature > 80˚C

INCONSISTENCY This indicates that the vehicle speed / setpoint speed ratio is too low.

CORRECT This indicates that the vehicle speed / setpoint speed ratio is correct.

Deal with any faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ET043
MR-410-X83-13B200$130.mif
V5
13B-224
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses

IMPACT DETECTED
ET077

NO: This status indicates that the airbag computer has not detected an impact.
STATUS DEFINITION
YES: This status indicates that the airbag computer has detected an impact.

NOTES This signal is transmitted by the airbag computer via the multiplex network.

Conformity check: Engine stopped and ignition on, or engine running, and engine coolant temperature
> 80˚C

The status is usually NO as no impact has been detected.


"NO"
Otherwise, check the airbag computer (see 88C, Airbags and pretensioners).

If YES an impact must be present.


Check the airbag computer (see 88C, Airbag and pretensioners).
"YES"
In all cases, clear the faults in the injection computer memory.

Deal with any faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ET077
MR-410-X83-13B200$130.mif
V5
13B-225
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses

AIR CONDITIONING AUTHORISATION


ET116

NOT COMPLETED: This status indicates that the air conditioning is not requested.
STATUS DEFINITION
COMPLETED: This status indicates that the air conditioning is requested.

NOT COMPLETED Status ET116 is NOT COMPLETED when the air conditioning is not requested.

COMPLETED Status ET116 is COMPLETED when the air conditioning is requested.

Deal with any faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ET116
MR-410-X83-13B200$130.mif
V5
13B-226
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses

BRAKE CONTACT SIGNAL NO. 1


ET122

ACTIVE: This status indicates that the brake pedal is activated.


STATUS DEFINITION
INACTIVE: This status indicates that the brake pedal is not activated.

ACTIVE Status ET122 is ACTIVE when the brake pedal is activated.

INACTIVE Status ET122 is INACTIVE when the brake pedal is not activated.

Deal with any faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ET122
MR-410-X83-13B200$130.mif
V5
13B-227
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses

BRAKE CONTACT NO. 2 SIGNAL


ET123

ACTIVE: This status indicates that the brake wire contact is activated.
STATUS DEFINITION
INACTIVE: This status indicates that the brake wire contact is not activated.

Conformity check: Engine stopped, ignition on or engine running.

ACTIVE This means that the brake wire contact is activated.

INACTIVE This means that the brake wire contact is not activated.

Deal with any faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ET123
MR-410-X83-13B200$130.mif
V5
13B-228
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses

PREHEATING RELAY CONTROL


ET160

ACTIVE: This status indicates that the preheating relay control is active.
STATUS DEFINITION
DEACTIVATED: This status indicates that the preheating relay control is not active.

Conformity check: Engine stopped and the ignition on, or the engine running and the engine coolant
temperature > 80˚C

The status is ACTIVE as soon as the ignition is switched on until the end of pre-
postheating.
The preheating duration varies according to:
– The engine coolant temperature,
ACTIVE
– The atmospheric pressure,
– The battery voltage.
If the status is inconsistent, consult the interpretation of fault DF025 Preheating unit
fault finding connection.

The status is DEACTIVATED when the engine is started and the engine coolant
temperature is greater than 80˚C.
DEACTIVATED
If the status is inconsistent, consult the interpretation of fault DF025.

Deal with any faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ET160
MR-410-X83-13B200$130.mif
V5
13B-229
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses

THERMOPLUNGER 1 RELAY CONTROL


ET205
THERMOPLUNGER 2 RELAY CONTROL
ET206
THERMOPLUNGER 3 RELAY CONTROL
ET207

ACTIVE: This status indicates that the thermoplunger is supplied.


STATUS DEFINITION
DEACTIVATED: This status indicates that the thermoplunger is not supplied.

Statuses ET205, ET206 and ET207 are DEACTIVATED with the ignition on and the
DEACTIVATED
engine stopped, or when the engine is warm.

Statuses ET205, ET206 and ET207 are ACTIVE when the engine is started, the engine
coolant temperature is low (< 15˚C) and the air temperature is low (< 5˚).
This program allows the engine coolant to be heated to enable the passenger
compartment to be heated.
The thermoplungers also act both to load the engine to improve regeneration of the
particle filter.
To control the operation of the thermoplunger relays, run the following commands:
ACTIVE AC063 Thermoplunger no. 1 relay.
AC064 Thermoplunger no. 2 relay.
AC031 Thermoplunger no. 3 relay.

In the event of a fault, refer to the interpretation of faults:


DF032 Thermoplunger 1 relay control circuit.
DF033 Thermoplunger 2 relay control circuit.
DF034 Thermoplunger 3 relay control circuit.

Deal with any faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ET205 / EDC17C11_V04_ET206 / EDC17C11_V04_ET207


MR-410-X83-13B200$130.mif
V5
13B-230
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses

EGR FUNCTION PROGRAMMING


ET336

COMPLETED: This status indicates that the EGR function programming was
completed.
STATUS DEFINITION
NOT COMPLETED: This status indicates that the EGR function programming was not
completed.

Conformity check: Engine stopped, ignition on or engine running.

COMPLETED This means that the EGR function programming was completed.

NOT COMPLETED This means that the EGR function programming was not completed.

Deal with any faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ET336
MR-410-X83-13B200$130.mif
V5
13B-231
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses

CRUISE CONTROL/SPEED LIMITER


ET413

STATUS DEFINITION This status indicates the operating mode for the cruise control and speed limiter system.

Conformity check: Engine stopped, ignition on or engine running.

OFF This means that the cruise control / speed limiter functions are deactivated.

SPEED LIMITER ON This means that the speed limiter function is activated.

SPEED LIMITER
This means that the speed limiter function has been suspended.
SUSPENDED

SPEED LIMITER
This means that the speed limiter function is unavailable.
INHIBITED

CRUISE CONTROL
This means that the cruise control function is activated.
ON

CRUISE CONTROL
This means that the cruise control function has been suspended.
SUSPENDED

CRUISE CONTROL
This means that the cruise control function is unavailable.
INHIBITED

CRUISE CONTROL/
SPEED LIMITER This means that the cruise control / speed limiter functions are not configured as present.
ABSENT

Deal with any faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ET413
MR-410-X83-13B200$130.mif
V5
13B-232
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses

DRIVER'S DEACTIVATION OF THE CRUISE CONTROL/SPEED


LIMITER
ET556

This status reacts according to the driver's actions on the cruise control and speed
STATUS DEFINITION
limiter system.

Conformity check: Engine stopped, ignition on or engine running.

This indicates that there was no action that deactivated the cruise control and speed
NONE
limiter system.

This indicates that the cruise control button or the speed limiter button was activated and
STATUS 1
this has deactivated the cruise control and speed limiter function.

This indicates that the suspend button was activated and this has deactivated the cruise
STATUS 2
control and speed limiter function.

This indicates that the brake pedal was activated and this has deactivated the cruise
STATUS 3
control function.

This indicates that the clutch pedal was activated and this has deactivated the cruise
STATUS 4
control function.

This indicates that the gear lever was moved to neutral or to the neutral position,
STATUS 5
depending on the type of gearbox, and this has deactivated the cruise control function.

Deal with any faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ET556
MR-410-X83-13B200$130.mif
V5
13B-233
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses

COOLING OF RECIRCULATED EXHAUST GAS


ET587

ACTIVE: This status indicates that the cooling of recirculated exhaust gas is activated.
STATUS DEFINITION INACTIVE: This status indicates that the cooling of recirculated exhaust gas is not
activated.

Conformity check: Engine stopped and the ignition on, or the engine running and the engine coolant
temperature > 80˚C.

ACTIVE This indicates that the cooling of recycled exhaust gas is activated.

INACTIVE This indicates that the cooling of recycled exhaust gas is not activated.

Deal with any faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ET587
MR-410-X83-13B200$130.mif
V5
13B-234
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses

CRUISE CONTROL/SPEED LIMITER BUTTONS


ET703

INACTIVE: This status indicates that no button has been pressed.


INCREASE: This status indicates that the increase button is pressed.
DECREASE: This status indicates that the decrease button is pressed.
SUSPEND: This status indicates that the 0 is pressed.
STATUS DEFINITION
RESUME: This status indicates that the R button is pressed.
CO.1: This status indicates an open circuit or short circuit to + 12V.
INVALID: This status indicates that the voltages are outside the permitted tolerance
values.

NOTES See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

Conformity check: Engine stopped and the ignition on, or the engine running and the engine coolant
temperature > 80˚C without electrical consumers.

Status ET703 becomes INACTIVE when none of the cruise control/speed limiter buttons
are pressed. These buttons are located on the steering wheel.

If status ET703 does not display INACTIVE,


INACTIVE ● check the condition of the cruise control/speed limiter ± button and the condition of its
CO.1 connector.
INVALID ● check the condition of the cruise control/speed limiter "R/0" button and the condition
of its connector.

If status ET703 becomes CO.1 or INVALID: Consult the interpretation of PR135 Cruise
control / speed limiter buttons voltage.

Deal with any faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ET703
MR-410-X83-13B200$130.mif
V5
13B-235
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses

ET703
CONTINUED 1

Status ET703 becomes INCREASE when the cruise control/speed limiter + button is
pressed. This button is on the steering wheel, on the left-hand side.

If status ET703 does not display INCREASE, check the condition of the cruise control/
speed limiter ± button, and the condition of its connector. Repair if necessary.

To perform these checks and measurements in complete safety, observe the safety
recommendations for removing the driver's frontal airbag (see MR 408, Mechanical,
88C, Airbag and pretensioners, Driver's frontal airbag: Removal - Refitting).
INCREASE
Measure the resistance of the button between connections 86M and 86G of component
331 while pressing on the + button.

If the resistance is not approximately 300 Ω, check the continuity of the connection for
the button when the button is in the rest position.
If there is continuity, replace the "±" control button.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see
Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair),
repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Deal with any faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$130.mif
V5
13B-236
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses

ET703
CONTINUED 2

Status ET703 Cruise control - speed limiter buttons becomes DECREASE when the
"-" button of the cruise control - speed limiter is pressed. This button is on the steering
wheel, on the left-hand side.

If status ET703 does not display DECREASE, check the condition of the cruise control/
speed limiter ± button, and the condition of its connector. Repair if necessary.

To perform these checks and measurements in complete safety, observe the safety
recommendations for removing the driver's frontal airbag (see MR 408, Mechanical,
88C, Airbag and pretensioners, Driver's frontal airbag: Removal - Refitting).
DECREASE
Measure the resistance of the button between connections 86M and 86G of component
331 while pressing on the - button.

If the resistance is not approximately 100 Ω, check the continuity of the button when the
button is in the rest position.
If there is continuity, replace the ± control button.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see
Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair),
repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Deal with any faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$130.mif
V5
13B-237
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses

ET703
CONTINUED 3

Status ET703 becomes SUSPEND when the cruise control/speed limiter "0" button is
pressed. This button is located on the steering wheel, to the right.

If status ET703 does not become SUSPEND, check the status of the cruise control/
speed limiter R/0 button and the condition of its connector.

To perform these checks and measurements in complete safety, observe the safety
recommendations for removing the driver's frontal airbag (see MR 408, Mechanical,
88C, Airbag and pretensioners, Driver's frontal airbag: Removal - Refitting).
SUSPEND
Measure the resistance of the button between connections 86M and 86G of component
331 while pressing on the 0 button.

If the resistance is not approximately 0 Ω, replace the R/0 control button.


If there is continuity, replace the R/0 control button.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see
Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair),
repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Deal with any faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$130.mif
V5
13B-238
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses

ET703
CONTINUED 4

Status ET703 Cruise control - speed limiter buttons becomes RESUME when the R
button of the cruise control - speed limiter is pressed. This button is located on the
steering wheel, to the right.

If status ET703 does not become RESUME, check the condition of the cruise control/
speed limiter R/0 button and the condition of its connector.

To perform these checks and measurements in complete safety, observe the safety
recommendations for removing the driver's frontal airbag (see MR 408, Mechanical,
88C, Airbag and pretensioners, Driver's frontal airbag: Removal - Refitting).
RESUME
Measure the resistance of the button between connections 86M and 86G of component
331 while pressing on the R button.

If the resistance is not approximately 900 Ω, check the continuity of the connection
when the button is in the rest position.
If there is continuity, replace the R/0 control button.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see
Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair),
repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Deal with any faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$130.mif
V5
13B-239
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses

REVERSE GEAR ENGAGEMENT


ET726

YES: This status indicates that the reverse gear was engaged.
STATUS DEFINITION
NO: This status indicates that the reverse gear was not engaged.

Conformity check: Engine stopped and the ignition on, or the engine running and the engine coolant
temperature > 80˚C.

This indicates that reverse gear was engaged at the lever and this has deactivated the
YES
cruise control function.

NO This means that reverse gear was not engaged at the gear lever.

Deal with any faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ET726
MR-410-X83-13B200$130.mif
V5
13B-240
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses

CRUISE CONTROL - SPEED LIMITER CONNECTION AFTER


CRUISE CONTROL BUTTON PRESSED
ET727

DETECTED: This status indicates that a cruise control - speed limiter connection was
detected after the cruise control button was pressed.
STATUS DEFINITION
NOT DETECTED: This status indicates that a cruise control - speed limiter connection
was not detected after the cruise control button was pressed.

Conformity check: Engine stopped, ignition on or engine running.

This indicates that a cruise control - speed limiter connection was detected after the
DETECTED
cruise control button was pressed.

This indicates that a cruise control - speed limiter connection was not detected after the
NOT DETECTED
cruise control button was pressed.

Deal with any faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ET727
MR-410-X83-13B200$130.mif
V5
13B-241
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses

CRUISE CONTROL - SPEED LIMITER CONNECTION AFTER


SPEED LIMITER BUTTON PRESSED
ET728

DETECTED: This status indicates that a cruise control - speed limiter connection was
detected after the speed limiter button was pressed.
STATUS DEFINITION
NOT DETECTED: This status indicates that a cruise control - speed limiter connection
was not detected after the speed limiter button was pressed.

Conformity check: Engine stopped, ignition on or engine running.

This indicates that a cruise control - speed limiter connection was detected after the
DETECTED
speed limiter button was pressed.

This indicates that a cruise control - speed limiter connection was not detected after the
NOT DETECTED
speed limiter button was pressed.

Deal with any faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ET728
MR-410-X83-13B200$130.mif
V5
13B-242
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses

ELECTRONIC OR MANUAL PARKING BRAKE


ET732

RELEASED: This status indicates that the parking brake is released.


STATUS DEFINITION
APPLIED: This status indicates that the parking brake is applied.

Conformity check: Engine stopped, ignition on or engine running.

This indicates that the manual parking brake was used when the vehicle was being
driven with the cruise control function activated or that the manual parking brake position
APPLIED
contact is faulty.
This has deactivated the cruise control function.

This indicates that the manual parking brake was not used when the vehicle was being
RELEASED
driven with the cruise control function activated.

Deal with any faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ET732
MR-410-X83-13B200$130.mif
V5
13B-243
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses

MANUAL GEARBOX GEAR LEVER NEUTRAL


ET755

DETECTED: This status indicates that the neutral position of the manual gearbox gear
lever is detected.
STATUS DEFINITION
NOT DETECTED: This status indicates that the neutral position of the manual gearbox
gear lever is not detected.

Conformity check: Engine stopped, ignition on or engine running.

DETECTED This indicates that the neutral position of the manual gearbox gear lever is detected.

NOT DETECTED This indicates that the neutral position of the manual gearbox gear lever is not detected.

Deal with any faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ET755
MR-410-X83-13B200$130.mif
V5
13B-244
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION IN DEFECT MODE


ET756

DETECTED: This status indicates that the automatic gearbox in defect mode is
detected.
STATUS DEFINITION
NOT DETECTED: This status indicates that the automatic gearbox in defect mode is
not detected.

Conformity check: Engine stopped, ignition on or engine running.

Deal with the faults displayed on the diagnostic tool in the AUTOMATIC
DETECTED
TRANSMISSION domain.

NOT DETECTED This indicates that the operation of the automatic transmission is correct.

Deal with any faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ET756
MR-410-X83-13B200$130.mif
V5
13B-245
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses

FIRST STARTING
ET760

COMPLETED: This status indicates that the first start was completed.
STATUS DEFINITION
NOT COMPLETED: This status indicates that the first start was not completed.

Conformity check: Engine stopped, ignition on or engine running.

COMPLETED This indicates that the first start was completed.

NOT COMPLETED This indicates that the first start was not completed.

Deal with any faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ET760
MR-410-X83-13B200$130.mif
V5
13B-246
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses

CLUTCH START OF TRAVEL WIRE CONTACT


ET764

ACTIVE: this status indicates that the clutch pedal is depressed.


STATUS DEFINITION
INACTIVE: this status indicates that the clutch pedal is released.

Special note:
Only apply the checks if the INACTIVE and ACTIVE statuses are not consistent with
the pedal position.
NOTES

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

Conformity check: Engine stopped and the ignition on, or the engine running and the engine coolant
temperature > 80˚C.

Check the condition and fitting of the clutch pedal position sensor, component code
675 (see MR 408, Mechanical, 37A, Mechanical component controls, Clutch pedal
position sensor: Removal - Refitting).
Remove the clutch pedal position sensor, component code 675 (see MR 408,
Mechanical, 37A, Mechanical component controls, Clutch pedal position sensor:
Removal - Refitting). Check the insulation between connections MK or MJ and 145X
of component 675 with the switch in the rest position.

Repeat this operation with the switch pressed, and check the continuity and the
absence of interference resistance between the two previous connections.
INACTIVE If these 2 checks are not correct, replace the clutch pedal position sensor, component
code 675 (see MR 408, Mechanical, 37A, Mechanical component controls, Clutch
pedal position sensor: Removal - Refitting).

Then check the continuity and the absence of interference resistance of the following
connection:
– 145X between components 120 and 675.
Check that the earth is in order on connection MK or MJ of component 675.
If the connection(s) is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A,
Electrical wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise
replace it.

Deal with any faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ET764
MR-410-X83-13B200$130.mif
V5
13B-247
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses

ET764
CONTINUED

Check the condition and fitting of the clutch pedal position sensor.
Remove the clutch pedal position sensor, component code 675 (see MR 408,
Mechanical, 37A, Mechanical component controls, Clutch pedal position sensor:
Removal - Refitting) and check the insulation between connections MK or MJ and
145X of component 675, with the switch in the rest position.
ACTIVE
Repeat this operation with the switch pressed, and check the continuity and the
absence of interference resistance between the two connections.
If these 2 checks are not correct, replace the clutch pedal position sensor, component
code 675 (see MR 408, Mechanical, 37A, Mechanical component controls, Clutch
pedal position sensor: Removal - Refitting).

Deal with any faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$130.mif
V5
13B-248
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses

CAMSHAFT TDC* SYNCHRONISATION


ET775

COMPLETED: This status indicates that camshaft TDC* synchronisation was


completed.
STATUS DEFINITION
NOT COMPLETED: This status indicates that camshaft TDC* synchronisation was not
completed.

Conformity check: Engine stopped, ignition on or engine running.

COMPLETED This indicates that camshaft TDC* synchronisation was completed.

NOT COMPLETED This indicates that camshaft TDC* synchronisation was not completed.

TDC: Top Dead Centre

Deal with any faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ET775
MR-410-X83-13B200$130.mif
V5
13B-249
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses

CLUTCH SIGNAL UNAVAILABLE


ET785

DETECTED: This status indicates that the clutch signal unavailable is detected.
STATUS DEFINITION NOT DETECTED: This status indicates that the clutch signal unavailable is not
detected.

Conformity check: Engine stopped, ignition on or engine running.

This means that the signal from the UCH concerning the clutch pedal start of travel
DETECTED switch was unavailable.
Deal with the faults displayed by the diagnostic tool in the UCH field.

This means that the signal from the UCH concerning the clutch pedal start of travel
NOT DETECTED
switch is available.

Deal with any faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ET785
MR-410-X83-13B200$130.mif
V5
13B-250
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses

NO CLUTCH SIGNAL
ET786

DETECTED: This status indicates that the no clutch signal is detected.


STATUS DEFINITION
NOT DETECTED: This status indicates that the no clutch signal is not detected.

Conformity check: Engine stopped, ignition on or engine running.

This means that the injection computer did not receive the signal from the UCH
DETECTED concerning the clutch pedal start of travel switch.
Deal with the faults displayed by the diagnostic tool in the UCH field.

This means that the injection computer received the signal from the UCH concerning
NOT DETECTED
the clutch pedal start of travel switch.

Deal with any faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ET786
MR-410-X83-13B200$130.mif
V5
13B-251
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses

BRAKE SIGNAL UNAVAILABLE


ET787

DETECTED: This status indicates that the brake signal unavailable is detected.
STATUS DEFINITION NOT DETECTED: This status indicates that the brake signal unavailable is not
detected.

Conformity check: Engine stopped, ignition on or engine running.

This means that the signal from the UCH concerning the brake pedal switch is
DETECTED unavailable.
Deal with the faults displayed by the diagnostic tool in the UCH field.

NOT DETECTED This means that the signal from the UCH concerning the brake pedal switch is available.

Deal with any faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ET787
MR-410-X83-13B200$140.mif
V5
13B-252
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses

NO BRAKE SIGNAL
ET788

DETECTED: This status indicates that the no brake signal is detected.


STATUS DEFINITION
NOT DETECTED: This status indicates that the no brake signal is not detected.

Conformity check: Engine stopped, ignition on or engine running.

This means that the injection computer did not receive the signal from the UCH
DETECTED concerning the brake pedal switch.
Deal with the faults displayed by the diagnostic tool in the UCH field.

This means that the injection computer received the signal from the UCH concerning
NOT DETECTED
the brake pedal switch.

Deal with any faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ET788
MR-410-X83-13B200$140.mif
V5
13B-253
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses

DECELERATION WITHOUT DEPRESSING BRAKE PEDAL


ET789

DETECTED: This status indicates that the deceleration without depressing brake pedal
is detected.
STATUS DEFINITION
NOT DETECTED: This status indicates that the deceleration without depressing brake
pedal is not detected.

Conformity check: Engine stopped, ignition on or engine running.

This means that the vehicle has undergone deceleration without the brake pedal switch
being pressed.
DETECTED Deal with the faults displayed by the diagnostic tool in the UCH field.
If the tool did not display any faults concerning the brake pedal switch, move on to the
conformity check for the brake pedal switch.

This means that the vehicle has undergone deceleration when the brake pedal switch
NOT DETECTED
was pressed.

Deal with any faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ET789
MR-410-X83-13B200$140.mif
V5
13B-254
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses

SUDDEN DECELERATION WITHOUT DEPRESSING BRAKE


PEDAL
ET790

DETECTED: This status indicates that the sudden deceleration without depressing
brake pedal is detected.
STATUS DEFINITION
NOT DETECTED: This status indicates that the sudden deceleration without
depressing brake pedal is not detected.

Conformity check: Engine stopped, ignition on or engine running.

This means that the vehicle has undergone marked deceleration when the brake switch
NOT DETECTED
was pressed.

This means that the vehicle has undergone marked deceleration without the brake
switch being pressed.
DETECTED Deal with the faults displayed by the diagnostic tool in the UCH field.
If the tool did not display any faults concerning the brake pedal switch, move on to the
conformity check for the brake pedal switch.

Deal with any faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ET790
MR-410-X83-13B200$140.mif
V5
13B-255
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses

CRUISE CONTROL INHIBITION BY INJECTION


ET791

DETECTED: This status indicates that the cruise control inhibition by injection is
detected.
STATUS DEFINITION
NOT DETECTED: This status indicates that there is no cruise control inhibition by
the injection.

Conformity check: Engine stopped, ignition on or engine running.

This indicates that the injection computer has requested deactivation of the cruise
DETECTED control function for system reasons. This is a normal deactivation.
Deal with the faults displayed on the diagnostic tool in the injection domain.

NOT DETECTED No cruise control inhibition by the injection.

Deal with any faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ET791
MR-410-X83-13B200$140.mif
V5
13B-256
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses

SPEED LIMITER INHIBITION BY INJECTION


ET792

DETECTED: This status indicates that the speed limiter inhibition by injection is
detected.
STATUS DEFINITION
NOT DETECTED: This status indicates that there is no speed limiter system
inhibition by the injection.

Conformity check: Engine stopped, ignition on or engine running.

This indicates that the injection computer has requested deactivation of the speed
DETECTED limiter function for system reasons. This is a normal deactivation.
Deal with the faults displayed on the diagnostic tool in the injection domain.

NOT DETECTED No speed limiter inhibition by the injection.

Deal with any faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ET792
MR-410-X83-13B200$140.mif
V5
13B-257
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses

NO REAL VEHICLE SPEED SIG.*


ET795

DETECTED: This status indicates that the real vehicle speed is absent.
STATUS DEFINITION
NOT DETECTED: This status indicates that the real vehicle speed is present.

Conformity check: Engine stopped, ignition on or engine running.

This means that the real vehicle speed coming from the ABS was unavailable.
DETECTED
Deal with the faults displayed on the diagnostic tool in the ABS / ABR domain.

NOT DETECTED This means that the real vehicle speed coming from the ABS is present.

*Sig.: signal

Deal with any faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ET795
MR-410-X83-13B200$140.mif
V5
13B-258
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses

NO VEHICLE SPEED SIG.* DISPLAYED


ET796

DETECTED: This status indicates that the displayed vehicle speed signal is absent.
STATUS DEFINITION NOT DETECTED: This status indicates that the displayed vehicle speed signal is
present.

Conformity check: Engine stopped, ignition on or engine running.

This means that the injection computer has not received the vehicle speed displayed
DETECTED on the instrument panel.
Deal with the faults displayed on the diagnostic tool in the instrument panel domain.

This means that the injection computer received the vehicle speed displayed on the
NOT DETECTED
instrument panel.

*Sig.: signal

Deal with any faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ET796
MR-410-X83-13B200$140.mif
V5
13B-259
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses

VEHICLE SPEED UNIT CHANGE


ET797

DETECTED: This status indicates that the vehicle speed unit change is detected.
STATUS DEFINITION NOT DETECTED: This status indicates that the vehicle speed unit change is not
detected.

Conformity check: Engine stopped, ignition on or engine running.

DETECTED This means that the vehicle speed unit change is detected.

NOT DETECTED This means that the vehicle speed unit change is not detected.

Deal with any faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ET797
MR-410-X83-13B200$140.mif
V5
13B-260
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses

FAST IDLE SPEED FUNCTION


ET800

ACTIVE: This status indicates that the fast idle speed function is activated.
STATUS DEFINITION
INACTIVE: This status indicates that the fast idle speed function is not activated.

Conformity check: Engine stopped, ignition on or engine running.

ACTIVE The status indicates that the fast idle speed function is activated.

INACTIVE The status indicates that the fast idle speed function is not activated.

Deal with any faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ET800
MR-410-X83-13B200$140.mif
V5
13B-261
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses

TRACTION CONTROL - ANTI-YAW IN REGULATION


ET807

YES: This status indicates that the traction control - anti-yaw function was triggered.
STATUS DEFINITION
NO: This status indicates that the traction control - anti-yaw function was not triggered.

Conformity check: Engine stopped, ignition on or engine running.

This indicates that the traction control - anti-yaw function is triggered.


YES The injection computer has received this information from the ABS computer and this
has deactivated the cruise control function.

NO This indicates that the traction control - anti-yaw function is not triggered.

Deal with any faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ET807
MR-410-X83-13B200$140.mif
V5
13B-262
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses

PARKING BRAKE
ET808

APPLIED: This status indicates that the parking brake is applied.


STATUS DEFINITION
RELEASED: This status indicates that the parking brake is released.

Conformity check: Engine stopped, ignition on or engine running.

This indicates that the manual parking brake was used when the vehicle was being
driven with the cruise control function activated or that the manual parking brake position
APPLIED
contact is faulty.
This has deactivated the cruise control function

This indicates that the manual parking brake was not used when the vehicle was being
RELEASED
driven with the cruise control function activated.

Deal with any faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ET808
MR-410-X83-13B200$140.mif
V5
13B-263
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses

LOW SPEED FAN ASSEMBLY REQUEST BY INJECTION


ET813

INACTIVE: This status indicates that the injection system did not request activation of
the low speed fan assembly.
STATUS DEFINITION
ACTIVE: This status indicates that the injection system requested activation of the low
speed fan assembly.

Conformity check: Engine stopped, ignition on or engine running.

This means that the injection system did not request operation of the low speed fan
INACTIVE
assembly.

ACTIVE This means that the injection system requested operation of the low speed fan assembly.

Deal with any faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ET813
MR-410-X83-13B200$140.mif
V5
13B-264
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses

HIGH SPEED FAN ASSEMBLY REQUEST BY INJECTION


ET814

INACTIVE: This status indicates that the injection system did not request activation of
the low speed fan assembly.
STATUS DEFINITION
ACTIVE: This status indicates that the injection system requested activation of the low
speed fan assembly.

Conformity check: Engine stopped, ignition on or engine running.

This means that the injection system did not request operation of the high speed fan
INACTIVE
assembly.

This means that the injection system requested operation of the high speed fan
ACTIVE
assembly.

Deal with any faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ET814
MR-410-X83-13B200$140.mif
V5
13B-265
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses

LOW SPEED FAN ASSEMBLY REQUEST BY AIR CONDITIONING


ET815

INACTIVE: This status indicates that the air conditioning system did not request
activation of the low speed fan assembly.
STATUS DEFINITION
ACTIVE: This status indicates that the air conditioning system requested activation of
the low speed fan assembly.

Conformity check: Engine stopped, ignition on or engine running.

This means that the air conditioning system did not request activation of the low speed
INACTIVE
fan assembly.

This means that the air conditioning system requested activation of the low speed fan
ACTIVE
assembly.

Deal with any faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ET815
MR-410-X83-13B200$140.mif
V5
13B-266
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses

HIGH SPEED FAN ASSEMBLY REQUEST BY AIR CONDITIONING


ET816

INACTIVE: This status indicates that the air conditioning system did not request
activation of the high speed fan assembly.
STATUS DEFINITION
ACTIVE: This status indicates that the air conditioning system requested activation of
the high speed fan assembly.

Conformity check: Engine stopped, ignition on or engine running.

This means that the air conditioning system did not request activation of the high speed
INACTIVE
fan assembly.

This means that the air conditioning system requested activation of the high speed fan
ACTIVE
assembly.

Deal with any faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ET816
MR-410-X83-13B200$140.mif
V5
13B-267
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses

LOW SPEED FAN ASSEMBLY REQUEST BY AUTOMATIC


GEARBOX
ET817

INACTIVE: This status indicates that the automatic gearbox did not request activation
of the low speed fan assembly.
STATUS DEFINITION
ACTIVE: This status indicates that the automatic gearbox requested activation of the
low speed fan assembly.

Conformity check: Engine stopped, ignition on or engine running.

This means that the automatic gearbox did not request activation of the low speed fan
INACTIVE
assembly.

This means that the automatic gearbox requested activation of the low speed fan
ACTIVE
assembly.

Deal with any faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ET817
MR-410-X83-13B200$140.mif
V5
13B-268
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses

HIGH SPEED FAN ASSEMBLY REQUEST BY AUTOMATIC


GEARBOX
ET818

INACTIVE: This status indicates that the automatic gearbox did not request activation
of the high speed fan assembly.
STATUS DEFINITION
ACTIVE: This status indicates that the automatic gearbox requested activation of the
high speed fan assembly.

Conformity check: Engine stopped, ignition on or engine running.

This means that the automatic gearbox did not request activation of the high speed fan
INACTIVE
assembly.

This means that the automatic gearbox requested activation of the high speed fan
ACTIVE
assembly.

Deal with any faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ET818
MR-410-X83-13B200$140.mif
V5
13B-269
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses

LOW SPEED FAN ASSEMBLY FINAL REQUEST


ET819

INACTIVE: This status indicates that the system did not request activation of the low
speed fan assembly.
STATUS DEFINITION
ACTIVE: This status indicates that the system requested activation of the low speed fan
assembly.

Conformity check: Engine stopped, ignition on or engine running.

INACTIVE This means that the system did not request operation of the low speed fan assembly.

ACTIVE This means that the system requested operation of the low speed fan assembly.

Deal with any faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ET819
MR-410-X83-13B200$140.mif
V5
13B-270
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses

HIGH SPEED FAN ASSEMBLY FINAL REQUEST


ET820

INACTIVE: This status indicates that the system did not request activation of the high
speed fan assembly.
STATUS DEFINITION
ACTIVE: This status indicates that the system requested activation of the high speed
fan assembly.

Conformity check: Engine stopped, ignition on or engine running.

INACTIVE This means that the system did not request operation of the high speed fan assembly.

ACTIVE This means that the system requested operation of the high speed fan assembly.

Deal with any faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ET820
MR-410-X83-13B200$140.mif
V5
13B-271
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses

EXHAUST INJECTOR SOLENOID VALVE CONTROL


ET826

ACTIVE: This status indicates that the exhaust injector solenoid valve control is
activated.
STATUS DEFINITION
INACTIVE: This status indicates that the exhaust injector solenoid valve control is not
activated.

Conformity check: Engine stopped, ignition on or engine running.

ACTIVE This means that the exhaust injector solenoid valve control is activated.

INACTIVE This means that the exhaust injector solenoid valve control is not activated.

Deal with any faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ET826
MR-410-X83-13B200$140.mif
V5
13B-272
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses

DAMPER VALVE 1ST OPENING PROGRAMMED


ET827

COMPLETED: This status indicates that the damper valve 1st opening programmed is
completed.
STATUS DEFINITION
NOT COMPLETED: This status indicates that the damper valve 1st opening
programmed is not completed.

Conformity check: Engine stopped, ignition on or engine running.

COMPLETED This means that the damper valve 1st opening programmed is completed.

NOT COMPLETED This means that the damper valve 1st opening programmed is not completed.

Deal with any faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ET827
MR-410-X83-13B200$140.mif
V5
13B-273
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses

DAMPER VALVE 1ST CLOSING PROGRAMMED


ET828

COMPLETED: This status indicates that the damper valve 1st closing programmed is
completed.
STATUS DEFINITION
NOT COMPLETED: This status indicates that the damper valve 1st closing
programmed is not completed.

Conformity check: Engine stopped, ignition on or engine running.

COMPLETED This means that the damper valve 1st closing programmed is completed.

NOT COMPLETED This means that the damper valve 1st closing programmed is not completed.

Deal with any faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ET828
MR-410-X83-13B200$140.mif
V5
13B-274
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses

INJECTION PROTECTION
ET831

STATUS DEFINITION This status indicates whether the injection protection is active and why.

Conformity check: engine stopped and ignition on.

NOT PROTECTED This means that the injection protection is inactive.

This means that the injection protection is undetermined, wait for 2 seconds with the
UNDETERMINED
vehicle ignition on.

This means that the UCH is not authorised to send the immobilisation code to the engine
STATUS 1 control unit. Run fault finding on the UCH (see 87B, Passenger compartment
connection unit).

This means that the engine control unit does not receive the UCH signal, this is certainly
STATUS 2 due to a fault on the multiplex network. Run a multiplex network test (see 88B,
Multiplex).

This means that the UCH is not replying to the identification request from the engine
STATUS 3 control unit. Run fault finding on the UCH (see 87B, Passenger compartment
connection unit).

STATUS 4 This means that the engine control unit is auto-protected.

Deal with any faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ET831
MR-410-X83-13B200$140.mif
V5
13B-275
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses

CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM INHIBITION BY INJECTION


ET834

YES: This status indicates that the injection computer requested the deactivation of the
cruise control system.
STATUS DEFINITION
NO: This status indicates that there is no inhibition of the cruise control system by the
injection.

Conformity check: Engine stopped, ignition on or engine running.

This status means that the injection computer requested the deactivation of the cruise
YES control system. Deal with the faults displayed on the diagnostic tool in the injection
domain.

NO There is no inhibition of the cruise control system by the injection.

Deal with any faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ET834
MR-410-X83-13B200$140.mif
V5
13B-276
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses

SPEED LIMITER SYSTEM INHIBITION BY INJECTION


ET835

YES: This status indicates that the injection computer requested the deactivation of
the speed limiter system.
STATUS DEFINITION
NO: This status indicates that there is no inhibition of the speed limiter system by the
injection.

Conformity check: Engine stopped, ignition on or engine running.

This status means that the injection computer requested the deactivation of the cruise
YES control system. Deal with the faults displayed on the diagnostic tool in the injection
domain.

NO There is no inhibition of the speed limiter system by the injection.

Deal with any faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ET835
MR-410-X83-13B200$140.mif
V5
13B-277
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses

COMBUSTION MODE SETPOINT


ET838

NORMAL: Normal combustion mode


STATUS 1: Heating phase
STATUS DEFINITION STATUS 2: Regeneration phase
STATUS 3: Particle filter protection
STATUS 4: Catalytic converter check

NORMAL During a normal combustion mode

STATUS 1 During the heating phase of the exhaust system.

STATUS 2 During a phase of particle filter regeneration.

STATUS 3 During a phase of particle filter protection.

STATUS 4 During a catalytic converter checking phase.

Deal with any faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ET838
MR-410-X83-13B200$140.mif
V5
13B-278
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses

COMBUSTION MODE
ET839

NORMAL: Normal combustion mode


STATUS 1: Heating phase
STATUS DEFINITION STATUS 2: Regeneration phase
STATUS 3: Particle filter protection
STATUS 4: Catalytic converter check

Special notes:
NOTES Apply these checks if ET839 does not correspond to ET838 Combustion mode
setpoint.

NORMAL During a normal combustion mode

STATUS 1 During the heating phase of the exhaust system.

STATUS 2 During a phase of particle filter regeneration.

STATUS 3 During a phase of particle filter protection.

STATUS 4 During a catalytic converter checking phase.

Deal with any faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ET839
MR-410-X83-13B200$140.mif
V5
13B-279
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Parameter summary table

Tool Parameter Diagnostic tool title

PR002 Alternator charge

PR005 EGR valve opening setpoint

PR008 Rail reference pressure

PR009 Turbocharging pressure setpoint


PR015 Engine torque

PR016 Alternator flow

PR017 Fuel flow

PR018 Estimated air flow

PR025 Mileage

PR030 Accelerator pedal position


PR035 Atmospheric pressure

PR037 Refrigerant pressure

PR038 Rail pressure

PR041 Turbocharging pressure

PR055 Engine speed


PR059 Inlet air temperature

PR063 Fuel temperature

PR064 Coolant temperature

PR071 Computer feed voltage

PR077 EGR valve position sensor voltage

PR080 Rail pressure sensor voltage


PR082 Fuel temperature sensor voltage

PR084 Coolant temperature sensor voltage

PR089 Vehicle speed

PR128 First EGR valve offset

PR129 Last EGR valve offset

MR-410-X83-13B200$150.mif
V5
13B-280
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Parameter summary table

Tool Parameter Diagnostic tool title

PR130 Cruise control setpoint

PR135 Cruise control/speed limiter buttons voltage

PR136 EGR position

PR146 Inlet air flow


PR147 Pedal potentiometer voltage gang 1

PR148 Pedal potentiometer voltage gang 2

PR191 EGR solenoid valve control

PR213 Rail pressure loop difference

PR215 Sensor supply voltage no. 1

PR216 Sensor supply voltage no. 2


PR241 EGR valve control

PR279 Damper valve control

PR312 Inlet manifold vacuum

PR364 Cylinder no. 1 fuel flow correction

PR365 Cylinder no. 4 fuel flow correction


PR382 Particle filter upstream temperature

PR383 Weight of soot in the particle filter

PR385 Exhaust pipe flow

PR405 Cylinder no. 2 fuel flow correction

PR406 Cylinder no. 3 fuel flow correction

PR414 Particle filter diff* pressure


PR415 Time since last regeneration

PR542 Closed EGR valve potentiometer value

PR635 Sensor supply voltage no. 3

PR636 Turbine upstream pressure

PR667 Turbine upstream temperature

PR668 Turbine upstream temperature sensor voltage


PR670 Particle filter upstream temp** sensor voltage

Diff*: differential
Temp. sens.**: temperature sensor

MR-410-X83-13B200$150.mif
V5
13B-281
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Parameter summary table

Tool Parameter Diagnostic tool title

PR672 Damper valve position setpoint

PR739 Fuel flow solenoid valve current

PR774 Damper valve sensor voltage

PR782 Turbine upstream pressure sensor voltage


PR827 Resume button pressing duration

PR828 "+" button pressing duration

PR829 "-" button pressing duration

PR830 Suspend button pressing duration

PR846 Turbocharging SV** OCR*

PR847 Inlet air temperature sensor voltage


PR848 Number of regeneration failures

PR849 Number of abnormal cruise control - speed limiter transitions

PR858 Damper valve open first offset

PR859 First closed damper valve offset

PR860 Last closed damper valve offset


PR861 Last open damper valve offset

PR872 Refriger.** pressure sensor voltage

PR878 Increased idle speed

PR879 Maximum authorised speed

PR889 Turbine upstream temperature setpoint

PR890 Heater plugs control


PR891 Preheating mode

PR916 Air flow measured

PR931 Raw turbocharging pressure

PR988 Post injection flow 1

PR1005 Gas flow in the particle filter

PR1006 Particle filt. relat. press. sens. volt.****

OCR*: Opening cyclic ratio


SV**: Solenoid valve
Refriger***: Refrigerant
Filt. Relat. Press. Sens. Volt.****: Filter relative pressure sensor voltage
Temp*****: Temperature
Synchro******: Synchronisation

MR-410-X83-13B200$150.mif
V5
13B-282
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Parameter summary table

Tool Parameter Diagnostic tool title

PR1007 Particle filter injector OCR* control

PR1008 Last regeneration duration

PR1009 Particle filter upstream temp.***** setpoint

PR1017 Relative position of damper valve


PR1020 Particle filter pressure offset

PR1021 Damper valve absolute position

PR1023 Damper valve sensor supply voltage

PR1024 Estimated damper valve upstream temperature

PR1026 Crankshaft synchro.****** loss counter

PR1078 Mileage at particle filter replacement


PR1079 Mileage since last successful regeneration

OCR*: Opening cyclic ratio


SV**: Solenoid valve
Refriger***: Refrigerant
Filt. Relat. Press. Sens. Volt.****: Filter relative pressure sensor voltage
Temp*****: Temperature
Synchro******: Synchronisation

MR-410-X83-13B200$150.mif
V5
13B-283
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of parameters

ALTERNATOR CHARGE
PR002

This parameter indicates a regulation rate in %; the higher the rate the higher the electric
PARAMETER
charge at the alternator is, and inversely, the lower the rate, the lower the electric charge
DEFINITION
at the alternator.

Special notes:
Apply these checks to rule out the alternator regulator.
NOTES

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

Conformity check: Engine running, engine coolant temperature > 80˚C.

Note PR002 without electrical consumers.

Increase the electric charge of the alternator by adding consumers (rear de-icing, headlights, etc.) and check that
PR002 increases.
If the check is correct then the alternator regulator is not faulty.

Check the connection and condition of the alternator connector, component code 103 and the connector for the
injection computer, component code 120.
If the connectors are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical
wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connections:
– 2K between components 103 and 120,
– 2A between components 103 and 247.
If the connection or connections are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace the wiring, or replace the
regulator.

Replace the alternator regulator (see MR 408, Mechanical, 16A, Starting - Charging, Alternator: Removal -
Refitting).

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR
Carry out a road test, then check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_PR002

MR-410-X83-13B200$161.mif
V5
13B-284
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of parameters

ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION


PR030

PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the accelerator pedal position in %.
DEFINITION

Conformity check with the engine stopped and the ignition on, or the engine running and the engine
coolant temperature > 80˚C.

If no pressure is being applied to the pedal PR030 = 0%


If the pedal is depressed to the maximum position PR030 = 100%.
If the values do not correspond, consult the interpretation of TEST 18 Accelerator pedal potentiometer check.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR
Carry out a road test, then check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_PR030

MR-410-X83-13B200$161.mif
V5
13B-285
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of parameters

ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE
PR035

PARAMETER This parameter indicates the atmospheric pressure in mbar.


DEFINITION The sensor is incorporated in the computer.

Special notes:
NOTES Only perform these tests if the parameters do not correspond with the system operation
programming.

Conformity check with the engine stopped and the ignition on, or the engine running and the engine
coolant temperature > 80˚C.

Compare the value of PR035 for the vehicle with the value of PR035 for another vehicle.

If the difference between these two values is greater than 200 mbar, replace the injection computer (see MR
408, Mechanical, 13B, Diesel injection, Diesel injection computer: Removal - Refitting) and consult the
Replacement of components section.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR
Carry out a road test, then check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_PR035

MR-410-X83-13B200$161.mif
V5
13B-286
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of parameters

RAIL PRESSURE
PR038

PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the fuel pressure in the rail in bars.
DEFINITION

IMPORTANT
Do not measure the resistance of the rail pressure sensor directly; this may damage the
sensor.

NOTES
There must be no present or stored faults.
Perform this fault finding procedure:
– After noting an inconsistency on the Parameter screen between PR038 and PR008
Rail pressure setpoint,
– Following a customer complaint (starting problems, poor performance, stalling, etc.).

Conformity check: Engine running, engine coolant temperature > 70˚C.

Apply TEST 26 Rail pressure sensor check.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR
Carry out a road test, then check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_PR038

MR-410-X83-13B200$161.mif
V5
13B-287
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of parameters

TURBOCHARGING PRESSURE
PR041

PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the turbocharging pressure in mbar.
DEFINITION

There must be no present or stored faults.


Perform this fault finding procedure:
NOTES
– After noting an inconsistency on the Parameter screen between PR041 and PR009
Turbocharging pressure setpoint.

Conformity check: engine stopped and ignition on.

Check (visual and tactile inspection) the turbocharging pressure sensor (leaks, fitting, damage, etc.).
If necessary, carry out repairs.
Check the consistency between PR041 and PR035 Atmospheric pressure for another vehicle.

If the difference between these two values X > 75 mbar, move on to TEST 4 Turbocharging pressure sensor
check, otherwise, check the PR035 of the vehicle with the PR035 of the other vehicle.

If the PR035 between these two vehicles X > 40 mbar, replace the injection computer, component code 120 (see
MR 408, Mechanical, 13B, Diesel injection, Diesel injection computer: Removal - Refitting) and consult the
Replacement of components section.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR
Carry out a road test, then check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_PR041

MR-410-X83-13B200$161.mif
V5
13B-288
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of parameters

ENGINE SPEED
PR055

PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the engine's rotational speed in rpm.
DEFINITION

Conformity check: engine stopped and ignition on.

Check the change in the engine's rotational speed using parameter PR055.
The value must be between 0 rpm and more than 100 rpm when the starter is operating.
If the value is not correct, move on to part A of TEST 16 TDC sensor check.

With the engine running, accelerate to obtain different engine rotation speeds and check that the engine speed
correctly changes in relation to the accelerations.
If PR055 varies, the sensor is sound.
Otherwise, move on to part A of TEST 16.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR
Carry out a road test, then check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_PR055

MR-410-X83-13B200$161.mif
V5
13B-289
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of parameters

FUEL TEMPERATURE
PR063

PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the engine coolant temperature in ˚C.
DEFINITION

Special notes:
NOTES
Only apply the checks if the parameter is inconsistent.

Conformity check with the engine stopped and the ignition on, or the engine running and the engine
coolant temperature > 80˚C.

Cold, PR063 = ambient temperature.


Start the engine and check that PR063 increases.

Consult the interpretation of TEST 27 Fuel temperature sensor check if one of these two values or both values
are not correct.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR
Carry out a road test, then check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_PR063

MR-410-X83-13B200$161.mif
V5
13B-290
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of parameters

COOLANT TEMPERATURE
PR064

PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the engine coolant temperature in ˚C.
DEFINITION

Special notes:
NOTES Only apply the checks if the parameter is inconsistent.
Default value: 80˚C.

Conformity check with the engine stopped and the ignition on, or the engine running and the engine
coolant temperature > 80˚C.

Cold, PR064 = ambient temperature.


Warm, PR064 > 80˚C
Consult the interpretation of TEST 2 Coolant temperature sensor check if one or both of these values are not
correct.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR
Carry out a road test, then check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_PR064

MR-410-X83-13B200$161.mif
V5
13B-291
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of parameters

COMPUTER SUPPLY VOLTAGE


PR071

PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the computer supply voltage in volts.
DEFINITION

Special notes:
NOTES Only perform these tests if the parameters do not correspond with the system operation
programming.

Conformity check with the engine stopped and the ignition on, or the engine running and the engine
coolant temperature > 80˚C.

The voltage should be between:


9 V < PR071 < 16 V
In the event of a fault, run fault finding on the charging circuit (see Technical Note 6014A, Check the charging
circuit) and refer to the interpretation of DF047 Computer supply voltage.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR
Carry out a road test, then check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_PR071
MR-410-X83-13B200$161.mif
V5
13B-292
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of parameters

EGR VALVE POSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE


PR077

PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the EGR valve position sensor voltage in volts.
DEFINITION

Special notes:
NOTES Only perform these tests if the parameters do not correspond with the system operation
programming.

Conformity check: Engine stopped, ignition on or engine running.

Check the potentiometer values using PR077.


If the values of PR077 are between 0.5 V ≤ X ≤ 4.5 V, the EGR valve is sound.
Otherwise, interpret TEST 7 EGR valve check.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR
Carry out a road test, then check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_PR077
MR-410-X83-13B200$161.mif
V5
13B-293
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of parameters

RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR VOLTAGE


PR080

PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the rail pressure sensor voltage in volts.
DEFINITION

Special notes:
NOTES Only perform these tests if the parameters do not correspond with the system operation
programming.

Conformity check with engine running, engine coolant temperature > 80˚C

Clean the area around the rail pressure sensor (see MR 408, Mechanical, 13B, Diesel injection, Rail pressure
sensor: Removal - Refitting).

With the engine running at idle speed: visually check the fitting and the sealing of the injector rail pressure
sensor.
Repair if necessary.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR
Carry out a road test, then check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_PR080

MR-410-X83-13B200$161.mif
V5
13B-294
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of parameters

VEHICLE SPEED
PR089

PARAMETER
Gives the vehicle speed in mph (km/h).
DEFINITION

Special notes:
Only perform these tests if the parameters do not correspond with the system operation
programming.
NOTES

This parameter is transmitted by the ABS/ESP computer.


This signal is transmitted to the injection on the multiplex network.

Conformity check with the engine stopped and the ignition on, or the engine running and the engine
coolant temperature > 80˚C.

Carry out a road test, observing the vehicle speed on the instrument panel and the information given by the
diagnostic tool.
In the event of an inconsistency between these two values, carry out a multiplex network test (see 88B, Multiplex),
then complete fault finding on the ABS computer (see 38C, Anti-lock braking system).

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR
Carry out a road test, then check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_PR089
MR-410-X83-13B200$161.mif
V5
13B-295
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of parameters

FIRST EGR VALVE OFFSET


PR128

PARAMETER This parameter indicates the closing ratio of the EGR valve for the first offset of the EGR
DEFINITION valve.

Special notes:
NOTES Only perform these tests if the parameters do not correspond with the system operation
programming.

Conformity check with the engine stopped and the ignition on, or the engine running and the engine
coolant temperature > 80˚C.

Indicates the percentage ≈ 30%.


PR128 = PR129 Last EGR valve offset, these 2 values should be similar.
In the event of a fault, consult the interpretation of faults DF209 EGR valve position sensor circuit and DF647
EGR valve position regulation.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR
Carry out a road test, then check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_PR128

MR-410-X83-13B200$161.mif
V5
13B-296
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of parameters

LAST EGR VALVE OFFSET


PR129

PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the closing ratio of the EGR valve for the first EGR valve offset.
DEFINITION

Special notes:
NOTES Only perform these tests if the parameters do not correspond with the system operation
programming.

Conformity check with the engine stopped and the ignition on, or the engine running and the engine
coolant temperature > 80˚C.

Indicates the percentage ≈ 30%.


PR129 = PR128 First EGR valve offset, these 2 values should be similar.
In the event of a fault, consult the interpretation of faults DF209 EGR valve position sensor circuit and DF647
EGR valve position regulation.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR
Carry out a road test, then check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_PR129

MR-410-X83-13B200$161.mif
V5
13B-297
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of parameters

CRUISE CONTROL SETPOINT


PR130

PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the cruise control speed setpoint in mph (km/h).
DEFINITION

Special notes:
Only perform these tests if the parameters do not correspond with the system operation
programming.
NOTES
There must be no faults present.
Perform this fault finding procedure:
– after finding an inconsistency in the parameter.

Conformity check with the engine stopped and the ignition on, or the engine running and the engine
coolant temperature > 80˚C.

Cruise control can only be activated for a speed V > 18 mph (30 km/h).

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR
Carry out a road test, then check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_PR130

MR-410-X83-13B200$161.mif
V5
13B-298
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of parameters

CRUISE CONTROL - SPEED LIMITER BUTTONS VOLTAGE


PR135

PARAMETER This parameter indicates the voltage of the cruise control - speed limiter buttons in
DEFINITION volts.

Special notes:
NOTES Only perform these tests if the parameters do not correspond with the system operation
programming.

Conformity check: Engine stopped, ignition on or engine running.

The voltage of the cruise control - speed limiter buttons must be between:
3.48 V < X < 4.22 V: when none of the commands is activated,
1.83 V < X < 2.38 V: when the (+) button is pressed,
0.91 V < X < 1.51 V: when the (-) button is pressed,
2.71 V < X < 3.29 V: when the (R) button is pressed,
X < 0.65 V: when the (O) button is pressed,
In the event of an inconsistency, contact Techline.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR
Carry out a road test, then check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_PR135
MR-410-X83-13B200$161.mif
V5
13B-299
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of parameters

EGR POSITION
PR136

PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the position of the EGR valve in %.
DEFINITION

Special notes:
NOTES Only perform these tests if the parameters do not correspond with the system operation
programming.

Conformity check: Engine stopped, ignition on or engine running.

Run TEST 7 EGR valve check.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR
Carry out a road test, then check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_PR136

MR-410-X83-13B200$161.mif
V5
13B-300
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of parameters

PEDAL POTENTIOMETER GANG 1 VOLTAGE


PR147

PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the pedal potentiometer gang 1 voltage in volts.
DEFINITION

Special notes:
NOTES Only perform these tests if the parameters do not correspond with the system operation
programming.

Conformity check with engine stopped and ignition on.

Without action on the accelerator pedal, check that PR147 ≤ 0.817 V.

With the accelerator pedal fully depressed, check that PR147 ≥ 4.185 V.

If the values do not correspond, consult the interpretation of TEST 18 Accelerator pedal potentiometer check.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR
Carry out a road test, then check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_PR147

MR-410-X83-13B200$161.mif
V5
13B-301
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of parameters

PEDAL POTENTIOMETER GANG 2 VOLTAGE


PR148

PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the pedal potentiometer gang 2 voltage in volts.
DEFINITION

Special notes:
NOTES Only perform these tests if the parameters do not correspond with the system operation
programming.

Conformity check with the engine stopped and the ignition on, or the engine running and the engine
coolant temperature > 80˚C.

Without action on the accelerator pedal, check that PR148 ≤ 0.440 V.


With the accelerator pedal fully depressed, check that PR148 ≥ 2.013 V.

If the values do not correspond, consult the interpretation of TEST 18 Accelerator pedal potentiometer check.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR
Carry out a road test, then check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_PR148

MR-410-X83-13B200$161.mif
V5
13B-302
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of parameters

SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE NO. 1


PR215

PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the supply voltage no. 1 of the sensors in Volts.
DEFINITION

NOTES None.

Conformity check: Engine stopped and the ignition on, or engine running and the engine coolant
temperature > 80˚C without electrical consumers.

The voltage of PR215 is approximately 5 V.

In the event of a fault, run fault finding on the charging circuit (see 16A, Starting - Charging) and consult the
interpretation of DF011 Sensor supply voltage no. 1.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR
Carry out a road test, then check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_PR215

MR-410-X83-13B200$161.mif
V5
13B-303
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of parameters

SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE NO. 2


PR216

PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the supply voltage no. 2 of the sensors in Volts.
DEFINITION

NOTES None.

Conformity check: Engine stopped and the ignition on, or engine running and the engine coolant
temperature > 80˚C without electrical consumers.

The voltage of PR216 is approximately 5 V.

In the event of a fault, run fault finding on the charging circuit (see 16A, Starting - Charging) and consult the
interpretation of DF012 Sensor supply voltage no. 2.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR
Carry out a road test, then check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_PR216

MR-410-X83-13B200$162.mif
V5
13B-304
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of parameters

CYLINDER NO. 1 FUEL FLOW CORRECTION


PR364 CYLINDER NO. 4 FUEL FLOW CORRECTION
PR365

PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the injection flow correction of the injector in mg/st.
DEFINITION

Consult Part F of TEST 14 Injector check.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR
Carry out a road test, then check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_PR364/EDC17C11_V04_PR365

MR-410-X83-13B200$162.mif
V5
13B-305
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of parameters

PARTICLE FILTER UPSTREAM TEMPERATURE


PR382

PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the particle filter upstream temperature in ˚C.
DEFINITION

Special notes:
NOTES
Only apply the checks if the parameter is inconsistent.

Conformity check: Engine running, engine coolant temperature > 80˚C.

In the event of a fault, consult the interpretation of TEST 8 Particle filter upstream temperature sensor check.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR
Carry out a road test, then check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_PR382
MR-410-X83-13B200$162.mif
V5
13B-306
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of parameters

WEIGHT OF SOOT IN PARTICLE FILTER


PR383

PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the weight of soot in the particle filter in grams.
DEFINITION

Special notes:
NOTES
Only apply the checks if the parameter is inconsistent.

Conformity check with the engine stopped and the ignition on, or the engine running and the engine
coolant temperature > 80˚C.

The weight of the soot contained in the filter must not be greater than 39 g.
If the OBD and Level 1 warning lights are illuminated or only the Level 2 warning light, refer to the procedure of
DF297 Particle filter 2.DEF.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR
Carry out a road test, then check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_PR383

MR-410-X83-13B200$162.mif
V5
13B-307
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of parameters

CYLINDER NO. 2 FUEL FLOW CORRECTION


PR405 CYLINDER NO. 3 FUEL FLOW CORRECTION
PR406

PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the injection flow correction of the injector in mg/st.
DEFINITION

Consult Part F of TEST 14 Injector check.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR
Carry out a road test, then check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_PR405/EDC17C11_V04_PR406

MR-410-X83-13B200$162.mif
V5
13B-308
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of parameters

CLOSED EGR VALVE POTENTIOMETER VALUE


PR542

PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the value of the closed EGR valve potentiometer in %.
DEFINITION

Conformity check: Engine stopped, ignition on or engine running.

Consult the interpretation of TEST 7 EGR valve check.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR
Carry out a road test, then check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_PR542

MR-410-X83-13B200$162.mif
V5
13B-309
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of parameters

SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE NO. 3


PR635

PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the supply voltage no. 3 of the sensors in Volts.
DEFINITION

Conformity check: Engine stopped and the ignition on, or engine running and the engine coolant
temperature > 80˚C without electrical consumers.

The voltage of PR635 is approximately 5 V.

If the voltage does not correspond, run fault finding on the charging circuit (see 16A, Starting - Charging) and
consult the interpretation of DF013 Sensor supply voltage no. 3.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR
Carry out a road test, then check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_PR635
MR-410-X83-13B200$162.mif
V5
13B-310
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of parameters

FUEL FLOW SOLENOID VALVE CURRENT


PR739

PARAMETER This parameter indicates the regulation current value affecting the fuel flow regulator
DEFINITION (VCV) in mA.

Do not remove the fuel flow regulator from the injection pump.
NOTES

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

Conformity check: engine stopped and ignition on.

The regulation current is entered by PR739.


The value of the regulation current PR739 is between 0 mA ≤ PR739 ≤ 1000 mA
If the value of PR739 is outside the limits:
Check the internal resistance of the fuel flow regulator, component code 1105 between connections 3HI
and 37X.
If the resistance value is not between 2.1 Ω ≤ X ≤ 3.9 Ω, replace the fuel flow regulator, component code 1105
and consult the Replacement of components section.

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connections:
– 37X between components 1105 and 1834,
– 3HI between components 1105 and 120.
If the connections are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace the wiring.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR
Carry out a road test, then check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_PR739

MR-410-X83-13B200$162.mif
V5
13B-311
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of parameters

DAMPER VALVE SENSOR VOLTAGE


PR774

PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the voltage value of the damper valve sensor signal in volts.
DEFINITION

NOTES None

Conformity check with the engine stopped and the ignition on, or the engine running and the engine
coolant temperature > 80˚C.

The voltage of the damper valve sensor signal is given by PR 774


The signal voltage is between 0.6 V ≤ PR774 ≤ 4.7 V
If the value of PR774 is outside the limits, consult TEST 6 Damper valve check.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR
Carry out a road test, then check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_PR774

MR-410-X83-13B200$162.mif
V5
13B-312
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of parameters

TURBOCHARGING SV** OCR*


PR846

PARAMETER This parameter indicates the opening cyclic ratio of the turbocharger control solenoid
DEFINITION valve in %.

OCR*: Opening cyclic ratio


SV**: Solenoid valve

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test, then check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_PR846

MR-410-X83-13B200$162.mif
V5
13B-313
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of parameters

FIRST OPEN DAMPER VALVE OFFSET


PR858

PARAMETER This parameter indicates the damper valve opening ratio during the first damper valve
DEFINITION offset as a %.

NOTES None.

Conformity check with the engine stopped and the ignition on, or the engine running and the engine
coolant temperature > 80˚C.

Consult the interpretation of faults DF645 Damper valve position regulation, DF646 Damper valve position
sensor, DF323 Damper valve, and DF641 Damper valve circuit.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test, then check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_PR858

MR-410-X83-13B200$162.mif
V5
13B-314
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of parameters

FIRST CLOSED DAMPER VALVE OFFSET


PR859

PARAMETER This parameter indicates the damper valve closing ratio for the first damper valve offset
DEFINITION as a %.

NOTES None.

Conformity check with the engine stopped and the ignition on, or the engine running and the engine
coolant temperature > 80˚C.

Consult the interpretation of faults DF645 Damper valve position regulation, DF646 Damper valve position
sensor, DF323 Damper valve, and DF641 Damper valve circuit.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test, then check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_PR859

MR-410-X83-13B200$162.mif
V5
13B-315
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of parameters

LAST CLOSED DAMPER VALVE OFFSET


PR860

PARAMETER This parameter indicates the damper valve closing ratio for the last damper valve
DEFINITION offset as a %.

NOTES None.

Conformity check with the engine stopped and the ignition on, or the engine running and the engine
coolant temperature > 80˚C.

The value of PR860 is between 12% ≤ PR860 ≤ 20%


if the value does not correspond, consult the interpretation of faults DF645 Damper valve position regulation,
DF646 Damper valve position sensor, DF323 Damper valve, and DF641 Damper valve circuit.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test, then check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_PR860

MR-410-X83-13B200$162.mif
V5
13B-316
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of parameters

LAST OPEN DAMPER VALVE OFFSET


PR861

PARAMETER This parameter indicates the damper valve opening ratio during the last damper valve
DEFINITION offset as a %.

NOTES None.

Conformity check with the engine stopped and the ignition on, or the engine running and the engine
coolant temperature > 80˚C.

The value of PR861 is between 16% ≤ PR861 ≤ 85%


If the value does not correspond, consult the interpretation of faults DF645 Damper valve position regulation,
DF646 Damper valve position sensor, DF323 Damper valve, and DF641 Damper valve circuit.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test, then check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_PR861

MR-410-X83-13B200$162.mif
V5
13B-317
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of parameters

FAST IDLE SPEED


PR878

PARAMETER This parameter indicates the fast idle speed value, in rpm, to use for the vehicle's
DEFINITION electric network.

No faults must be present. Perform fault finding after obtaining a parameter


inconsistency.
NOTES
It is possible to modify the value of the PR878 using command SC042 Modification
of fast idle speed.

Conformity check: Engine switched off and ignition on or engine running, engine coolant
temperature > 80˚C

If the function was activated ET800 Fast idle speed function = ACTIVE, the fast idle speed value is from 1000 to
2000 rpm in increments of 100 rpm.

* CV: Commercial vehicle

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test, then check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_PR878
MR-410-X83-13B200$162.mif
V5
13B-318
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of parameters

MAXIMUM AUTHORISED SPEED


PR879

PARAMETER This parameter indicates the maximum permitted speed of the optional restriction in
DEFINITION mph (km/h).

No faults must be present. Perform fault finding after obtaining a parameter


NOTES inconsistency.
It is possible to modify the value of PR879 using command SC040 Speed limiter.

Conformity check with the engine stopped and the ignition on, or the engine running and the engine
coolant temperature > 80˚C.

The speed restriction value of PR879 is between a range of 18 mph (30 km/h) < PR879 < 152 mph (254 km/h)
in increments of 3 mph (5 Km/h).
It is possible to modify the value of PR879 using command SC040.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test, then check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_PR879

MR-410-X83-13B200$162.mif
V5
13B-319
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of parameters

AIR FLOW MEASUREMENT


PR916

PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the measured air flow in kg/h.
DEFINITION

Check the area around the air flowmeter (sealing, mounting) before checking the
NOTES
consistency of the parameter.

Conformity check with the engine stopped and the ignition on, or the engine running and the engine
coolant temperature > 80˚C.

With the ignition on and the engine stopped, check that the value of PR916 is 2433 kg/h.
If the value is not correct, perform TEST 3 Air flowmeter check.

With the engine running and the air conditioning switched off, leave the engine idling 40 seconds so that the EGR
switches off.
Check that the value of PR916 is between 30 kg/h < X < 70 kg/h.
If the value is not correct, perform TEST 3 Air flowmeter check.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR
Carry out a road test, then check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_PR916

MR-410-X83-13B200$162.mif
V5
13B-320
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of parameters

PARTICLE FILT.* RELAT. PRESS. SENS. VOLT


PR1006

PARAMETER This parameter indicates the voltage of the particle filter relative pressure sensor
DEFINITION in volts.

FILT.* RELAT. PRESS. SENS. VOLT.: Filter relative pressure sensor voltage

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR
Carry out a road test, then check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_PR1006

MR-410-X83-13B200$162.mif
V5
13B-321
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of parameters

PARTICLE FILTER INJECTOR OCR* CONTROL


PR1007

PARAMETER This parameter indicates the opening control value of the particle filter injector solenoid
DEFINITION valve in %.

Special notes:
NOTES Only perform these tests if the parameters do not correspond with the system
operation programming.

Conformity check with engine stopped and ignition on.

The value of the solenoid valve opening ratio must be:


X = 0%.
In the event of a fault, consult the interpretation of fault DF1252 Particle filter injector solenoid valve circuit.

Conformity check: Engine running, engine coolant temperature > 80˚C.

The value of the solenoid valve opening ratio must be:


X = 0% or 100% if closed.
In the event of a fault, consult the interpretation of fault DF1252.

OCR*: Opening cyclic ratio

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR
Carry out a road test, then check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_PR1007

MR-410-X83-13B200$162.mif
V5
13B-322
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of parameters

MILEAGE SINCE LAST SUCCESSFUL REGENERATION


PR1079

PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the mileage since the last regeneration in km.
DEFINITION

Conformity check with the engine stopped and the ignition on, or the engine running and the engine
coolant temperature > 80˚C.

Mileage counter since the last dynamic regeneration (when driving) or since particle filter replacement if
regeneration has not yet occurred.

Deal with any faults displayed by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
AFTER REPAIR
Carry out a road test, then check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_PR1079

MR-410-X83-13B200$162.mif
V5
13B-323
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Command summary table

Tool
Diagnostic tool title Comments
command

This command is used to clear the faults stored in the


RZ001 Fault memory
computer.

RZ003 Engine adaptives Use this command when replacing the injection pump.

RZ012 EGR valve programming Use this command when replacing the EGR valve.

Use this command when replacing the inlet air flow/


RZ035 Average air temperature
temperature sensor.

Particle filter relative Use this command when replacing the particle filter relative
RZ036
pressure sensor pressure sensor.

Flywheel target
RZ037 Use this command when replacing the TDC sensor.
programming

Use this command when replacing a component of the exhaust


RZ043 Exhaust injector circuit
injector circuit.

RZ044 Damper valve programming Use this command when replacing the damper valve.

Rail pressure sensor Use this command when replacing the rail pressure sensor. It
RZ045
adaptives enables the system adaptives to be reset.

Cruise control/speed limiter Use this command to authorise programming of the cruise
RZ047
programming control and speed limiter.

Richness ratio sensor


RZ062 Use this command when replacing the richness ratio sensor.
programming

RZ063 Preheating unit Use this command when replacing one or more heater plugs.

MR-410-X83-13B200$170.mif
V5
13B-324
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Command summary table

Tool
Diagnostic tool title Comments
command

Turbocharging solenoid
AC004 This command actuates the turbocharging solenoid valve.
valve

This activation enables the operation of the damper valve to


AC012 Damper valve
be checked.

AC031 Thermoplunger No. 3 relay This activation actuates the thermoplunger control unit.

AC036 EGR valve This command actuates the EGR valve.

Activating this actuates the preheating unit to test the heater


AC037 Preheating relay
plug supply.

Low speed fan assembly This activation actuates the supply relay of the low speed fan
AC038
relay assembly.

High speed fan assembly This activation actuates the supply relay of the high speed fan
AC039
relay assembly.

AC063 Thermoplunger No.1 relay This activation actuates the thermoplunger control unit.

AC064 Thermoplunger No.2 relay This activation actuates the thermoplunger control unit.

This activation actuates the supply relay of the low speed fan
AC070 Air conditioning compressor
assembly.

This activation checks the actuation of the EGR bypass


AC103 EGR bypass
solenoid valve.

Activating this actuates the preheating unit to test the heater


AC226 Pump pressure regulator
plug supply.

This activation checks the actuation of the particle filter


AC238 Particle filter injector
injector.

Particle filter injector This activation checks the actuation of the particle filter
AC267
solenoid valve injector solenoid valve.

This activation (which is initiated with the engine running)


Particle filter solenoid valve
AC271 checks the opening of the particle filter solenoid valve. It lasts
opening
1 minute. Run the command again if necessary.

MR-410-X83-13B200$170.mif
V5
13B-325
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Command summary table

Tool
Diagnostic tool title Comments
command

This command enables you to manually write the calibration


SC002 Enter injector codes code marked on the injectors. Run this command after
replacing the injectors.

SC017 Particle filter regeneration This command is used to regenerate the particle filter.

This command is used to run operational fault finding on the


Operational fault finding of
SC031 cylinders and enables an injection or compression fault to be
cylinders
detected.

High pressure fuel circuit This command is used to run fault finding on the injection
SC035
fault finding. pump

This command enables the vehicle speed restriction to be


SC040 Speed limiter modified. Run this command after replacing or
(re)programming the computer or upon customer request.

This command enables the idle speed to be modified. Run


Modification of fast idle
SC042 this command after replacing or (re)programming the
speed
computer or upon customer request.

This command enables the computer operating data, the


engine adaptives, to be recorded.
SC047 Save computer data
Run this command before replacing or reprogramming
the computer.

Use this command after replacing or (re)programming the


SC048 Write saved data computer (if the data has been saved using command
SC047).

Adaptives after replacing the This command should be used after replacing the particle
SC051
particle filter filter

Adaptives after particle filter This command should be used after successful regeneration
SC052
regeneration of the particle filter

*CV: Commercial vehicle

MR-410-X83-13B200$170.mif
V5
13B-326
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Command summary table

Tool
Diagnostic tool title Comments
command

VP010 Enter VIN. VIN entry after replacement of the injection computer

This command is used to interrupt the fuel supply to prevent


the engine from starting during the compression test (it is
necessary to cancel this command to switch off the ignition
and wait for the "dialogue lost" message to appear on the
VP036 Fuel supply inhibited diagnostic tool, if the message does not appear, wait for 12
minutes).
When the "dialogue lost" message appears or after waiting for
12 minutes, try to start the engine to check that the procedure
has taken effect).

MR-410-X83-13B200$170.mif
V5
13B-327
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of commands

ENTER INJECTOR CODES


SC002

Carry out this command only under the following conditions:


NOTES When checking the injectors, TEST 14 Injector check or replacing one (or more)
injector(s).

When replacing one or more injectors, it is necessary to enter the injector code of each replaced injector.

– Run command SC002.


– Switch off the ignition and wait for the "dialogue lost" message to appear on the diagnostic tool; if the message
does not appear, wait 12 minutes. Failure to follow this procedure may cause the computer data to be corrupted.
When the "dialogue lost" message appears or after waiting for 12 minutes, put the vehicle under + after ignition
feed, then press "OK".

EDC17C11_V04_SC002
MR-410-X83-13B200$180.mif
V5
13B-328
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of commands

PARTICLE FILTER REGENERATION


SC017

Carry out this command only under the following conditions:


– DF297 Particle filter is present.
– Ignition on and engine stopped.
NOTES – Check the value of PR383 Weight of soot in particle filter, if PR383 ≥ 58 g, replace
the particle filter and consult the Replacement of components section. If PR383 <
58 g, perform particle filter regeneration in accordance with the rules and procedures
described in this interpretation of command SC017.

WARNING:
It is essential to carry out the following procedure in accordance with the safety and cleanliness guidelines
(see MR 408, Mechanical, 19B, Exhaust, Particle filter: Cleaning).
before each regeneration, check the fuel level.
before and after each regeneration, check the oil level.

With the engine running and the vehicle stopped, this function allows the particle filter to be regenerated.

Safety instructions to be followed:


The regeneration process will generate smoke and high temperatures; always ensure that the vehicle is parked
outside during regeneration. If it is not possible to carry out regeneration outside, check that the extractor fan can
withstand the very high regeneration temperatures (400˚C at the exhaust outlet).
The ground on which the regeneration is carried out must present no risk of fire (oil, dead leaves, etc.), and there
must be no objects positioned close to the exhaust pipe.

IF NECESSARY: stop the regeneration by switching off the ignition.


Wait for the "dialogue lost" message to appear on the diagnostic tool; if the message does not appear, wait
12 minutes. Failure to follow this procedure may cause the computer data to be corrupted.
When the "dialogue lost" message appears or after waiting for 12 minutes, put the vehicle under + after ignition
feed, then press "OK".

Before regeneration:
– Check the engine oil level to prevent the engine from racing: the oil level must be between the minimum level
and the middle level.
– Never carry out any other operations on the vehicle during the regeneration process.
– Wait until the tool displays the results screen; a message will confirm that the regeneration process has been
successful or indicate the operations to be carried out.

EDC17C11_V04_SC017

MR-410-X83-13B200$180.mif
V5
13B-329
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of commands

SC017
CONTINUED 1

After-Sales regeneration comprises 3 phases:


– Heating phase: the engine is running at a moderate speed for several minutes until the coolant temperature is
sufficiently high.
– Regeneration phase: the engine speed is greater than idle speed.
Engine injection is retarded. The exhaust fumes rise in temperature and burn the soot retained in the particle
filter.
Then the combustion of the soot stored in the particle filter causes the particle filter upstream temperature to
increase, possibly reaching over 600˚C depending on the amount of soot in the filter.
This phase lasts half an hour.
– Cooling phase: engine injection returns to normal and the exhaust gases cool the particle filter.
This phase lasts several minutes.

Perform an After-Sales regeneration using command SC017 Particle filter regeneration and note the result of
the command.

IMPORTANT:
Never carry out more than two successive regeneration procedures: there is a risk that the engine may be
damaged, contact the techline.

INTERPRETATION OF THE REGENERATION RESULTS:

If the regeneration result is the following message:

– "Coolant temperature too low".


Deal with any faults (except DF297 Particle filter 2.DEF: clogged) and run TEST 2 Coolant temperature sensor
check.
Try to repeat the particle filter regeneration procedure, with a warm engine.

– "Regeneration failed": test conditions not satisfied.


One of the following events interrupted the regeneration:
– Gear change,
– Engine stopped,
– Accelerator pedal depressed,
– Vehicle moved,
– Coolant temperature too low,
– Turbine upstream temperature too low,
– Rail pressure too low,
– Brake pedal depressed,
– Clutch pedal depressed.
Observe the above-mentioned test conditions throughout the particle filter regeneration procedure.
Deal with any faults that appear, then try to repeat the particle filter regeneration procedure while observing the
above conditions.

MR-410-X83-13B200$180.mif
V5
13B-330
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of commands

SC017
CONTINUED 2

– "Particle filter regeneration successful": regeneration completed correctly.

– Switch off the ignition to interrupt the + after ignition feed.


IMPORTANT: Failure to follow this procedure may cause the computer data to be corrupted.
Wait for the "dialogue lost" message to appear on the diagnostic tool; if the message does not appear,
wait 12 minutes.
– When the "dialogue lost" message appears or after waiting for 12 minutes, put the vehicle under
+ after ignition feed.
– Press "OK".
– Reinitialise the programming after particle filter regeneration using command SC052 Adaptives after
particle filter regeneration.
– Switch off the ignition to interrupt the + after ignition feed.
IMPORTANT: Failure to follow this procedure may cause the computer data to be corrupted.
Wait for the "dialogue lost" message to appear on the diagnostic tool; if the message does not appear,
wait 12 minutes.
– Does the "Oil service / Oil change due" message appear on the instrument panel or is DF1020 Engine
oil dilution present?
If YES, carry out an oil change and then reset the trip computer manually in order to reset the oil change
interval.
If NO, the procedure following successful regeneration is complete.

MR-410-X83-13B200$180.mif
V5
13B-331
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of commands

SC017
CONTINUED 3

– "Particle filter too full - replace the particle filter": regeneration has failed.
The weight of soot in the particle filter is so great that it is creating back-pressure.
Deal with any faults, otherwise replace the particle filter (see MR 408, Mechanical, 19B, Exhaust, Particle filter:
Removal - Refitting).

IMPORTANT: This command must be executed with the engine running. The command has been cancelled. Start
the engine and run command SC017 again.

Start the engine and try to repeat the particle filter regeneration procedure.

– "Regeneration failed: engine switched off."


This command must be executed with the engine running. The command has been cancelled.
Deal with any faults (except DF297 Particle filter 2.DEF: clogged).
Check the engine oil level, which must be between the minimum level and the middle level.
Start the engine and try to repeat the particle filter regeneration procedure

– "Regeneration failed: engine stalled".


Deal with any faults (except DF297 Particle filter 2.DEF: clogged).
Check the engine oil level, which must be between the minimum level and the middle level.
Start the engine and try to repeat the particle filter regeneration procedure.
If the second regeneration fails, contact the Techline.

– "Particle filter inlet temperature too low. "


Deal with any faults (except DF297 Particle filter 2.DEF: clogged).
Check the particle filter upstream temperature sensor by running TEST 8 Particle filter upstream temperature
sensor check.
Check the catalytic converter.
Check the exhaust injector circuit (injector and solenoid valve) by running TEST 10 Exhaust injector circuit
check.
Check the sealing of the exhaust pipe and exhaust manifold.
Check the engine oil level, which must be between the minimum level and the middle level.
Start the engine and try to repeat the particle filter regeneration procedure.
If the second regeneration fails, pass the fault on to a higher level of expertise.

– "Turbine upstream temperature too low. "


Deal with any faults (except DF297 Particle filter 2.DEF: clogged).
Check the air filter cartridge and the air filter.
Check the sealing of the air pipes.
Check the air flowmeter by running TEST 3 Air flowmeter check.
Check the injectors by running TEST 14 Injector check.
Check the engine oil level, which must be between the minimum level and the middle level.
Start the engine and try to repeat the particle filter regeneration procedure
If the second regeneration fails, contact the Techline.

MR-410-X83-13B200$180.mif
V5
13B-332
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of commands

SC017
CONTINUED 4

– "Relative pressure in the particle filter too low."


Deal with any faults (except DF297 Particle filter 2.DEF: clogged)
Check the particle filter relative pressure sensor.
Check the particle filter by running TEST 9 Particle filter check.
Check the engine oil level, which must be between the minimum level and the middle level.
Start the engine and try to repeat the particle filter regeneration procedure
If the second regeneration fails, contact the Techline.

– "Particle filter inlet temperature too high."


Deal with any faults (except DF297 2.DEF).
Check the particle filter upstream temperature sensor by running TEST 8 Particle filter upstream temperature
sensor check.
Check the exhaust injector circuit (injector and solenoid valve) by running TEST 10 Exhaust injection circuit
check.
Check the particle filter by running TEST 9 Particle filter check.
Check the engine oil level, which must be between the minimum level and the middle level.
Start the engine and try to repeat the particle filter regeneration procedure
If the second regeneration fails, contact the Techline.

MR-410-X83-13B200$180.mif
V5
13B-333
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of commands

SPEED LIMITER
SC040

NOTES This command enables the vehicle speed restriction to be modified.

To run this command, select scenario SC040 on the CLIP diagnostic tool.
This command allows you to:
– read the vehicle's restricted speed,
– activate the speed restriction at a predefined speed,
– deactivate or change the current restricted speed set on the vehicle.

IMPORTANT:
If the vehicle is restricted, the driver of the vehicle must be informed. Consequently, in accordance with the
regulations, the vehicle speed restriction should be shown on a label on the instrument panel.
The label should be changed when any changes to the speed restriction are introduced.

Use PR879 Maximum authorised speed to check if the command has been correctly taken into account.
The speed restrictions are between 18 mph (30 km/h) < X < 99 mph (165 km/h).
If this function is deactivated, the vehicle will have a speed limited to 120 mph (200 km/h) by default.

EDC17C11_V04_SC040

MR-410-X83-13B200$180.mif
V5
13B-334
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of commands

MODIFICATION OF FAST IDLE SPEED


SC042

NOTES This command is used to modify the commercial vehicle idle speed.

To run this command, select scenario SC042 on the CLIP diagnostic tool.
This command allows you to:
– read the commercial vehicle idle speed,
– activate the commercial vehicle idle speed at a predefined speed,
– deactivate or change the current commercial vehicle idle speed for the vehicle.
– to enter a fast idle deactivation speed.

Procedure to be followed:
– select the fast idle speed within 1000 to 2000 rpm,
– when the fast idle speed is between 1000 and 1300 rpm, the fast idle speed deactivation speed can be
configured. Enter a speed between 0 and 18 mph (30 km/h) or leave the default value,
– when the accelerated idle speed is in the interval 1300 to 2000 rpm, the accelerated idle deactivation speed is
not configurable,
– select confirm to register the configuration,
– the screen "Configuration completed" indicates that the configuration was carried out successfully,
– select "End" to return to the main screen.

*CV: Commercial vehicle

EDC17C11_V04_SC042

MR-410-X83-13B200$180.mif
V5
13B-335
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of commands

SAVE COMPUTER DATA


SC047

NOTES This save is carried out before computer reprogramming or replacement.

Select scenario SC047 on the CLIP tool.


If the following message appears:
"a saved file exists, do you want to overwrite this data?":
(this file relates to the last save carried out on the CLIP diagnostic tool): select YES.
Confirming this command saves the following vehicle-specific data:
– the egr valve data programming;
– options available on the vehicle and managed by the computer (e.g. air conditioning);
– data specific to injection and particle filter operation.

This information will be saved in the CLIP diagnostic tool.


When saving is finished, run command SC048 Write saved data in order to configure the new computer after
programming or reprogramming.

EDC17C11_V04_SC047

MR-410-X83-13B200$180.mif
V5
13B-336
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Interpretation of commands

WRITE SAVED DATA


SC048

To be able to run this command, it is essential to save the data using command SC047
NOTES Save computer data.
Writing is carried out after the computer has been reprogrammed or replaced.

Validating this command writes the data saved using command SC047.

The data is as follows:


– vehicle idle speed,
– programming of exhaust gas recirculation valve data,
– options available on the vehicle and managed by the computer (Example: Air conditioning),
– data specific to injection and particle filter operation.

The data configures the computer and prevents:


– engine malfunction after reprogramming or replacing the computer,
– incorrect interpretation of the information provided by the CLIP diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_SC048

MR-410-X83-13B200$180.mif
V5
13B-337
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Customer complaints

Special note:
NOTES Only address this customer complaint after a complete check with the diagnostic
tool.

NO COMMUNICATION WITH THE COMPUTER ALP1

GENERAL APPEARANCE OF ENGINE COMPARTMENT ALP2

LEAK FROM THE ENGINE

ENGINE LEAK ALP3

FUEL LEAK ALP4

ENGINE OIL LEAK ALP5

COOLANT LEAK ALP6

ODOURS UNDER BONNET

ABNORMAL ODOUR ALP7

FUEL ODOUR ALP8

MR-410-X83-13B200$190.mif
V5
13B-338
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Customer complaints

SMOKE UNDER BONNET

ABNORMAL SMOKE ALP9

SMOKE UNDER BONNET ALP10

ABNORMAL SMOKE UNDER BONNET ALP11

EXHAUST SMOKE

SMOKE FROM THE EXHAUST ALP12

ABNORMAL SMOKE FROM THE EXHAUST ALP13

EXCESSIVE CONSUMPTION

CONSUMPTION ALP14

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION ALP15

EXCESSIVE COOLANT CONSUMPTION ALP16

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION ALP17

ENGINE STARTING

ENGINE STARTING ALP18

THE ENGINE TURNS OVER BUT DOES NOT START ALP19

THE ENGINE STARTS WITH DIFFICULTY ALP20

MR-410-X83-13B200$190.mif
V5
13B-339
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Customer complaints

PERFORMANCE

ENGINE PERFORMANCE ALP21

LACK OF POWER OR TORQUE ALP22

ACCELERATION GAP ALP23

DRIVING PLEASURE

DRIVING PLEASURE ALP24

ROUGH IDLE ALP25

IDLE SPEED TOO HIGH OR TOO LOW ALP26

JERKING OR HESITATION ALP27

ENGINE STALLS ALP28

ERRATIC ACCELERATION ALP29

ERRATIC DECELERATION ALP30

ENGINE RACING (WITHOUT ACTION ON THE PEDAL) ALP31

MR-410-X83-13B200$190.mif
V5
13B-340
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Fault Finding Chart

ALP 1 No dialogue with the computer

NOTES See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

Try to establish dialogue with a computer on another vehicle to check that the diagnostic tool is not faulty. If the
tool is not the cause and communication cannot be established with any other computer on the same vehicle, it is
possible that another computer is disrupting the multiplex network.

Check the voltage of the battery.


If the battery voltage is between 9.5 V and 17.5 V, run fault finding on the charging circuit.

Carry out a fault finding procedure on the multiplex network using the diagnostic tool.

– Check the presence and condition of the injection fuses on the UPC and in the engine fuse box.
– Check the connection of the computer connectors and the condition of its connections.
– Check the injection computer earths (quality, oxidation, tightness of the earth bolts on the battery terminal).
– Check that the supply to the computer is correct:
– Earth on connections NF of the computer connector,
– + after ignition feed on connections AP29 of the computer connector.

If the connection(s) are faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical
wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Check that the diagnostic socket, component code 225 is correctly supplied:
– + before ignition feed on connection BP10 of component 225,
– Earth on connections NJ, NC, MK and MJ of component 225,

If the connection(s) are faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical
wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If dialogue has still not been established after these checks, contact the techline.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ALP1
MR-410-X83-13B200$200.mif
V5
13B-341
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Fault Finding Chart

ALP 2 General appearance of engine compartment

Check the turbocharger by running TEST 21 Turbocharger check.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ALP2
MR-410-X83-13B200$200.mif
V5
13B-342
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Fault Finding Chart

ALP 3 Engine leak

Check the air pipes.

Check the priming pump.

Check the high pressure pipes.

Check the injector rail.

Check the fuel return circuit.

Check the inlet manifold.

Check the oil exchanger.

Check the oil filter.

Check the fuel heater.

Check the EGR valve bypass by running TEST 24 EGR valve bypass check.

Check the turbocharger by running TEST 21 Turbocharger check.

Check the oil vapour rebreathing circuit.

Check the oil pump.

Check the fuel flow regulator on the pump by running TEST 13 Pump fuel flow regulator (VCV) check.

Check the injection pump by running TEST 12 Injection pump check.

Check the injectors by running TEST 14 Injector check.

Check the exhaust injection circuit.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ALP3

MR-410-X83-13B200$200.mif
V5
13B-343
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Fault Finding Chart

ALP 4 Fuel leak

Check the priming pump.

Check the high pressure pipes.

Check the injector rail.

Check the fuel return circuit.

Check the fuel heater.

Check the fuel flow regulator on the pump by running TEST 13 Pump fuel flow regulator (VCV) check.

Check the injection pump by running TEST 12 Injection pump check.

Check the injectors by running TEST 14 Injector check.

Check the exhaust injection circuit.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ALP4

MR-410-X83-13B200$200.mif
V5
13B-344
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Fault Finding Chart

ALP 5 Engine oil leak

Check the air pipes.

Check the inlet manifold.

Check the oil filter.

Check the oil exchanger.

Check the turbocharger by running TEST 21 Turbocharger check.

Check the oil vapour rebreathing circuit.

Check the oil pump.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ALP5
MR-410-X83-13B200$200.mif
V5
13B-345
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Fault Finding Chart

ALP 6 Coolant leak

Check the oil exchanger.

Check the turbocharger by running TEST 21 Turbocharger check.

Check the EGR valve bypass by running TEST 24 EGR valve bypass check.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ALP6

MR-410-X83-13B200$200.mif
V5
13B-346
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Fault Finding Chart

ALP 7 Abnormal odour

Check the air pipes.

Check the priming pump.

Check the high pressure pipes.

Check the coolant pump.

Check the injector rail.

Check the fuel return circuit.

Check the fuel supply pipe between the fuel filter and the injection pump.

Check the oil exchanger.

Check the oil circuit.

Check the fuel heater.

Check the EGR valve by running TEST 7 EGR valve check.

Check the turbocharger by running TEST 21 Turbocharger check.

Check the exhaust manifold.

Check the cylinder head.

Check the cooling system (see MR 408, Mechanical, 19A, Cooling, Engine cooling system: Check).

Check the accessories belt.

Check the injection pump by running TEST 12 Injection pump check.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ALP7
MR-410-X83-13B200$200.mif
V5
13B-347
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Fault Finding Chart

ALP 8 Fuel odours

Check the priming pump.

Check the high pressure pipes.

Check the injection pump by running TEST 12 Injection pump check.

Check the fuel return circuit.

Check the fuel supply pipe between the fuel filter and the injection pump.

Check the fuel heater.

Check the injection pump

Check the exhaust injection circuit by running TEST 10 Exhaust injection circuit check.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ALP8

MR-410-X83-13B200$200.mif
V5
13B-348
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Fault Finding Chart

ALP 9 Abnormal smoke

Check the air pipes.

Check the coolant pump.

Check the oil circuit.

Check the oil exchanger.

Check the EGR valve bypass by running TEST 24 EGR valve bypass check.

Check the turbocharger by running TEST 21 Turbocharger check.

Check the exhaust manifold.

Check the cylinder head.

Check the cooling system (see MR 408, Mechanical, 19A, Cooling, Engine cooling system: Check).

Check the accessories belt.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ALP9

MR-410-X83-13B200$200.mif
V5
13B-349
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Fault Finding Chart

ALP 10 Smoke under bonnet

Check the coolant pump.

Check the turbocharger by running TEST 21 Turbocharger check.

Check the fuel flow regulator on the pump by running TEST 13 Pump fuel flow regulator (VCV) check.

Check the injectors by running TEST 14 Injector check.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ALP10

MR-410-X83-13B200$200.mif
V5
13B-350
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Fault Finding Chart

ALP 11 Abnormal smoke under bonnet

Check the coolant pump.

Check the turbocharger by running TEST 21 Turbocharger check.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ALP11
MR-410-X83-13B200$200.mif
V5
13B-351
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Fault Finding Chart

ALP 12 Exhaust fumes

Check the air filter.

Check the air filter element.

Check the air pipes.

Check the priming pump.

Check the vacuum pipes.

Check the high pressure pipes.

Check the coolant pump.

Check the injector rail.

Check the fuel filter.

Check the fuel.

Check the fuel return circuit.

Check the fuel supply pipe between the fuel filter and the injection pump.

Check the inlet manifold.

Check the fuel supply system.

Check the injector washers.

Check the oil exchanger.

Check the oil circuit.

Check the oil filter.

Check the turbocharging air cooler.


Check the turbocharger by running TEST 21 Turbocharger check.

Check the oil vapour rebreathing circuit.

Check the exhaust manifold.

Check the oil pump.


Check the pistons and piston rings.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ALP12
MR-410-X83-13B200$200.mif
V5
13B-352
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Fault Finding Chart

ALP 12
CONTINUED

Check the cylinder head.

Check the valves.

Check the cooling system (see MR 408, Mechanical, 19A, Cooling, Engine cooling system: Check).

Check the rotating parts.

Check the atmospheric pressure sensor by running TEST 23 Atmospheric pressure sensor check.

Check the coolant temperature sensor.

Check the EGR valve by running TEST 7 EGR valve check.

Check the particle filter by running TEST 9 Particle filter check.

Check the exhaust injection circuit by running TEST 10 Exhaust injection circuit check.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$200.mif
V5
13B-353
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Fault Finding Chart

ALP 13 Unusual smoke from the exhaust

Check the air filter unit.

Check the air filter element.

Check the air pipes.

Check the priming pump.

Check the vacuum pipes.

Check the high pressure pipes.

Check the coolant pump.

Check the injector rail.

Check the fuel filter.

Check the fuel by running TEST 20 Fuel conformity check.

Check the fuel return circuit.

Check the fuel supply pipe between the fuel filter and the injection pump.

Check the fuel supply system.

Check the inlet manifold.

Check the injector washers.

Check the oil exchanger.

Check the oil circuit.

Check the oil filter.

Check the turbocharging air cooler.


Check the turbocharger by running TEST 21 Turbocharger check.

Check the oil vapour rebreathing circuit.

Check the exhaust manifold.

Check the oil pump.


Check the cylinder head.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ALP13

MR-410-X83-13B200$200.mif
V5
13B-354
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Fault Finding Chart

ALP 13
CONTINUED

Check the valves.

Check the cooling system (see MR 408, Mechanical, 19A, Cooling, Engine cooling system: Check).

Check the rotating parts.

Check the EGR valve by running TEST 7 EGR valve check.

Check the particle filter by running TEST 9 Particle filter check.

Check the exhaust injection circuit by running TEST 10 Exhaust injection circuit check.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$200.mif
V5
13B-355
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Fault Finding Chart

ALP 14 Consumption:

Check the air filter element.

Check the air pipes.

Check the injector rail.

Check the oil circuit.

Check the oil filter.

Check the oil exchanger.

Check the EGR valve bypass by running TEST 24 EGR valve bypass check.

Check the turbocharger by running TEST 21 Turbocharger check.

Check the pistons and piston rings.

Check the cylinder head.

Check the cooling system (see MR 408, Mechanical, 19A, Cooling, Engine cooling system: Check).

Check the accessories belt.

Check the exhaust injection circuit by running TEST 10 Exhaust injection circuit check.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ALP14
MR-410-X83-13B200$200.mif
V5
13B-356
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Fault Finding Chart

ALP 15 Excessive fuel consumption

Check the air filter element.

Check the air pipes.

Check the injector rail.

Check the exhaust injection circuit by running TEST 10 Exhaust injection circuit check.

Check the injectors by running TEST 14 Injector check.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ALP15
MR-410-X83-13B200$200.mif
V5
13B-357
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Fault Finding Chart

ALP 16 Excessive coolant consumption

Check the oil exchanger.

Check the EGR valve bypass by running TEST 24 EGR valve bypass check.

Check the turbocharger by running TEST 21 Turbocharger check.

Check the cylinder head.

Check the cooling system (see MR 408, Mechanical, 19A, Cooling, Engine cooling system: Check).

Check the accessories belt.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ALP16

MR-410-X83-13B200$200.mif
V5
13B-358
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Fault Finding Chart

ALP 17 Excessive oil consumption

Check the oil exchanger.

Check the oil circuit.

Check the oil filter.

Check the turbocharger by running TEST 21 Turbocharger check.

Check the pistons and piston rings.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ALP17

MR-410-X83-13B200$200.mif
V5
13B-359
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Fault Finding Chart

ALP 18 The engine is started

Check the priming pump.

Check the fuel filter.

Check the fuel by running TEST 20 Fuel conformity check.

Check the fuel supply pipe between the fuel filter and the injection pump.

Check the fuel supply system.

Check the turbocharger by running TEST 21 Turbocharger check.

Check the timing.

Check air flowmeter by running TEST 3 Air flowmeter check.

Check the damper valve by running TEST 6 Damper valve check.

Check the particle filter by running TEST 9 Particle filter check.

Check the water in fuel filter presence sensor.

Check the injection pump by running TEST 12 Injection pump check.

Check the injector rail pressure sensor by running TEST 26 Rail pressure sensor check.

Check the fuel flow regulator on the pump by running TEST 13 Pump fuel flow regulator (VCV) check.

Check the injectors by running TEST 14 Injector check.

Check the preheating circuit by running TEST 15 Preheating circuit check.

Check the TDC sensor by running TEST 16 TDC sensor check.

Check the camshaft sensor by running TEST 17 Camshaft sensor check.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ALP18

MR-410-X83-13B200$200.mif
V5
13B-360
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Fault Finding Chart

ALP 19 The engine turns over but does not start

Check the priming pump.

Check the fuel filter.

Check the fuel by running TEST 20 Fuel conformity check.

Check the turbocharger by running TEST 21 Turbocharger check.

Check the timing.

Check the damper valve by running TEST 6 Damper valve check.

Check the particle filter by running TEST 9 Particle filter check.

Check the water in fuel filter presence sensor.

Check the injection pump by running TEST 12 Injection pump check.

Check the injector rail pressure sensor by running TEST 26 Rail pressure sensor check.

Check the fuel flow regulator on the pump by running TEST 13 Pump fuel flow regulator (VCV) check.

Check the injectors by running TEST 14 Injector check.

Check the preheating circuit by running TEST 15 Preheating circuit check.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ALP19

MR-410-X83-13B200$200.mif
V5
13B-361
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Fault Finding Chart

ALP 20 The engine starts with difficulty

Check the priming pump.

Check the fuel filter.

Check the fuel by running TEST 20 Fuel conformity check.

Check the fuel supply pipe between the fuel filter and the injection pump.

Check the fuel supply system.

Check the turbocharger by running TEST 21 Turbocharger check.

Check the coolant temperature sensor by running TEST 2 Coolant temperature sensor check.

Check air flowmeter by running TEST 3 Air flowmeter check.

Check the damper valve by running TEST 6 Damper valve check.

Check the particle filter by running TEST 9 Particle filter check.

Check the water in fuel filter presence sensor.

Check the injection pump by running TEST 12 Injection pump check.

Check the injector rail pressure sensor by running TEST 26 Rail pressure sensor check.

Check the fuel flow regulator on the pump by running TEST 13 Pump fuel flow regulator (VCV) check.

Check the injectors by running TEST 14 Injector check.

Check the preheating circuit by running TEST 15 Preheating circuit check.

Check the TDC sensor by running TEST 16 TDC sensor check.

Check the camshaft sensor by running TEST 17 Camshaft sensor check.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ALP20

MR-410-X83-13B200$200.mif
V5
13B-362
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Fault Finding Chart

ALP 21 Engine performance

Check that the floor carpet is correctly positioned.

Check the air pipes.

Check the vacuum pipes.

Check the fuel filter.

Check the fuel by running TEST 20 Fuel conformity check.

Check the inlet manifold.

Check the oil circuit.

Check the oil exchanger.

Check the turbocharging air cooler.

Check the turbocharger by running TEST 21 Turbocharger check.

Check the exhaust manifold.

Check the pistons and piston rings.

Check the camshaft.

Check the valves.

Check the timing.

Check the rotating parts.

Check the atmospheric pressure sensor by running TEST 23 Atmospheric pressure sensor check.

Check the coolant temperature sensor by running TEST 2 Coolant temperature sensor check.

Check air flowmeter by running TEST 3 Air flowmeter check.


Check the manifold pressure sensor.

Check the turbocharger control solenoid valve by running TEST 5 Turbocharger control solenoid valve check.

Check the damper valve by running TEST 6 Damper valve check.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ALP21
MR-410-X83-13B200$200.mif
V5
13B-363
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Fault Finding Chart

ALP 21
CONTINUED

Check the EGR valve by running TEST 7 EGR valve check.

Check the particle filter by running TEST 9 Particle filter check.

Check the exhaust injection circuit by running TEST 10 Exhaust injection circuit check.

Check the exhaust gas temperature sensor by running TEST 11 Exhaust gas temperature sensor check.

Check the fuel temperature sensor by running TEST 27 Fuel temperature sensor check.

Check the injection pump by running TEST 12 Injection pump check.

Check the injector rail pressure sensor by running TEST 26 Rail pressure sensor check.

Check the fuel flow regulator on the pump by running TEST 13 Pump fuel flow regulator (VCV) check.

Check the injectors by running TEST 14 Injector check.

Check the TDC sensor by running TEST 16 TDC sensor check.

Check the accelerator pedal potentiometer by running TEST 18 Accelerator pedal potentiometer check.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$200.mif
V5
13B-364
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Fault Finding Chart

ALP 22 Lack of power or torque

Check the air pipes.

Check the vacuum pipes.

Check the fuel filter.

Check the fuel by running TEST 20 Fuel conformity check.

Check the inlet manifold.

Check the turbocharging air cooler.

Check the oil circuit.

Check the oil exchanger.

Check the turbocharger by running TEST 21 Turbocharger check.

Check the exhaust manifold.

Check the pistons and piston rings.

Check the camshaft.

Check the valves.

Check the timing.

Check the rotating parts.

Check the atmospheric pressure sensor by running TEST 23 Atmospheric pressure sensor check.

Check the coolant temperature sensor by running TEST 2 Coolant temperature sensor check.

Check air flowmeter by running TEST 3 Air flowmeter check.

Check the manifold pressure sensor.


Check the turbocharger control solenoid valve by running TEST 5 Turbocharger control solenoid valve check.

Check the damper valve by running TEST 6 Damper valve check.

Check the EGR valve by running TEST 7 EGR valve check.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ALP22
MR-410-X83-13B200$200.mif
V5
13B-365
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Fault Finding Chart

ALP 22
CONTINUED

Check the particle filter by running TEST 9 Particle filter check.

Check the exhaust injection circuit by running TEST 10 Exhaust injection circuit check.

Check the exhaust gas temperature sensor by running TEST 11 Exhaust gas temperature sensor check.

Check the fuel temperature sensor by running TEST 27 Fuel temperature sensor check.

Check the injection pump by running TEST 12 Injection pump check.

Check the injector rail pressure sensor by running TEST 26 Rail pressure sensor check.

Check the fuel flow regulator on the pump by running TEST 13 Pump fuel flow regulator (VCV) check.

Check the injectors by running TEST 14 Injector check.

Check the TDC sensor by running TEST 16 TDC sensor check.

Check the accelerator pedal potentiometer by running TEST 18 Accelerator pedal potentiometer check.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$200.mif
V5
13B-366
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Fault Finding Chart

ALP 23 Acceleration gap

Check that the floor carpet is correctly positioned.

Check the turbocharger by running TEST 21 Turbocharger check.

Check the damper valve by running TEST 6 Damper valve check.

Check the accelerator pedal potentiometer by running TEST 18 Accelerator pedal potentiometer check.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ALP23
MR-410-X83-13B200$200.mif
V5
13B-367
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Fault Finding Chart

ALP 24 Driving pleasure

Check that the floor carpet is correctly positioned.

Check the air filter element.

Check the air pipes.

Check the fuel filter.

Check the inlet manifold.

Check the injector washers.

Check the fuel heater.

Check the oil exchanger.

Check the turbocharger by running TEST 21 Turbocharger check.

Check the camshaft.

Check the valves.

Check the rotating parts.

Check the accessories belt.

Check the atmospheric pressure sensor by running TEST 23 Atmospheric pressure sensor check.

Check the coolant temperature sensor by running TEST 2 Coolant temperature sensor check.

Check air flowmeter by running TEST 3 Air flowmeter check.

Check the manifold pressure sensor.

Check the turbocharger control solenoid valve by running TEST 5 Turbocharger control solenoid valve check.

Check the damper valve by running TEST 6 Damper valve check.


Check the EGR valve by running TEST 7 EGR valve check.

Check the particle filter upstream temperature sensor by running TEST 8 Particle filter upstream temperature
sensor check.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ALP24
MR-410-X83-13B200$200.mif
V5
13B-368
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Fault Finding Chart

ALP 24
CONTINUED

Check the particle filter by running TEST 9 Particle filter check.

Check the exhaust injection circuit by running TEST 10 Exhaust injection circuit check.

Check the injection pump by running TEST 12 Injection pump check.

Check the injector rail pressure sensor by running TEST 26 Rail pressure sensor check.

Check the fuel flow regulator on the pump by running TEST 13 Pump fuel flow regulator (VCV) check.

Check the injectors by running TEST 14 Injector check.

Check the preheating circuit by running TEST 15 Preheating circuit check.

Check the TDC sensor by running TEST 16 TDC sensor check.

Check the accelerator pedal potentiometer by running TEST 18 Accelerator pedal potentiometer check.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$200.mif
V5
13B-369
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Fault Finding Chart

ALP 25 Rough idle

Check that the floor carpet is correctly positioned.

Check the air pipes.

Check the fuel filter.

Check the injector washers.

Check the camshaft.

Check the valves.

Check the coolant temperature sensor by running TEST 2 Coolant temperature sensor check.

Check the particle filter upstream temperature sensor by running TEST 8 Particle filter upstream
temperature sensor check.

Check the injection pump by running TEST 12 Injection pump check.

Check the injector rail pressure sensor by running TEST 26 Rail pressure sensor check.

Check the fuel flow regulator on the pump by running TEST 13 Pump fuel flow regulator (VCV) check.

Check the preheating circuit by running TEST 15 Preheating circuit check.

Check the TDC sensor by running TEST 16 TDC sensor check.

Check the accelerator pedal potentiometer by running TEST 18 Accelerator pedal potentiometer check.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ALP25
MR-410-X83-13B200$200.mif
V5
13B-370
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Fault Finding Chart

ALP 26 Idling speed too high or too low

Check that the floor carpet is correctly positioned.

Check the valves.

Check the coolant temperature sensor by running TEST 2 Coolant temperature sensor check.

Check the particle filter upstream temperature sensor by running TEST 8 Particle filter upstream
temperature sensor check.

Check the particle filter by running TEST 9 Particle filter check.

Check the exhaust injection circuit by running TEST 10 Exhaust injection circuit check.

Check the fuel temperature sensor by running TEST 27 Fuel temperature sensor check.

Check the preheating circuit by running TEST 15 Preheating circuit check.

Check the TDC sensor by running TEST 16 TDC sensor check.

Check the accelerator pedal potentiometer by running TEST 18 Accelerator pedal potentiometer check.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ALP26
MR-410-X83-13B200$200.mif
V5
13B-371
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Fault Finding Chart

ALP 27 Jerking or hesitation

Check that the floor carpet is correctly positioned.

Check the air filter element.

Check the air pipes.

Check the inlet manifold.

Check the turbocharger by running TEST 21 Turbocharger check.

Check the atmospheric pressure sensor by running TEST 23 Atmospheric pressure sensor check.

Check the manifold pressure sensor.

Check the turbocharger control solenoid valve by running TEST 5 Turbocharger control solenoid valve check.

Check the EGR valve by running TEST 7 EGR valve check.

Check the water in fuel filter presence sensor.

Check the fuel flow regulator on the pump by running TEST 13 Pump fuel flow regulator (VCV) check.

Check the accelerator pedal potentiometer by running TEST 18 Accelerator pedal potentiometer check.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ALP27
MR-410-X83-13B200$200.mif
V5
13B-372
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Fault Finding Chart

ALP 28 Engine stalls

Check the air filter element.

Check the fuel filter.

Check the fuel heater.

Check the rotating parts.

Check the accessories belt.

Check the damper valve by running TEST 6 Damper valve check.

Check the EGR valve by running TEST 7 EGR valve check.

Check the particle filter upstream temperature sensor by running TEST 8 Particle filter upstream
temperature sensor check.

Check the particle filter by running TEST 9 Particle filter check.

Check the exhaust injection circuit by running TEST 10 Exhaust injection circuit check.

Check the water in fuel filter presence sensor.

Check the injector rail pressure sensor by running TEST 26 Rail pressure sensor check.

Check the fuel flow regulator on the pump by running TEST 13 Pump fuel flow regulator (VCV) check.

Check the injectors by running TEST 14 Injector check.

Check the TDC sensor by running TEST 16 TDC sensor check.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ALP28

MR-410-X83-13B200$200.mif
V5
13B-373
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Fault Finding Chart

ALP 29 Erratic acceleration

Check that the floor carpet is correctly positioned.

Check the oil exchanger.

Check the turbocharger by running TEST 21 Turbocharger check.

Check the accelerator pedal potentiometer by running TEST 18 Accelerator pedal potentiometer check.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ALP29
MR-410-X83-13B200$200.mif
V5
13B-374
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Fault Finding Chart

ALP 30 Erratic acceleration

Contact the Techline.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ALP30
MR-410-X83-13B200$200.mif
V5
13B-375
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Fault Finding Chart

ALP 31 Engine racing (without action on the pedal)

Check that the floor carpet is correctly positioned.

Check the oil exchanger.

Check the turbocharger by running TEST 21 Turbocharger check.

Check the accelerator pedal potentiometer by running TEST 18 Accelerator pedal potentiometer check.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_ALP31

MR-410-X83-13B200$200.mif
V5
13B-376
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Tests

Turbocharger air chain TEST1

Coolant temperature sensor check TEST2

Checking the air flowmeter TEST3

Turbocharging pressure sensor check TEST4

Turbocharger control solenoid valve check TEST5

Damper valve check TEST6

EGR valve check TEST7

Particle filter upstream temperature sensor check TEST8

Particle filter check TEST9

Exhaust injection circuit check TEST10

Exhaust gas temperature sensor check TEST11

Injection pump check TEST12

Pump fuel flow regulator (VCV) check TEST13

Injector check TEST14

Preheating circuit check TEST15

TDC sensor check TEST16

Camshaft sensor check TEST17

Accelerator pedal potentiometer check TEST18

Brake pedal switch check TEST19

Fuel conformity check TEST20

Turbocharger check TEST21

Alternator regulator check TEST22

Atmospheric pressure sensor check TEST23

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$211.mif
V5
13B-377
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Tests

EGR valve bypass check TEST24

Clutch pedal switch check TEST25

Rail pressure sensor check TEST26

Fuel temperature sensor check TEST27

Fan assembly relay check TEST28

Thermoplunger relay check TEST29

Air conditioning compressor relay check TEST30

Compression ratio check TEST31

After road test check TEST32

Particle filter relative pressure sensor check TEST33

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$211.mif
V5
13B-378
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Tests

TEST 1 Turbocharger air chain

NOTES None.

Check for the presence of the air filter


Check the replacement frequency for the air filter in the Maintenance Booklet.
Compare the part numbers of the air filter fitted to the vehicle and that of the air filter recommended by the
manufacturer.
Check the air filter direction of fitting.

Is the air filter fitted to the vehicle correct?

YES NO

Check the condition of the air filter


Visually inspect the condition of the filter section of the air
Replace the air filter (see MR 408,
filter.
YES Mechanical, 12A, Fuel mixture,
Is either the air filter or its seal damaged?
Air filter, Removal - Refitting).
Is the air filter clogged (does it contain a lot of
impurities)?

NO

Low pressure circuit check


Note:
According to the vehicle type, maximum visual access will
either be from above or from below.
Replace the defective parts (see
Visually inspect the condition of the following components: MR 408, Mechanical, 12B,
YES
– fresh air inlet scoop on the front end panel of the vehicle, Turbocharging).
– air filter air inlet pipe,
– filter air pipe up to the compressor inlet,
– air flowmeter mountings.

Is one of these components incorrect (disconnected,


cut, bent, pierced or kinked pipes)?

NO

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_TEST1
MR-410-X83-13B200$211.mif
V5
13B-379
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Tests

TEST 1
CONTINUED

A
NO

High pressure circuit check


Note:
According to the vehicle type, maximum visual access will either be from
above or from below.
Visually inspect the condition of the following components:
– outlet pipe of the compressor to the turbocharging air cooler,
– turbocharging air cooler outlet pipe at inlet manifold,
– inlet manifold,
– temperature and pressure sensors. YES
Is one of these components incorrect (disconnected, cut, bent,
pierced or kinked pipes)?
Replace the defective
NO parts (see MR 408,
Mechanical, 12B,
Turbocharging).

Exhaust system check


Visually inspect the condition of the following engine parts: YES
– the exhaust manifold circuit to the turbocharger turbine,
– the turbine outlet pipe to the end of the exhaust pipe,
– from the inlet manifold to the EGR valve,
– check that the temperature and pressure sensors are connected.
Do some of these components have blackish or whitish traces?

NO

End of test.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$211.mif
V5
13B-380
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Tests

TEST 2 Coolant temperature sensor check

NOTES See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

With the engine idling: visually check that there are no leaks where the coolant temperature sensor is fitted,
component code 244 (see MR 408, Mechanical, 19A, Cooling, Coolant temperature sensor: Removal -
Refitting).
Switch off the engine. Wait for 15 minutes, restart the engine and, for 10 minutes, check that the temperature
value given by the sensor increases, using parameter PR064 Coolant temperature.
If the value increases, the sensor is sound.

Check the condition of the coolant temperature sensor connector, component code 244 (see MR 408,
Mechanical, 19A, Cooling, Coolant temperature sensor: Removal - Refitting).
Check the condition of the engine management computer connector, component code 120 (see MR 408,
Mechanical, 13B, Diesel injection, Diesel injection computer: Removal - Refitting).
If the connectors are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the supply between connections 3JK and 3C of component 244.


Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance of the following connections:
– 3JK between components 244 and 120,
– 3C between components 244 and 120.
If the connections are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace the wiring.

If the fault is still present, replace the coolant temperature sensor, component code 244 (see MR 408,
Mechanical, 19A, Cooling, Coolant temperature sensor: Removal - Refitting).

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_TEST2

MR-410-X83-13B200$211.mif
V5
13B-381
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Tests

TEST 3 Checking the air flowmeter

NOTES See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

With the engine switched off, check the area around the air flowmeter, component code 799 (see MR 408,
Mechanical, 12A, Fuel mixture, Air flowmeter: Removal - Refitting).
Check the condition of the air flowmeter connector, component code 799 (see MR 408, Mechanical, 12A, Fuel
mixture, Air flowmeter: Removal - Refitting).
If the connector is faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

With the ignition on and the engine stopped, check that the value of PR916 Air flow measured is 16.5 kg/h.
If the value is not correct, move on to part A.

With the engine running and the air conditioning switched off, leave the engine idling 40 seconds so that the EGR
switches off.
Check that the value of PR916 Air flow measured is between 30 kg/h < X < 70 kg/h.
If the value is not correct, move on to part A.

Part A

With the engine switched off and ignition on, check the + 12 V on connection 37X of component 799.

If the supply is correct, move on to part B.

If the supply is not correct, check the insulation, continuity, and the absence of interference resistance of
connection 37X between components 799 and 1834.

If the connection is faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace the wiring.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_TEST3
MR-410-X83-13B200$211.mif
V5
13B-382
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Tests

TEST 3
CONTINUED

Part B

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance of the following connections:
– 3ABQ between components 799 and 120,
– 3AAP or 3KJ between components 799 and 120,
– 3DU between components 799 and 120.
If the connection or connections are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace the wiring.

Replace the air flowmeter, component code 799 (see MR 408, Mechanical, 12A, Fuel mixture, Air flowmeter:
Removal - Refitting) and consult the Replacement of components section.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$211.mif
V5
13B-383
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Tests

TEST 4 Turbocharging pressure sensor check

NOTES See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

For Trafic II without a


particle filter*:

Check (visual and tactile inspection) the turbocharging pressure sensor (leaks, fitting, damage, etc.).
If necessary, carry out repairs.

With the ignition on, shake the sensor and check that the pressure variation according to PR041 Turbocharging
pressure does not vary by more than 30 mbar.

If this value is correct, the sensor is not faulty.

Check the connector of the turbocharger pressure sensor, component code 1071 and of the injection
computer, component code 120.
If the connectors are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the 5 V supply on connection 3LQ of component 1071.

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance of the following connections:
– 3LQ between components 1071 and 120,
– 3LP between components 1071 and 120,
– 3LN between components 1071 and 120.
If the connections are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace the wiring.
If the supply is present and the connections are correct: replace the injection computer, component code 120
(see MR 408, Mechanical, 13B, Diesel injection, Diesel injection computer: Removal - Refitting) and consult
the Replacement of components section.

*FAP: Particle filter

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_TEST4
MR-410-X83-13B200$211.mif
V5
13B-384
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Tests

TEST 4
CONTINUED 1

Part A:
Connect a pump to the sensor and increase the pressure using the pump.
Switch on the ignition and check that PR041 increases correctly.

If the fault is still present, replace the turbocharger pressure sensor, component code 1071, refer to the
Replacement of components section, and repeat the check test using the pump (Part A).

*FAP: Particle filter

For Trafic II with a particle


filter*:

Check (visual and tactile inspection) the manifold pressure sensor (leaks, fitting, damage, etc.).
If necessary, carry out repairs.

With the ignition on, shake the sensor and check that the pressure variation according to PR041 Turbocharging
pressure does not vary by more than 30 mbar.

If this value is correct, the sensor is not faulty.

Check the connector of the manifold pressure sensor, component code 147 and of the injection computer,
component code 120.
If the connectors are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the 5 V supply on connection 3AJP of component 147.

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance of the following connections:
– 3AJP between components 147 and 120,
– 3AJQ between components 147 and 120,
– 3AJR between components 147 and 120.
If the connections are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace the wiring.
If the supply is present and the connections are correct: replace the injection computer, component code 120
(see MR 408, Mechanical, 13B, Diesel injection, Diesel injection computer: Removal - Refitting) and consult
the Replacement of components section.

*FAP: Particle filter

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$211.mif
V5
13B-385
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Tests

TEST 4
CONTINUED 2

Part A:
Connect a pump to the sensor and increase the pressure using the pump.
Switch on the ignition and check that PR041 increases correctly.

If the fault is still present, replace the manifold pressure sensor, component code 147, refer to the Replacement
of components section, and repeat the check test using the pump (Part A).

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$211.mif
V5
13B-386
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Tests

TEST 5 Turbocharger control solenoid valve check

NOTES See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

Check that the air ducts are mounted correctly.

With the engine running, check that the battery voltage PR071 Computer supply voltage is between 6 V and
16 V.
If the voltage is not correct, check the supply and charging circuit of the vehicle.

With the engine warm, perform several slight accelerations and check that the inlet pressure of the turbocharger
pressure regulator (diaphragm) is negative and has a value X ≥ 850 mbar.
If the value is correct, the turbocharger control solenoid valve is not faulty.

With the engine warm and in neutral, perform several slight accelerations and, using a pressure gauge, check that
the outlet pressure of the turbocharger control solenoid valve is negative.
If the pressure is correct, the solenoid valve is not faulty, check the vacuum pipe between the solenoid valve outlet
and the turbocharger regulator inlet.
If the pressure is not correct, continue.

Check the connection and condition of the pressure regulation solenoid valve connector, component code 1475.
If the connector is faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_TEST5
MR-410-X83-13B200$211.mif
V5
13B-387
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Tests

TEST 5
CONTINUED

With the engine idling, use a pressure gauge to check that the pressure in the inlet pipe of the turbocharger
pressure regulation solenoid valve is negative X ≥ 750 mbar.
If the pressure value is not correct, the turbocharger pressure regulation solenoid valve is sound: check the
vacuum system (pipes, vacuum pump).
If the pipes and connections are incorrect, repair them.
Repeat this test; if the vacuum value is still incorrect, replace the vacuum pump.

If the pressure value is correct, replace the turbocharger pressure regulation solenoid valve, component code
1475.
With the engine warm, perform several slight accelerations and check that the inlet pressure of the turbocharger
pressure regulator (diaphragm) is negative X ≥ 850 mbar to confirm the repair.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$211.mif
V5
13B-388
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Tests

TEST 6 Damper valve check

NOTES See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

Visually inspect the damper valve (leaks, fitting, damage, etc.).


If necessary, carry out repairs.

Start the engine and allow it to warm up.


In order to warm the engine, let the engine run 2 minutes at 2500 rpm.
Switch off the engine and check that the damper valve opens then closes during the Power latch phase using
parameter PR1017 Damper valve relative position.
If this check is not correct, move on to part B.

Check status ET827 1st damper valve opening programmed and status ET828 1st damper valve closing
programmed; they should be Performed.

If this check is not correct, move on to part A.

Check the limits of the last offsets:


– PR861 Last open damper valve offset must be between 85% < PR861 < 90%
– PR860 Last closed damper valve offset must be between 10% < PR860 < 20%
If these values are correct, the valve is not faulty.
If the values are not correct, move on to part A.

Part A
Clear the offsets using command RZ044 Damper valve programming.
Program the damper valve (see Replacement of components).
And check that statuses ET827 and ET828 are Completed.
If the status values are not correct, contact the Techline.

Check the damper valve offsets:


– 16% ≤ PR861 ≤ 85%,
– 12% ≤ PR860 ≤ 20%.
If these values are correct, the valve is not faulty.
If the values are not correct, contact the Techline.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_TEST6
MR-410-X83-13B200$211.mif
V5
13B-389
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Tests

TEST 6
CONTINUED

Part B

Check the condition of the connector of the damper valve, component code 1461 and of the injection computer,
component code 120
If the connectors are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check that the voltage of parameter PR071 Computer supply voltage is greater than 10.5 V.

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance of the following connections:
– 3AAX between components 1461 and 120,
– 3AAY between components 1461 and 120,
– 3VM or 38KS between components 1461 and 120,
– 3ADL or 38KQ between components 1461 and 120,
– 3GC or 38KP between components 1461 and 120.
If the connections are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace the wiring.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$211.mif
V5
13B-390
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Tests

TEST 7 EGR valve check

NOTES See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

Visually inspect the exhaust gas recirculation solenoid valve, component code 1460 or 169 (see MR 408,
Mechanical, 14A, Emission control, Exhaust gas recirculation solenoid valve: Removal - Refitting). (leaks,
fitting, general environment, etc.).
If necessary, carry out repairs.

Check the connector of the exhaust gas recirculation solenoid valve, component code 1460 or 169.
If the connector is faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check that the value of parameter PR064 COOLANT TEMPERATURE is greater than 70˚C.
Activate the exhaust gas recirculation solenoid valve, component code 1460 or 169 (see MR 408, Mechanical,
14A, Emission control, Exhaust gas recirculation solenoid valve: Removal - Refitting) using AC036 EGR
valve and see if faults DF619 EGR valve jammed open or DF647 EGR valve position regulation are detected.
If a fault is detected, deal with the fault.

Check the closed position of the exhaust gas recirculation solenoid valve, component code 1460 or 169 (see
MR 408, Mechanical, 14A, Emission control, Exhaust gas recirculation solenoid valve: Removal - Refitting)
using PR542 Closed EGR valve potentiometer value, and compare the value of PR542 with the first
programmed offset value PR128 First EGR valve offset. The difference must be less than 8%.
If the difference is greater than 8%, reprogram the EGR valve (refer to the Replacement of components section).

Check the potentiometer values using PR077 EGR valve position sensor voltage.
If the values of PR077 are between 0.5 V ≤ X ≤ 4.5 V, the EGR valve is sound.
Otherwise, replace the exhaust gas recirculation solenoid valve, component code 1460 or 169 (see MR 408,
Mechanical, 14A, Emission control, Exhaust gas recirculation solenoid valve: Removal - Refitting) and
consult the Replacement of components section

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_TEST7
MR-410-X83-13B200$211.mif
V5
13B-391
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Tests

TEST 8 Particle filter upstream temperature sensor check

NOTES See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

With the engine started and cold, visually check the fitting of the particle filter upstream temperature sensor,
component code 1287 (see MR 408, Mechanical, 19B, Exhaust, Particle filter temperature sensor: Removal
- Refitting).

With the engine warm and running for at least 2 minutes at more than 2500 rpm, check that the temperature value
given by the particle filter upstream temperature sensor varies, using PR382 Particle filter upstream
temperature.
If the value varies, the sensor is sound.
If the value does not vary, continue.

Check the condition of the particle filter upstream temperature sensor connector, component code 1287
Check the condition of the engine management computer connector, component code 120
If the connectors are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance of the following connections:
– 3XT between components 1287 and 120,
– 3TD between components 1287 and 120.
If the connections are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace the wiring.
If the fault is still present, replace the particle filter upstream temperature sensor (see MR 408, Mechanical, 19B,
Exhaust, Particle filter temperature sensor: Removal - Refitting).

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_TEST8

MR-410-X83-13B200$211.mif
V5
13B-392
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Tests

TEST 9 Particle filter check

NOTES None.

Start the engine and check that there is no smoke from the exhaust

Carry out the white cloth test:

– Start the engine, leave the engine idling for 10 minutes (until the coolant temperature exceeds 80˚C).
– Run the engine 4 times (wait 10 seconds between 2 accelerations). This operation warms the silencer and
removes any moisture.
– Place a white cloth on the end of the exhaust pipe.
– Run the engine.
– Observe any traces on the cloth:
No traces present, the particle filter is operating correctly and the procedure is finished.
If grey traces are present, continue the procedure to confirm whether the particle filter is operating
correctly.
– Place another white cloth on the end of the exhaust pipe.
– Run the engine 10 times in succession
– Compare the condition of the 2 cloths. If the traces become dark grey or black (accumulation of grey layers), the
particle filter is cracked.

NOTE:
The cloth rarely remains completely white after this test, even for a particle filter in good condition.
Do not perform this test directly after an After-Sales regeneration (wait for at least 10 minutes)
Only carry out the white cloth test when a customer complaint is mentioned (smoke problem, etc.), to confirm the
condition of the particle filter (cracked or not cracked).
Do not carry out this test routinely after an After-Sales regeneration.

If the white cloth test detects a cracked particle filter, replace the particle filter (see MR 408, Mechanical, 13B,
Exhaust, Particle filter: Removal - Refitting) and consult the Replacement of components section.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_TEST9

MR-410-X83-13B200$211.mif
V5
13B-393
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Tests

TEST 10 Exhaust injection circuit check

IMPORTANT:
The pressure of a fuel leak can reach 6 bar.

Command AC271 Particle filter inj.* solenoid valve opening lasts 1 minute, restart
the command if necessary.

NOTES
WARNING:
Observe the safety instructions to avoid the risks due to the temperature and to the
residual pressure of the exhaust injection circuit.
Wear heat-resistant gloves when the circuit is hot and, if necessary, allow the circuit to
cool down. Wear safety goggles with side guards during the operation.

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II phase 3.

With the engine started, run command AC271 and inspect, visually and by touch, for leaks on the fuel supply circuit
between the pump and the injector, the solenoid valve and the injector.
Switch off the engine, run AC267 Particle filter injector solenoid valve and AC238 Particle filter injector to
relieve the residual pressure in the circuit, then connect the pressure gauge Mot. 1311-01 and the T union Mot.
1311-08 between the solenoid valve outlet and the injector.
Start the engine, check that the pressure does not increase by more than 1 bar.
If the pressure is not correct, replace the solenoid valve (internal leak in the solenoid valve).

With the engine started, run AC271, check that the pressure is greater than 4 bar.
If the pressure is lower, stop AC267 and replace the particle filter injector solenoid valve, otherwise move on
to the next step.

inj*: injection

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_TEST10
MR-410-X83-13B200$211.mif
V5
13B-394
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Tests

TEST 10
CONTINUED

Stop AC267, let the engine idle for 1 minute.


If the pressure varies by 1 bar or more (exhaust fuel injector remains open), replace the exhaust fuel injector.

Stop the engine, switch on the ignition, run AC267 and AC238 to relieve the residual pressure in the circuit.
Remove the pressure gauge and the T union, place a pressure pump on the inlet of the fuel injector duct, then
increase the pressure.
Run command AC238 and check the pressure.
If the pressure falls, see Part A.
If the pressure does not fall, (exhaust fuel injector completely closed), replace the exhaust fuel injector and see
Part A.

Part A:
Disconnect the pressure pump and reconnect the injector circuit.
Start the engine, run AC271 and check that there are no leaks (due to connecting the pressure gauge and/or
pump).

inj*: injection

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$211.mif
V5
13B-395
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Tests

TEST 11 Exhaust gas temperature sensor check

NOTES See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

With the engine cold, start the engine and check the fitting of the exhaust gas temperature sensor.
Run the engine at 2500 rpm for at least 2 minutes. Check the variation in the temperature sensor value using
parameter PR667 Turbine upstream temperature.
If the value of PR667 is correct, then the sensor is sound.

Check the connection and condition of the connector of the exhaust gas temperature sensor, component code
1589 (see MR 408, Mechanical, 19B, Exhaust, Exhaust gas temperature sensor: Removal - Refitting).
Check the connection and condition of the engine management computer connector, component code 120.
If the connectors are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connections:
– 3ABS between components 1589 and 120,
– 3ABT between components 1589 and 120.
If the connections are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace the wiring.

Replace the exhaust gas temperature sensor, component code 1589 (see MR 408, Mechanical, 19B, Exhaust,
Exhaust gas temperature sensor: Removal - Refitting).

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_TEST11
MR-410-X83-13B200$211.mif
V5
13B-396
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Tests

TEST 12 Injection pump check

Warning:
NOTES Only replace the injection pump if the preliminary tests carried out during the first step
were correct.

Preliminary tests:
Check for fuel in the tank.
Check the fuel filter.
Check the conformity of the low pressure circuit unions.
Check that there are no leaks on the pump unions.
Check that there are no air bubbles in the fuel circuit.
If there are air bubbles, bleed the low pressure circuit.

Run TEST 13 Pump fuel flow regulator (VCV) check.

Run TEST 14 Injector check.

Start the engine, use PR064 Coolant temperature to check that the coolant temperature is PR064 ≥ 80˚C

Run command SC035 High pressure fuel circuit fault finding.

If the result is valid, the injection pump is not faulty.


If the result is invalid, replace the injection pump (see MR 408 Mechanical, 13B, Diesel injection, High pressure
pump: Removal - Refitting).

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_TEST12
MR-410-X83-13B200$211.mif
V5
13B-397
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Tests

TEST 13 Pump fuel flow regulator (VCV) check

Special notes:
A fault of this component can generate engine instability.
NOTES

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

Listen for the presence of creaking from the flow regulator when running command AC226 Pressure regulator
on the pump. If this noise is present, move on to Part B otherwise Part A.

Part A:
Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connections:
– 37X between components 1105 and 1834,
– 3HI between components 1105 and 120.
If the connections are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace the wiring.

Part B:
The regulation current is entered using PR739 Fuel flow solenoid valve current.

With the ignition on, use a current clamp to check the consistency between the values measured and PR739 (After
10 seconds without starting the value lowers, 200 mA < PR739 < 400 mA, to protect the battery).
The value of the regulation current PR739 is between 200 mA ≤ PR739 ≤ 1800 mA

If the value of PR739 is outside the limits, check the internal resistance of the fuel flow regulator, component
code 1105 between connections 3HI and 37X.
If the resistance value is not between 2.1 Ω ≤ X ≤ 3.9 Ω , replacer the fuel flow regulator component code 1105
and consult the Replacement of components section.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_TEST13
MR-410-X83-13B200$211.mif
V5
13B-398
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Tests

TEST 14 Injector check

NOTES None.

IMPORTANT: Cylinder no. 1 is located at the timing end


With the engine stopped, visually check that there is no fuel (leaks) at the injectors.
There are no leaks, see Part E.
There is a leak, see Part A.

Part A:
Clean all the parts that are covered with fuel and leave the engine running at idle speed until PR063 Fuel
temperature is: PR063 > 40˚C. Then observe the source of the leak.
If the leak originates from the injector, perform Part D, if the leak arises from the area around the injector, perform
Part B.

Part B:
Check the tightening torques and correct fitting of the different components of the area around the injectors (high
pressure rail, high pressure duct, fuel return duct) and at idle speed, check if the leak still exists
If the leak has disappeared, the injector is sound. Otherwise, see Part C.

Part C:
Replace the parts concerned (high pressure rail, high pressure ducts, fuel return duct) and at idle speed, check if
the leak still exists.
If the leak has disappeared, the injector is sound. Otherwise, see Part D.

Part D:
Replace the injector(s) as well as the high pressure duct and the sealing washer of the injector(s) concerned (see
MR 408, Mechanical, 13B, Diesel injection, Diesel injector: Removal - Refitting).
Enter the new injector codes using SC002 Enter injector codes (see Replacement of components).

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_TEST14

MR-410-X83-13B200$211.mif
V5
13B-399
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Tests

TEST 14
CONTINUED 1

Part E:
IMPORTANT: Do not reinitialise the codes of injectors that already have the correct code.
Check the injector codes using commands ID009 Cylinder 1 injector code, ID010 Cylinder 2 injector code,
ID011 Cylinder 3 injector code, ID012 Cylinder 4 injector code.
If the codes are correct, perform part F.
If the injector codes are not correct, enter the injector codes using SC002 Enter injector codes (see Replacement
of components).

Part F:
Check PR364 Cylinder no. 1 fuel flow correction, PR405 Cylinder no. 2 fuel flow correction, PR406 Cylinder
no. 3 fuel flow correction, PR365 Cylinder no. 4 fuel flow correction.
If one or more values are unstable for a few seconds, check the conformity of the fuel by performing TEST 20 Fuel
conformity check.
If one or more values are stable but outside the limits -5 mg/st < PR364; PR365; PR405; PR406 < 5 mg/st,
perform Part G
If the values are correct, move on to Part H.

Part G:
Start the engine, use PR064 Coolant temperature to check that the coolant temperature is PR064 ≥ 80˚C.
Run command SC031 Operational fault finding of cylinders.
If the result is valid for all the cylinders, move on to Part H
If the result is invalid, for one or more cylinder(s), perform TEST 31 Compression ratio check, on the cylinder(s)
concerned and if the compression ratio of the cylinder(s) concerned are correct, replace the injector(s) (see MR
408, Mechanical, 13B, Diesel injection, Diesel injector: Removal - Refitting) and enter the new injector codes
using SC002 Enter injector codes (see Replacement of components).
When replacing one or more injectors, repeat Part G.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$211.mif
V5
13B-400
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Tests

TEST 14
CONTINUED 2

Part H:
Preparations:
Be sure that the coolant temperature is greater than 70˚C, using parameter PR064 Coolant temperature (with the
air conditioning switched off, let the temperature rise until fan assembly no. 1 is activated). Then switch off the
ignition and disconnect the injector return pipes (place a plug on the pump diffuser nozzle (injector return circuit)
to prevent the low pressure circuit from depriming). Connect four transparent pipes on the injector returns and
insert these four pipes in four measuring cylinders.

Start the engine and let it idle for 1 minute.


Check the return volume of each injector as read in the measuring cylinders, they must be X < 100 ml.
If the return volumes are not correct, replace the faulty injector(s) (see MR 408, Mechanical, 13B, Diesel
injection, Diesel injector: Removal - Refitting) and enter the new injector codes using SC002 Enter injector
codes (see Replacement of components)
After replacement, repeat the volume measurement for each injector, which must be 100 ml to confirm the repair

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$211.mif
V5
13B-401
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Tests

TEST 15 Preheating circuit check

IMPORTANT:
Do not connect the heater plugs directly to the battery, there is a risk of damaging the
plugs.
NOTES

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

Without removing them: check the resistance of each heater plug, component codes 680, 681, 682, 683.

If the resistance value of any plug is not between 0.1 Ω ≤ X ≤ 2 Ω :,


remove the concerned heater plugs, component codes 680, 681, 682, 683 (see MR 408, Mechanical, 13C,
Preheating, Heater plugs: Removal - Refitting).

If the resistance of any plug is not between 0.1 Ω ≤ X ≤ 2 Ω , replace the faulty heater plugs, component codes
680, 681, 682, 683 (see MR 408, Mechanical, 13C, Preheating, Heater plugs: Removal - Refitting).

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_TEST15

MR-410-X83-13B200$211.mif
V5
13B-402
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Tests

TEST 16 TDC sensor check

NOTES See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

Check the fitting of the sensor (connectors, mountings, etc.)

Switch on the ignition, check the change of the engine rotation speed using parameter PR055 Engine speed. The
value must be between 0 rpm and more than 100 rpm when the starter is operating.
If the value is not correct, move on to part A.

With the engine running, accelerate to obtain different engine rotation speeds and check that the engine speed
correctly changes in relation to the accelerations.
If PR055 varies, the sensor is sound.
Otherwise, move on to part A.

Part A

Check the connector of the TDC sensor, component code 149.


If the connector is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the resistance of the TDC sensor between connections 3BL and 3BG on the injection computer
connector side, component code 120 (see MR 408, Mechanical, 13B, Diesel injection, Diesel injection
computer: Removal - Refitting).

The resistance must be between 635 Ω ≤ X ≤ 1065 Ω .

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connections:
– 3BL between components 120 and 149,
– 3BG between components 120 and 149.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_TEST16

MR-410-X83-13B200$211.mif
V5
13B-403
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Tests

TEST 17 Camshaft sensor check

NOTES See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

Visually inspect the condition of the camshaft sensor.

Check the status of synchronisation of the camshaft sensor, component code 746 or 1265 with the TDC sensor,
component code 149 using status ET775 Camshaft TDC* synchronisation.
If ET775 is not NOT COMPLETED, see Part C.

Start the engine.


If the engine starts, see Part B.
If the engine does not start, see Part A.

Part A:
With the starter operating, check the status of synchronisation of the camshaft sensor with the TDC sensor using
ET775.
If ET775 is COMPLETED, the camshaft sensor is sound. Otherwise, see Part C.

Part B:
At idle speed and after a few accelerations between 1000 and 2000 rpm, check the status of synchronisation of
the camshaft sensor with the TDC sensor using ET775.
If ET775 is COMPLETED, the camshaft sensor is sound. Otherwise, see Part C.

TDC: Top Dead Centre

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_TEST17
MR-410-X83-13B200$211.mif
V5
13B-404
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Tests

TEST 17
CONTINUED

Part C:
Check the condition of the connector of the camshaft sensor, component code 746 or 1265 (see MR 408,
Mechanical, 13B, Diesel injection, Camshaft position sensor: Removal - Refitting).

Check the internal resistance of the camshaft sensor, component code 746 or 1265 (see MR 408, Mechanical,
Ω ≤ X ≤ 11
13B, Diesel injection, Camshaft position sensor: Removal - Refitting). It must be greater than 9 kΩ
Ω.
kΩ

Check the + 12 V supply on connection 37X of component 746 or 1265.

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connections:
– 3DRB or 3SV between components 120 and 746 or 1265,
– 3PL or 3SX between components 120 and 746 or 1265.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

TDC: Top Dead Centre

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$211.mif
V5
13B-405
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Tests

TEST 18 Accelerator pedal potentiometer check

NOTES See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

Let the engine idle.


When depressing the accelerator pedal, check that PR055 Engine speed varies.
If this parameter varies correctly, move on to part A.
If the parameter does not vary, move on to part B.

PART A:
Stop the engine and then switch on the ignition.
Without action on the accelerator pedal, check that PR147 Pedal potentiometer voltage gang 1 is less than
0.817 V and that PR148 Pedal potentiometer voltage gang 2 is less than 0.440 V.
With the accelerator pedal fully depressed, check that PR147 is greater than 4.185 V and that PR148 is greater
than 2.013 V.
Also check the accelerator pedal position, by checking that PR030 Accelerator pedal position is equal to 0% with
the pedal released, and equal to 100% with the pedal fully depressed.
If one of the checks is not correct, move on to part B, otherwise the potentiometer is not faulty.

PART B:
Stop the engine and then switch on the ignition.
With the vehicle under + after ignition feed, measure the voltage between the following connections:
– 3LR and 3LT of component 921,
– 3LU and 3LV of component 921.
If the value is not between 4.75 V ≤ X ≤ 5.25 V, check the insulation, the continuity and the absence of
interference resistance of the following connections:
– 3LR between components 120 and 921,
– 3LT between components 120 and 921,
– 3LU between components 120 and 921,
– 3LV between components 120 and 921.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_TEST18
MR-410-X83-13B200$212.mif
V5
13B-406
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Tests

TEST 18
CONTINUED

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connections:
– 3LS between components 120 and 921,
– 3LW between components 120 and 921.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Remove the accelerator pedal, component code 921 (see MR 408, Mechanical, 37A, Mechanical component
controls, Accelerator pedal: Removal - Refitting).
Without action on the accelerator pedal, check the resistance between the following connections:

Gang 1:
– 3LT and 3LS of component 921, the resistance must be between 720 Ω ≤ X ≤ 5260 Ω,
– 3LT and 3LR of component 921, the resistance must be between 840 Ω ≤ X ≤ 1740 Ω ,
– 3LR and 3LS of component 921, the resistance must be between 1310 Ω ≤ X ≤ 6490 Ω .

Gang 2:
– 3LV and 3LW of component 921, the resistance must be between 700 W ≤ X ≤ 5240 Ω ,
– 3LV and 3LU of component 921, the resistance must be between 1500 W ≤ X ≤ 3100 Ω,
– 3LU and 3LW of component 921, the resistance must be between 1980 Ω ≤ X ≤ 7890 Ω.
If these checks are incorrect, replace the accelerator pedal sensor, component code 921 (see MR 408,
Mechanical, 37A, Mechanical component controls, Accelerator pedal: Removal - Refitting).

With the accelerator pedal depressed to the end of travel, check the resistance between the following
connections:

Gang 1:
– 3LT and 3LS of component 921, the resistance must be between 1360 Ω ≤ X ≤ 6600 Ω ,
– 3LT and 3LR of component 921, the resistance must be between 840 Ω ≤ X ≤ 1740 Ω ,
– 3LR and 3LS of component 921, the resistance must be between 670 Ω ≤ X ≤ 5160 Ω.

Gang 2:
– 3LV and 3LW of component 921, the resistance must be between 1280 W ≤ X ≤ 6440 Ω ,
– 3LV and 3LU of component 921, the resistance must be between 1500 W ≤ X ≤ 3100 Ω,
– 3LU and 3LW of component 921, the resistance must be between 1400 Ω ≤ X ≤ 6700 Ω.

If these checks are incorrect, replace the accelerator pedal sensor, component code 921 (see MR 408,
Mechanical, 37A, Mechanical component controls, Accelerator pedal: Removal - Refitting).

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$212.mif
V5
13B-407
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Tests

TEST 19 Brake pedal switch check

NOTES See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

With the brake pedal released, check ET122 Brake switch no.1 signal and ET123 Brake switch no.2 signal.
ET122 must be Inactive and ET123 must be Inactive.
While depressing the brake pedal, check ET122 and ET123.
ET122 must be Active and ET123 must be Active.
If these two checks are correct, the switch is not faulty.

Check the fitting and mechanical operation of the brake pedal (the pedal returns properly).
If the check is incorrect, check the braking system.

With the brake pedal depressed, measure the resistance of the brake pedal switch, component code 160
between connections AP26 and 65A, the value must be X > 10 Ω.
If the resistance is not correct, replace the brake pedal switch, component code 160 (see MR 408, Mechanical,
37A, Mechanical component controls, Brake pedal switch: Removal - Refitting) and move on to the part:
Checking the brake pedal switch.

With the brake pedal released, measure the resistance of the brake pedal switch, component code 160 between
connections AP26 and 5A, the value must be between 0 Ω < X < 1 Ω.
If the resistance is not correct, replace the brake pedal switch, component code 160 (see MR 408, Mechanical,
37A, Mechanical component controls, Brake pedal switch: Removal - Refitting) and move on to the part:
Checking the brake pedal switch.

Check the condition of the brake pedal switch connector, component code 160 (see MR 408, Mechanical, 37A,
Mechanical component controls, Brake pedal switch: Removal - Refitting).
If the connector is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical wiring,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the presence and condition of the brake pedal fuse F19 (10 A).

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_TEST19

MR-410-X83-13B200$212.mif
V5
13B-408
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Tests

TEST 19
CONTINUED

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connections:
– AP26 between components 160 and 1016,
– AP26 between components 160 and 645,
– 5A between components 160 and 120,
– 65A between components 160 and 119, 118 or 1094,
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Part: Checking the brake pedal switch:

After the repair, perform these two checks.


With the brake pedal released, check ET122 and ET123.
ET122 must be Inactive and ET123 must be Inactive.
While depressing the brake pedal, check ET122 and ET123.
ET122 must be Active and ET123 must be Active.
The two checks must be correct.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$212.mif
V5
13B-409
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Tests

TEST 20 Fuel conformity check

WARNING:
During this operation, it is essential to:
– refrain from smoking or bringing incandescent objects close to the work area,
– protect yourself against fuel splashes due to residual pressure in the pipes,
– wear safety goggles with side guards,
– wear leaktight gloves (Nitrile type).
NOTES

IMPORTANT:
– To avoid any corrosion or damage, protect the areas on which fuel is likely to
run.
To prevent impurities from entering the circuit, place protective plugs on all fuel
circuit components exposed to the open air.

Preparations:
Weigh an empty 1300 ml plastic cup (part no. 77 11 171 413) with its cover (part no. 77 11 171 416) using
electronic scales such as those used in body paint workshops (example: PANDA part no. 77 11 224 995). Record
the weight of the empty plastic cup.
This type of plastic cup is used to prepare paint.

Remove 1 L of fuel at the fuel filter outlet (see MR 408, Mechanical, 19C, Tank, Fuel tank: Draining), using a
pneumatic transfer pump (part no. 634-200) and place it in the 1300 ml plastic cup.
Cover the plastic cup with its cover and let it settle for approximately2 minutes.

Check if the fuel is cloudy or if it separates into two parts.

If the fuel is cloudy or if it separates into two parts, there is water in the fuel, the fuel is not correct.
Drain the fuel circuit, including the tank (see MR 408, Mechanical, 19C, Tank, Fuel tank: Draining).

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_TEST20
MR-410-X83-13B200$212.mif
V5
13B-410
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Tests

TEST 20
CONTINUED 1

If the previous check is correct, weigh the fuel and note the weight of the litre of fuel, subtracting the weight of the
empty plastic cup and its cover. The weight of the litre of fuel must be between the minimum and maximum weights
given in the table below.

Calculated weight (g.) Fuel


temperature
Min. weight Max. weight (˚C)

821 846 13

821 846 14

820 845 15

819 844 16

819 844 17

818 843 18

817 842 19

816 841 20

816 841 21

815 840 22

814 839 23

814 839 24

813 838 25

Check the fuel temperature by immersing a thermometer in the plastic cup.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$212.mif
V5
13B-411
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Tests

TEST 20
CONTINUED 2

If the weight of the litre of fuel is less than the minimum value, then there is petrol in the fuel.
If the weight of the litre of fuel is greater than the maximum value, then there is oil in the fuel.
Drain the fuel circuit, including the tank (see MR 408, Mechanical, 19C, Tank, Fuel tank: Draining).
If the weight of the litre of fuel is correct: the fuel is not faulty.

Note:
If the weight measured reaches the value limits, the measurement can be performed with a 2230 ml plastic cup
(part no. 77 11 171 414) and its cover (part no. 77 11 171 417):
– Carry out a quick test drive in order to mix the fuel, then remove 2 l of fuel.
– Perform the test again and check the results by multiplying the limit values by 2.

Contact the Techline if you have doubts or problems with the customer.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$212.mif
V5
13B-412
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Tests

TEST 21 Turbocharger check

IMPORTANT
Perform these checks without removing the turbocharger and with the vehicle ignition
switched off.
WARNING
NOTES Respect the following safety precautions:
– wear heat resistant gloves when the engine is hot,
– do not wear loose or baggy clothing and do not wear loose hanging jewellery,
– be aware that the cooling fan assembly may be triggered and pay attention to the
operation of the accessories belt or belts

Part 1: Checking the turbocharger shaft

The turbocharger shaft is the shaft connecting the compressor wheel and the turbine wheel.

Disconnect the air pipe located between the turbocharger and the air filter.
Wearing gloves, check the operation of the turbocharger shaft by turning the vanes manually without forcing.

Is there a point of resistance when the shaft is rotated?


Does the compressor wheel touch the turbocharger housing?

If the answer is yes for one of these two questions of Part 1:


Replace the turbocharger (see MR 408, Mechanical, 12B Turbocharging, Turbocharger: Removal -
Refitting).

If the answer is no for the two questions of Part 1: Move on to Part 2 of the check.

Part 2: Checking the condition of the turbocharger vanes.

Use a mirror and light to facilitate this check.

Visually check that the compressor vanes are in good condition.

Are the vanes damaged or twisted?

If the answer is yes for the question of Part 2:


Replace the turbocharger (see MR 408, Mechanical, 12B Turbocharging, Turbocharger: Removal -
Refitting).

If the answer is no for the question of Part 2: Move on to Part 3 of the check.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_TEST21

MR-410-X83-13B200$212.mif
V5
13B-413
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Tests

TEST 21
CONTINUED

Part 3: Checking the turbocharging pressure regulator for a variable geometry turbocharger

The rod of the pressure regulator on a turbocharger with variable geometry is perpendicular to the turbocharger
shaft.
Turbochargers with variable geometry are controlled by a solenoid valve.
Connect the vacuum pump to the end of the pressure regulator pipe, at the solenoid valve outlet.

Using a manual vacuum pump, apply a vacuum on the turbocharging pressure regulator of approximately
650 mbar.
1- Check that the fitting is completely sealed.
2- Check that the control rod is resting against its stop.
3- Block the vacuum device and check that there are no variations in pressure above 100 mbar in 10 seconds.
4- Release the pressure and check that the control rod returns to its initial position without jerking.
Repeat the complete sequence 3 times.

Is the pressure regulator sealing and rod movement correct?

If the answer is no for the question of Part 3:


Replace the turbocharger (see MR 408, Mechanical, 12B Turbocharging, Turbocharger: Removal -
Refitting).

If the answer is yes for the question of Part 3:


The turbocharger check is finished.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$212.mif
V5
13B-414
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Tests

TEST 22 Alternator regulator check

NOTES See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

With the engine running at idle speed, note PR002 Alternator charge without electrical consumers.

Increase the electric charge of the alternator by adding consumers (rear de-icing, headlights, etc.) and check that
PR002 increases.
If the check is correct then the alternator regulator is not faulty.

Check the connection and condition of the alternator regulator connector, component code 103 and check the
connector for the injection computer, component code 120
If the connectors are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical
wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connections:
– 2K between components 103 and 120,
– 2A between components 103 and 247.
If the connection or connections are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace the wiring, or replace the
regulator.

Replace the alternator regulator (see MR 408, Mechanical, 16A, Starting - Charging, Alternator: Removal -
Refitting)

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_TEST22

MR-410-X83-13B200$212.mif
V5
13B-415
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Tests

TEST 23 Atmospheric pressure sensor check

NOTES None.

Compare the value of PR035 Atmospheric pressure for the vehicle with the value of PR035 for another vehicle.

If the difference between these two values is greater than 200 mbar, replace the injection computer (see MR
408, Mechanical, 13B, Diesel injection, Diesel injection computer: Removal - Refitting) and consult the
Replacement of components section.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_TEST23
MR-410-X83-13B200$212.mif
V5
13B-416
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Tests

TEST 24 EGR valve bypass check

NOTES See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

Visually inspect the appearance of the EGR bypass solenoid valve.

With the engine stopped, note the position of the EGR bypass valve stem when PR064 Coolant temperature is
PR064 < 60˚C.
Start the engine and check the position of the EGR bypass valve stem again; if it has changed position, the EGR
bypass is not faulty.

Leave the engine running at idle speed so that PR064 > 70˚C and check that the EGR bypass valve stem has
changed position, if this is the case, the EGR bypass is not faulty.

Check the vacuum pipes (appearance, connection)

Check the connection and condition of the connector of the EGR bypass solenoid valve, component code 1301.
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120
If the connectors are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical
wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Run command AC103 EGR bypass and using a test light, check that the EGR bypass solenoid valve,
component code 1301 is correctly supplied on connection 37X and that the earth is present on connection 3CX.
If the supply is not correct:
Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connections:
– 3TP or 3CX between components 120 and 1301,
– 37X between components 1301 and 1834.
If the connection or connections are faulty and if there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace the wiring.

Measure the resistance of the EGR bypass solenoid valve, component code 1301 between connections 37X and
3CX or 3TP.
If the displayed resistance is not between 43 Ω ≤ X ≤ 49 Ω , replace the EGR bypass solenoid valve.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_TEST24
MR-410-X83-13B200$212.mif
V5
13B-417
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Tests

TEST 24
CONTINUED

Use a pressure gauge to check that the pressure difference between the output and the inlet of the EGR bypass
solenoid valve is 100 mbar, to confirm that the bypass solenoid valve is correct.

With a vacuum pump, create a negative pressure of 900 mbar and check that the valve stem moves to confirm
that the EGR bypass and the control components are correct.

Try to activate the EGR bypass valve stem manually. If it does not move, replace the EGR bypass, otherwise
replace the EGR bypass control components.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$212.mif
V5
13B-418
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Tests

TEST 25 Clutch pedal switch check

NOTES See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

Without action on the pedal, check that status ET764 Clutch start of travel wire contact is INACTIVE and, with
the pedal fully depressed, check that status ET764 is ACTIVE.
If the statuses are consistent, the clutch switch is not faulty.

Check the mechanical condition of the clutch pedal (switch fitting, the pedal returns properly, etc.).

Remove the clutch switch, press the switch piston fully then measure the resistance of the clutch pedal position
sensor, component code 675 (see MR 408, Mechanical, 37A, Mechanical component controls, Clutch pedal
position switch: Removal - Refitting) between connections 145X and MJ or MK, the value must be between
0 Ω < X < 1 Ω.
If the resistance is not correct, replace the clutch pedal position sensor, component code 675 (see MR 408,
Mechanical, 37A, Mechanical component controls, Clutch pedal position sensor: Removal - Refitting) and
check the new switch in the same way.

With the clutch switch piston released, measure the resistance of the clutch pedal position sensor, component
code 675 between connections 145X and MJ or MK, the value must be X > 10 Ω.
If the resistance is not correct, replace the clutch pedal position sensor, component code 675 (see MR 408,
Mechanical, 37A, Mechanical component controls, Clutch pedal position sensor: Removal - Refitting) and
check the new switch in the same way.

Check the condition of the clutch sensor connector, component code 675 (see MR 408, Mechanical, 37A,
Mechanical component controls, Clutch pedal position sensor: Removal - Refitting).
If the connector is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical wiring,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connections:
– 145X between components 120 and 675,
– MJ or MK between the earth and component 675.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_TEST25
MR-410-X83-13B200$212.mif
V5
13B-419
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Tests

TEST 26 Rail pressure sensor check

IMPORTANT
NOTES Do not measure the resistance of the rail pressure sensor directly; this may damage the
sensor.

Switch on the ignition and check with the diagnostic tool if the value of PR080 Rail pressure sensor voltage is
between 0.45 V < X < 0.55 V.
Handle the wiring during the check.
If the wiring is not correct, move on to Part A.

Switch off the ignition and wait for 1 minute.


Start the engine and check the rail pressure with PR038 Rail pressure.
If PR038 > 30 bar move on to Part B.

If PR038 <= 30 bar, start the engine, let it idle and wait until PR064 Coolant temperature > 70˚C.
Switch off all the electrical consumers (headlights, de-icing, ventilation, etc.).
Check the value of PR017 Fuel flow.
If PR017 is between 3 mg/st ≤ X ≤ 8 mg/st, the rail pressure sensor, component code 1032 is correct. Otherwise
stop the engine, wait 1 minute and move on to Part B.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_TEST26

MR-410-X83-13B200$212.mif
V5
13B-420
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Tests

TEST 26
CONTINUED

Part A:
Disconnect the connector of the rail pressure sensor, component code 1032 and the connector of the injection
computer, component code 120.
Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connections:
– 3LX between 1032 and 120,
– 3LY between 1032 and 120,
– 3LZ between 1032 and 120.
Handle the wiring during the check.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
If the connections are correct, connect the connector of the injection computer and switch on the ignition.
Check the conformity between PR080 Rail pressure sensor voltage and the rail pressure sensor voltage with the
multimeter between:
– 3LX and 3LY on component 1032.
If the voltage is correct, replace the rail pressure sensor, component code 1032 (see MR 408, Mechanical, 13B,
Diesel Injection, Rail pressure sensor: Removal - Refitting), otherwise contact the Techline.

Part B:
Disconnect the connector of the rail pressure sensor, component code 1032.
Check the value of PR038 Rail pressure.
If the value of PR038 changes to 0 bar and the open circuit is detected, replace the rail pressure sensor,
component code 1032 (see MR 408, Mechanical, 13B, Diesel Injection, Rail pressure sensor: Removal -
Refitting).
If the value PR038 remains unchanged and no open circuit is detected, contact the Techline.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$212.mif
V5
13B-421
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Tests

TEST 27 Fuel temperature sensor check

NOTES None.

With the engine running at idle speed: visually check the fitting and the sealing of the fuel temperature sensor.
Repair if necessary.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_TEST27

MR-410-X83-13B200$212.mif
V5
13B-422
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Tests

TEST 28 Fan assembly relay check

NOTES See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

For Trafic II without a particle filter*:

Check the operation of the low speed fan assembly by running command AC038 Low speed fan assembly relay,
if the fan assembly does not start, perform Part 1.
Check the operation of the high speed fan assembly by running command AC039 High speed fan assembly
relay, if the fan assembly does not start, perform Part 3.
If these two checks are correct, the fan assembly relay is not faulty

Run command AC038 and use the test light to check for the control signal of component 120 on connection 49J
of component 335.
If the control signal is present, move on to Part 2, otherwise move on to Part 1.

Part 1:
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120.
If the connector is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical wiring,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connections:
– 49J between components 335 and 120,
– 49R between components 321 and 905,
– 49L, between components 335 and 321.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Part 2:
Run command AC038 and use the test light to check for the presence of supply at the relay output.
If the supply is absent, replace the low speed fan assembly relay.
If the supply is present, perform Part 6.

*FAP: Particle filter

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_TEST28

MR-410-X83-13B200$212.mif
V5
13B-423
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Tests

TEST 28
CONTINUED 1

Part 3:
Run command AC039 and use the test light to check for the control signal of component 120 on connection 49K
of component 336.
If the control signal is present, move on to Part 5, otherwise move on to Part 4.

Part 4:
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120.
If the connector is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical wiring,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connection:
– 49K between components 336 and 120,
– 49R between components 336 and 905.
If the connection is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline

Part 5:
Run command AC039 and use the test light to check for the presence of supply at the relay output.
If the supply is absent, replace the high speed fan assembly relay.
If the supply is present, perform Part 6.

Part 6:
Check the connection and condition of the fan assembly connector, component code 905
If the connector is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical wiring,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Replace the fan assembly (see MR 408, Mechanical, 19A, Cooling, Engine cooling fan assembly: Removal -
Refitting).

*FAP: Particle filter

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$212.mif
V5
13B-424
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Tests

TEST 28
CONTINUED 2

For Trafic II without air conditioning and with a particle


filter*:

Check the operation of the low speed fan assembly by running command AC038 Low speed fan assembly relay,
if the fan assembly does not start, perform Part 1.
Check the operation of the high speed fan assembly by running command AC039 High speed fan assembly
relay, if the fan assembly does not start, perform Part 3.
If these two checks are correct, the fan assembly relay is not faulty

Run command AC038 and check that the test light illuminates for connection 49J between component 120 and
component 335.
If the test light illuminates, move on to Part 2, otherwise move on to Part 1.

Part 1:
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120.
If the connector is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical wiring,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connections:
– 49J between components 335 and 120,
– 49L, between components 335 and 321.
If the connection is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Part 2:
Run command AC038 and use the test light to check for the presence of supply at the relay output.
If the test light is off, replace the low speed fan assembly relay.
If the test light is lit, perform Part 6.

Part 3:
Run command AC039 and check that the test light illuminates for connection 49K between component 120 and
component 336.
If the test light illuminates, move on to Part 5, otherwise move on to Part 4.

*FAP: Particle filter

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$212.mif
V5
13B-425
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Tests

TEST 28
CONTINUED 3

Part 4:
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120.
If the connector is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical wiring,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connections:
– 49K between components 336 and 120,
– 49R between components 336 and 905.
If the connection is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline

Part 5:
Run command AC039 and use the test light to check for the presence of supply at the relay output.
If the test light is off, replace the high speed fan assembly relay.
If the test light is lit, perform Part 6.

Part 6:
Check the connection and condition of the fan assembly connector, component code 905.
If the connector is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical wiring,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Replace the fan assembly (see MR 408, Mechanical, 19A, Cooling, Engine cooling fan assembly: Removal -
Refitting).

*FAP: Particle filter

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$212.mif
V5
13B-426
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Tests

TEST 28
CONTINUED 4

For Trafic II with air conditioning and with a particle


filter*:

Check the operation of the low speed fan assembly by running command AC038 Low speed fan assembly relay,
if the fan assembly does not start, perform Part 1.
Check the operation of the high speed fan assembly by running command AC039 High speed fan assembly
relay, if the fan assembly does not start, perform Part 3.
If these two checks are correct, the fan assembly relay is not faulty

Run command AC038 and check that the test light illuminates for connection 49J between component 120 and
component 1831.
If the test light illuminates: move on to Part 2 otherwise move on to Part 1.

Part 1:
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120.
If the connector is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical wiring,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connections:
– 49J between components 1829 and 120,
– 49K between components 1831 and 120,
– 49A between components 1831 and 905,
– 49R between components 1829 and 905,
– MW between the earth and component 1831,
If the connection is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Part 2:
Run command AC038 and use the test light to check for the presence of supply at the relay output.
If the test light is off, replace the low speed fan assembly relay.
If the test light illuminates, perform Part 6.

*FAP: Particle filter

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$212.mif
V5
13B-427
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Tests

TEST 28
CONTINUED 5

Part 3:
Run command AC039 and check that the test light illuminates for the following connections:
- 49J between component 120 and component 1929.
- 49K between component 120 and component 1831 and 1828.

If the test light illuminates: move on to Part 5 otherwise move on to Part 4.

Part 4:
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120.
If the connector is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical wiring,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connections:
– 49J between components 1829 and 120,
– 49K between components 1831 and 120,
– 49K between components 1828 and 120,
– 49L between components 1828 and 905,
– 49A between components 1831 and 905,
– 49R between components 1829 and 905,
– MW between the earth and component 1831.
If the connection is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Part 5:
Run command AC039 and use the test light to check for the presence of supply at the relay output.
If the test light is off, replace the high speed fan assembly relay.
If the test light illuminates, perform Part 6.

Part 6:
Check the connection and condition of the fan assembly connector, component code 905
If the connector is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical wiring,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.
Replace the fan assembly (see MR 408, Mechanical, 19A, Cooling, Engine cooling fan assembly: Removal -
Refitting).

*FAP: Particle filter

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$212.mif
V5
13B-428
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Tests

TEST 29 Thermoplunger relay check

NOTES See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

Check the internal resistance value of the additional heater plugs, component codes 898.
If the resistance value is not X ≤ 2 Ω, replace the additional heater plugs, component codes 898 (see MR 408,
Mechanical, 61B, Self-contained heater, Additional heater plug: Removal - Refitting).

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_TEST29
MR-410-X83-13B200$212.mif
V5
13B-429
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Tests

TEST 30 Air conditioning compressor relay check

NOTES See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

Check the operation of the air conditioning compressor by running command AC070 Air conditioning
compressor, if PR037 Refrigerant pressure increases, the air conditioning compressor is not faulty.

Run command AC070 and check that the test light illuminates for connection 38K between component 120 and
component 584.
If the test light illuminates: move on to Part 2 otherwise move on to Part 1.

Part 1:
Check the connection and condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120.
If the connector is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical wiring,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connection:
– 38K between components 584 and 120.
If the connection is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
If there is no control signal and the connection is correct, replace the injection computer, component code 120
(see MR 408, Mechanical, 13B, Diesel injection, Diesel injection computer: Removal - Refitting) and consult
the Replacement of components section.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline

Part 2:
Run command AC070 and use the test light to check for the presence of supply at the relay output.
If the test light is off, replace the low speed fan assembly relay.

Check the connection and condition of the air conditioning compressor connector, component code 584
If the connector is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical wiring,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Replace the air conditioning compressor (see MR 408, Mechanical, 62A, Air conditioning, Compressor:
Removal - Refitting).

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_TEST30

MR-410-X83-13B200$212.mif
V5
13B-430
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Tests

TEST 31 Compression ratio check

Important: after a very long time with the ignition on (during lunch break for example)
inhibition of the fuel supply can be cancelled so the engine can be started. In this case,
run VP036 Fuel supply inhibition again.
NOTES

Cylinder no.1 is located at the timing end.

Remove the heater plug from cylinder no.1 (see MR 408, Mechanical, 13C, Preheating, Heater plugs).
Put the pressure gauge in place of cylinder no.1.

Run command RZ003 Engine adaptives then VP036.

Activate the starter for 5 seconds and note the value obtained in bar on the pressure gauge for cylinder 1.

Remove the pressure gauge and refit the heater plug for cylinder no.1 (see MR 408, Mechanical, 13C,
Preheating, Heater plugs).

Remove the heater plug from cylinder no.2 (see MR 408, Mechanical, 13C, Preheating, Heater plugs).
Put the pressure gauge in the place of cylinder no.2.

Activate the starter for 5 seconds and note the value obtained in bar on the pressure gauge for cylinder 2.

Remove the pressure gauge and refit the heater plug for cylinder no.2 (see MR 408, Mechanical, 13C,
Preheating, Heater plugs).

Remove the heater plug from cylinder no.3 (see MR 408, Mechanical, 13C, Preheating, Heater plugs).
Put the pressure gauge in the place of cylinder no.3.

Activate the starter for 5 seconds and note the value obtained in bar on the pressure gauge for cylinder 3.

Remove the pressure gauge and refit the heater plug for cylinder no.3 (see MR 408, Mechanical, 13C,
Preheating, Heater plugs).

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_TEST31

MR-410-X83-13B200$212.mif
V5
13B-431
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Tests

TEST 31
CONTINUED

Remove the heater plug from cylinder no.4 (see MR 408, Mechanical, 13C, Preheating, Heater plugs).
Put the pressure gauge in the place of cylinder no.4.

Activate the starter for 5 seconds and note the value obtained in bar on the pressure gauge for cylinder 4.

Remove the pressure gauge and refit the heater plug for cylinder no.4 (see MR 408, Mechanical, 13C,
Preheating, Heater plugs).

Compare the value obtained for the cylinder which is suspected to be faulty with the values for the other cylinders.
If the difference between the pressure at the end of compression of the suspected cylinder and the pressure of one
of the other cylinders is X ≥ 5 bar, a mechanical fault may have caused a compression loss on the suspected
cylinder, otherwise the compression test is correct.

To authorise the engine to start, perform the following procedure:


Switch off the ignition and wait for the "dialogue lost" message to appear on the diagnostic tool; if the message
does not appear, wait 12 minutes.
When the "dialogue lost" message appears or after waiting for 12 minutes, put the vehicle under + after ignition
feed, then press "OK".

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$212.mif
V5
13B-432
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Tests

TEST 32 After road test check

NOTES See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II ph 2 and ph 3.

Put the vehicle under + after ignition feed, wait for 10 seconds and check that ET827 1st damper valve opening
programmed and ET828 1st damper valve closing programmed are COMPLETED.

Check the connection and condition of the connector of the damper valve, component code 1461 and the
injection computer connector, component code 120 (see MR 408, Mechanical, 13B, Diesel injection, Diesel
injection computer: Removal - Refitting).

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connections:
– 3AAX between components 1461 and 120,
– 3AAY between components 1461 and 120,
– 3VM or 38KS between components 1461 and 120,
– 3ADL or 38KQ between components 1461 and 120,
– 3GC or 38KP between components 1461 and 120.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the damper valve is replaced, initialise the programming of the damper valve offsets by running RZ044 Damper
valve programming.
Switch off the ignition and wait for the "dialogue lost" message to appear on the diagnostic tool; if the message
does not appear, wait 12 minutes.

Put the vehicle under + after ignition feed (without starting the engine) and wait for 10 seconds, then check the
value of ET336 EGR function programming, which must be COMPLETED.

Check the connector of the exhaust gas recirculation solenoid valve, component code 1460 or 169
If the connector is faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_TEST32
MR-410-X83-13B200$212.mif
V5
13B-433
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Tests

TEST 32
CONTINUED

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connections:
– 3VP between components 1460 or 169 and 120,
– 3VQ between components 1460 or 169 and 120.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring. Otherwise replace the wiring.

If replacing the EGR valve, it is essential to program the new valve's offset position. To do this, clear the old offset
using the EGR programming deletion procedure and run command RZ012 EGR valve programming.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B200$212.mif
V5
13B-434
EDC17 C11 injection
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No.: 9A
Vdiag No.: 04
Fault finding – Tests

TEST 33 Particle filter relative pressure sensor check

Check the particle filter relative pressure sensor (fitting, material damage, etc.)
Carry out repairs if necessary.

With the engine running, visually inspect the particle filter relative pressure sensor for possible leaks.
In the event of leaks, replace the ducts and the particle filter relative pressure sensor, component code 1989 (see
MR 408, Mechanical, 19B, Exhaust, Particle filter pressure sensor: Removal – Refitting).

With the engine cold, check that the pipes are not clogged.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC17C11_V04_TEST33

MR-410-X83-13B200$212.mif
V5
13B-435

S-ar putea să vă placă și